Quarterlytics / Industrials / Agricultural - Machinery / Alamo Group Inc.

Alamo Group Inc.

alg · NYSE Industrials
Claim this profile
Ticker alg
Exchange NYSE
Sector Industrials
Industry Agricultural - Machinery
Employees 3750
← All annual reports
FY2013 Annual Report · Alamo Group Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
CONTACT DETAILS 

REGISTRY 

Level 16, 61 Lavender Street 
Milsons Point NSW 2061 
AUSTRALIA 
Telephone +61 2 9409 3670 
Investor Services 1800 ARDENT 
Fax +61 2 9409 3670 
www.ardentleisure.com.au  

c/- Link Market Services Limited 
Level 12, 680 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000 
Locked Bag A14 
Sydney South NSW 1235 
Telephone 1300 720 560 
registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au  

Ardent Leisure Trust 
ARSN 093 193 438 
Ardent Leisure Limited 
ABN 22 104 529 106 
Ardent Leisure Management Limited 
ABN 36 079 630 676 
(AFS Licence No. 247010) 

ASX RELEASE 

24 September 2013 

The Manager 
Company Notices Section 
ASX Limited 
20 Bridge Street 
SYDNEY 
 NSW 2000 

Dear Sir/Madam 

ANNUAL REPORT 2013 

Please find attached the Ardent Leisure Group Annual Report 2013 for release to the market in 
accordance with Listing Rule 4.7.  

Yours faithfully 

Alan Shedden 
Company Secretary 

Ardent Leisure Group is a specialist operator of leisure and entertainment assets across Australia, New Zealand and the United States.  The 
Group operates Dreamworld, WhiteWater World, SkyPoint, SkyPoint Climb, d’Albora Marinas, AMF and Kingpin bowling centres and Goodlife 
fitness centres across Australia and New Zealand.  The Group also operates the Main Event family entertainment centres in the United States. 
For further information on the Group’s activities please visit our website at www.ardentleisure.com.au  

  AMF Bowling | d’Albora Marinas | Dreamworld | Goodlife Health Clubs | Kingpin Bowling  
Main Event Entertainment | SkyPoint | SkyPoint Climb | WhiteWater World 

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyArdent Leisure Group is one of the region’s premier 
diversified  leisure  and  entertainment  businesses 
delivering  outstanding  guest  experiences  through 
unique  products,  exceptional  customer  service  and 
value for money.  Our international portfolio of assets 
in  Australia,  the  United  States  and  New  Zealand 
provides investors with access to superior and stable 
returns.

INDEX

01  MessAGe froM the chAirMAn
02  MessAGe froM the chief
executive officer

BoArD of Directors

04  Asset LocAtions
06 
07  MAnAGeMent
08 
10 
20 
136 
137  10 YeAr DistriBution historY
138 
139  corPorAte DirectorY

sustAinABiLitY
corPorAte GovernAnce stAteMent
finAnciAL rePort
investor AnALYsis

investor reLAtions

For personal use only 
proportion of US dollar denominated 
debt to reflect the strong growth 
profile of our Main Event Entertainment 
division. The Group gearing level at 30 
June 2013 was 32.0%, well below the 
banking covenant of 40%.

The Group has traded well through a 
difficult economic period and has taken 
the opportunity to invest in the training 
and systems necessary to allow the 
Group to capitalise on opportunities 
created by improvements in economic 
conditions in Australia and the US 
Sunbelt region. The Group has over 
7,200 employees and has implemented 
a continuing program of professional 
development, career progression and 
leadership training. 

Ardent Leisure is one of the largest 
multi-faceted leisure retailers in 
Australia and has built a sophisticated 
information technology capability 
to communicate directly with over 
800,000 of our customers, through a 
variety of social media channels. Unlike 
many traditional retailers, the digital 
age provides many opportunities for 
us to cost effectively communicate 
to existing customers and market to 
new patrons.  We are also seeing an 
increased portion of our revenue being 
generated through e-commerce and 
further digital innovation will provide 
exciting revenue growth opportunities 
in future periods.

On behalf of all of the Board, I would like 
to thank our customers, investors and 
especially the team for their support 
throughout the year.

Neil Balnaves AO
Chairman

Message from
the Chairman

Dear Investor

I am pleased to report to investors the 
outcome of a busy year for the Group 
with another set of strong results and 
earnings growth.  Positive earnings 
growth from the Health Club, Main 
Event and Theme Parks divisions helped 
drive an increase in core earnings of 
19.2% against prior year.  Earnings from 
the Marina division were marginally 
improved, while the Bowling division 
saw a fall in earnings as the restructure 
of the business continues. 

The Group has taken the opportunity 
to expand our growth divisions and 
further diversify earnings both by 
division and geography.  A successful 
$50 million Institutional Placement at 
$1.28 per security was announced to 
the ASX in September 2012 and this 
was followed by a Security Purchase 
Plan that was oversubscribed, raising 
approximately $22.2 million from 
investors.  This strong support from 
both retail and institutional investors 
helped finance key acquisitions in 
the Health Club division and provide 
additional growth capital for the Main 
Event Entertainment business.    

In the United States, our Main Event 
Entertainment business continues to 
perform strongly and take advantage 
of favourable business conditions. We 
continue to refine the business model 
and secure new, low risk development 
opportunities across the Sunbelt states 
to realise our strategy to expand the 
portfolio to 19 centres by the end of 
fiscal year 2015.  The number of Main 
Event Entertainment locations has 
increased from 10 to 12 in 2013, with a 
further 2 sites committed and a number 
of sites under negotiation.

The Health Club division has 
continued to expand and Goodlife has 
consolidated its position as the second 
largest operator of full service health 
clubs in Australia.  The acquisition 
of 11 clubs in the Fenix Fitness 
portfolio, 8 Fitness First clubs and 
the development of 2 new centres at 
Maroochydore (QLD) and Dernancourt 
(SA) brings the Goodlife portfolio to 
66 clubs across Australia.  Operational 
initiatives to improve the Goodlife 
brand, mission and values will allow 
our team to better deliver on our 

customer promise and maintain some 
of the highest member retention rates 
in the industry. 

In the Theme Parks division, the creation 
of exciting new products continued 
with the opening in December 2012 of 
the new Kung Fu Panda precinct with 
its new thrill ride.  The return of Big 
Brother to Dreamworld, a new Wiggles 
World ride and 2 new Dreamworld 
Tiger Cubs all created exceptional 
customer value, driving increased 
repeat visitations from our guests.  
These new products, our upgraded 
Food and Beverage offer, improved 
standards of customer service and 
shopping opportunities reinforced 
Dreamworld’s position as Australia’s 
very own theme park.

A number of major initiatives including 
the return of Big Brother Series 2, the 
arrival from Poland of adult tigress 
Nika and the introduction of new 
tiger activities during the forthcoming 
financial year, are expected to create 
even more reasons to visit Dreamworld.  

A full year of operation from the 
SkyPoint Climb adventure attraction 
and a refurbishment of the observation 
deck have allowed SkyPoint to develop 
into a key destination and event venue 
in South East Queensland. 

The Bowling division, comprising the 
AMF and Kingpin Bowling brands, saw 
reduced earnings predominantly in 
the first half of the year as the business 
commenced a process to improve 
guest experience, amusement games 
product and the Food and Beverage 
offerings.  The result of these efforts 
saw improvement in earnings in the 
second half of the financial year. 

The d’Albora Marina division again 
achieved a solid result with operational 
efficiencies offsetting reduced revenues 
to post a slight increase in earnings.  
The division is progressing with the 
planned construction of increased 
berthing capacity at The Spit and Akuna 
Bay marinas in Sydney.

In June 2013, the Group successfully 
negotiated and executed an extension 
of existing debt facilities with an 
increased facility of $320 million that 
matures in two tranches in 3 and 4 
years.  The number of participating 
banks has increased from 2 to 4 to 
provide the Group with future funding 
flexibility and capacity. The extended 
debt facilities also include an increased 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

01

For personal use onlyMessage from the 
Chief Executive
Officer

Dear Investor

The year under review has delivered 
double digit growth in revenue and 
core earnings through successfully 
providing quality leisure and 
entertainment experiences for our 
guests at affordable prices.  

We have continued to execute on 
our strategy to diversify earnings 
and benefited from exceptional 
performances from the Health Club 
division, with earnings up by 52% and 
from our Main Event Entertainment 
business in the United States, where 
earnings in US dollars grew by 34.1%.  
We also saw the Theme Park division 
return to solid growth, with both 
revenues and earnings up on prior year.

The successful execution of our strategy 
and the impact of our acquisition of the 
portfolio of health clubs in late 2012 
resulted in our distribution to investors 
increasing to 12.0 cents per security, 
representing a yield of approximately 
6.98% based upon a security price of 
$1.72 at 30 June 2013.

Main Event Entertainment division

Marina division

The Main Event Entertainment business 
recorded total revenues of US$73.5 
million, representing a 29.8% increase 
on prior year revenues of US$56.7 
million, while earnings for the year 
rose by 34.1% to US$17.2 million. On 
a constant centre basis total revenues 
grew by 4.5%, while earnings before 
property costs increased by 5.9%.  This 
strong performance was underwritten 
by successful, unlimited play marketing 
campaigns and an improved Food and 
Beverage product range.

During the year new Main Event centres 
were opened in Katy and Stafford in 
Houston and these centres continue to 
significantly exceed portfolio average 
revenues and profits. Construction is 
now well advanced on our next centre 
in Tempe, Phoenix, which is scheduled 
to open in the second quarter of the 
2014 financial year.  We remain on track 
to meet or exceed our target of 19 centres 
by the end of the 2015 financial year.

Revenues from the Marina division 
decreased marginally by 2.2% on prior 
year to $23.1 million, principally due 
to lower land rentals and reduced 
fuel sales caused by adverse weather.  
Careful management of costs ensured 
earnings remained constant with the 
prior year, at $10.7 million.  The d’Albora 
business will continue to focus on 
building occupancies and average 
berthing rates in the coming year. 

Theme Parks division

The division saw a return to growth 
with revenues up $3.4 million, or 3.6%, 
to $97.1 million delivering an EBITDA of 
$30.5 million, representing an increase 
of 5.3% on prior year. 

These results reflect an 8.0% increase 
in guest attendance resulting from a 
revised brand and marketing strategy, 
anchored by successful Unlimited 
World Pass campaigns.  Investment 
in unique new product, including the 
DreamWorks Kung Fu Panda precinct, 
the return of the Big Brother series 
and 2 new tiger cubs all added new 
guest experiences, improved guest 
satisfaction and created in-park 
spending opportunities. During the 
year, the division grew its margins to 
33.2% against 32.5% in the prior year 
through refined operating efficiencies 
and completion of initiatives to combat 
rising energy and water costs. 

A full year contribution from our 
SkyPoint Climb attraction and the 
inclusion of SkyPoint entry in the 
Unlimited World Pass offer saw earnings 
from the attraction grow strongly.

Our focus on bringing exciting products 
to the theme parks has continued with 
the return of Big Brother for a second 
series in July 2013, a new attraction 
based on zombies planned for launch in 
September 2013 and the first stage of a 
new indigenous precinct expected to be 
opened in time for the December 2013 
holiday period. 

Health Club division

Bowling division

Revenue from our Health Club division 
increased by 37.2% to $140.7 million 
with earnings up 52% from $20 million 
to $30.3 million.  This exceptional 
result from Goodlife Health Clubs 
was driven by strong constant club 
performance, where earnings before 
property costs grew by 5.4% over 
the prior year and by the successful 
execution and integration of the Fenix 
and Fitness First acquisitions, completed 
in the first half of the financial year.  
The benefits of increased labour 
productivity, improved operational 
efficiencies and greater penetration of 
personal training services saw operating 
margins rise to 42.7%, against 39.2% 
achieved in the prior year. 

The recruitment of additional corporate 
roles will help support the larger 
portfolio and underwrite future growth. 
The coming financial year will see the 
full effect of the Fenix and Fitness First 
acquisitions, together with the impact of 
greater personal training services being 
provided across the entire portfolio.

The Bowling division saw a 0.9% 
increase in revenues to $115.2 million 
for the year and a corresponding 
decline in earnings of 13.8% to $12.8 
million, driven largely by poor trading 
in the first half of the year. Constant 
centre performance improved in the 
second half, with constant centre 
earnings before property costs flat to 
the prior year against a 6.3% decline 
in the first half, as a result of stronger 
school holiday trading and improved 
cost management. 

Guests responded well to our value 
promotions throughout the school 
holiday period, while our program 
of centre refurbishment continues 
to deliver positive results. Our 
newest centre at Penrith in Sydney 
has exceeded expectations and has 
experienced strong trading since 
opening. Ongoing focus is being placed 
upon enhancing guest experiences 
and delivering increased value to drive 
loyalty and repeat visitation. 

02

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyThe Group’s business is based on 
delivering unique guest experiences 
and compelling product offers.  Our 
team is central to the business and 
we have continued to invest heavily 
in better recruitment, training, 
professional development and 
leadership capabilities.  This investment 
will help to further differentiate our 
products from our competitors’ and 
deliver ongoing outperformance and 
consistently strong earnings.

I would like to acknowledge the 
significant support we have received 
throughout the year from our guests, 
employees, investors and stakeholders. 

Greg Shaw
Managing Director and                     
Chief Executive Officer

03

For personal use onlyAsset Locations

Australia and New Zealand

ACT

NSW QLD

SA

TAS

VIC

WA

NZ

TOTAL

4

23

12

21

6

2

1

8

1

4

4

66

6

2

11

4

2

45

2

7

4

2

2

12

5

04 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyUnited States of America

TEXAS

ARIZONA

TOTAL

12

1*

13

* Opening soon

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

05

For personal use onlyBoard of Directors

Greg shaw
Greg Shaw was appointed a 
Director in September 2009 
following the completion of 
the internalisation project.  
Greg is the Chief Executive 
Officer and Managing 
Director of the Group and was 
appointed to this role in 2002. 

Prior to joining the Group, 
Greg was the Managing 
Director of Port Douglas 
Reef Resorts Limited, a major 
resort owner and property 
development group.  In 
this role, Greg was awarded 
the Australian Chartered 
Accountant in Business 
Award for a $6 million profit  
turnaround in two years.  
Greg qualified as a Chartered 
Accountant in 1983.

Greg is a member of the 
Safety, Sustainability and 
Environment Committee.

Former listed directorships in 
last three years:
None

neil Balnaves Ao
Neil Balnaves AO was 
appointed as Chairman of 
the Group in 2001.  Neil has 
worked in the entertainment 
and media industries for over 
48 years previously holding 
the position of Executive 
Chairman of Southern Star 
Group Limited which he 
founded.  Neil is a Trustee 
Member of Bond University 
and has an Honorary Degree 
of Doctor of the University.  
Neil is a member of the 
Advisory Council and Dean’s 
Circle of the University of 
New South Wales (Faculty 
of Medicine) and in 2010 
received an Honorary 
Doctorate of the University. 

Neil is a Director of 
Technicolor Australia Limited 
and serves on the boards 
of numerous advisory and 
community organisations 
and is a Foundation Fellow 
of the Australian Institute of 
Company Directors.  Neil’s 
former directorships include 
Hanna-Barbera Australia, 
Reed Consolidated Industries, 
Hamlyn Group, Taft Hardie and 
Southern Cross Broadcasting.

In 2006, Neil established 
The Balnaves Foundation 
a philanthropic fund that 
focuses on education, 
medicine and the arts.  In 
2010, Neil was appointed 
an Officer of the Order of 
Australia for his services to 
business and philanthropy.

Neil is Non-Executive 
Chairman of the Group, 
Chairman of the Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee 
and is a member of the Audit 
and Risk Committee.

Former listed directorships in 
last three years:
None

roger Davis
Roger Davis was appointed 
a Director of the Company 
in 2008.  Roger brings over 
32 years experience in 
banking and investment 
banking in Australia, the 
US and Japan to the Board. 
Roger is presently Chairman 
of the Bank of Queensland 
and a Consulting Director at 
Rothschild (Australia) Limited 
and holds directorships at 
Argo Investments Limited, 
Aristocrat Leisure Limited, The 
Trust Company Limited, TIO 
Ltd and AIG Australia Limited. 
Previously, he was Managing 
Director at Citigroup where he 
worked for over 20 years and 
more recently was a Group 
Managing Director at ANZ 
Banking Group. 

Roger’s former directorships 
include the chairmanship 
of Esanda, along with 
directorships of ANZ (New 
Zealand) Limited, Charter Hall 
Office Management Limited 
(the manager for Charter 
Hall Office REIT) and Citicorp 
Securities Inc. in the United 
States.  

Roger holds a BEc (Hons) from 
the University of Sydney and 
a Master of Philosophy from 
Oxford.

Roger is Chairman of the 
Safety, Sustainability and 
Environment Committee, 
and is a member of both 
the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and 
the Audit and Risk Committee.

Former listed directorships in 
last three years:
Charter Hall Office 
Management Ltd 
(Resigned 30 April 2012)

06

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Anne Keating
Anne Keating was appointed 
a Director or Ardent Leisure 
Management Limited in 
1998.  Ms Keating is currently 
a Director of REVA Medical 
Inc., Goodman Group and 
GI Dynamics, Inc., and is a 
member of the Advisory 
Council of CIMB Australia.  
Anne is also a Director of the 
Garvan Institute of Medical 
Research and a Governor of 
the Cerebral Palsy Alliance 
Research Foundation.

Anne’s former directorships 
include ClearView Wealth 
Limited, STW Communications 
Group Limited, Insurance 
Australia Group Limited, 
NRMA, the WorkCover 
Authority of NSW, the Tourism 
Task Force (now known as 
the Tourism and Transport 
Forum), Spencer Street Station 
Redevelopment Holdings 
Limited and the Victor Chang 
Cardiac Research Institute.  
Anne was the General 
Manager of Australia for 
United Airlines from 1993 to 
2001.

Anne is a member of the 
Group’s Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and 
the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Former listed directorships in 
last three years:
STW Communications  
Group Ltd   
(Resigned 10 February 2011)

ClearView Wealth Ltd
(Resigned 23 October 2012)

Don Morris Ao
Don Morris was appointed a 
Director of both the Company 
and the Manager in January 
2012 and brings to the Board 
significant experience of 
advertising, marketing and 
promotion, particularly for 
tourism entities.

Don was a founding 
principal of Mojo Australia 
Advertising, creators of  
several iconic Australian  
advertising campaigns, 
including ‘I still call Australia 
Home’ for Qantas; the Paul 
Hogan ‘Shrimp on the Barbie’ 
for Australian tourism, and 
‘C’mon Aussie C’mon’ for 
World Series Cricket.

Don was the former Chair 
of the Sydney Olympics 
Community Support 
Commission and both 
the Australian Tourist 
Commission and Tourism 
Queensland, and a former 
director of R M Williams Ltd, 
Harvey World Travel Ltd, PMP 
Ltd, the Tourism & Transport 
Forum, Tourism Asset 
Holdings Ltd, Hamilton Island 
Enterprises Ltd and Port 
Douglas Reef Resorts Ltd.

Don was appointed an Officer 
of the Order of Australia in 2002 
for services to tourism and 
holds a Bachelor of Economics 
from Monash University. 

Don’s current directorships 
include Ausflag Ltd and The 
Sport and Tourism Youth 
Foundation.  He was appointed 
an Adjunct Professor in 
Tourism, Sport, and Hotel 
Management at Griffith 
University in 2012.

Don is a member of the 
Group’s Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and 
the Audit and Risk Committee.

Former listed directorships in 
last three years:
None

For personal use onlyManagement

Richard Johnson

Greg Oliver

Richard became Chief Financial Officer 
of the Group in December 2004. After 
practising as a Chartered Accountant 
in London, he specialised in the sports 
and leisure industry where he now 
has 20 years’ experience. Richard is a 
Fellow of The Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales.

Lee Chadwick

Lee joined the Group in September 
2012 as CEO of AMF Bowling.  Lee is 
an experienced retailer, having held 
senior roles with Tesco and Coles and 
more recently as the CEO of Fantastic 
Furniture.

Craig Davidson

Craig has recently been appointed to 
the role of CEO of the Theme Parks 
division. Craig was Executive General 
Manager Destination Development at 
Tourism Australia and brings significant 
experience to the role, having been 
responsible for the operations of the 
Voyages Hotels and Resorts portfolio 
and Hamilton Island in Queensland.

Charlie Keegan

Charlie joined Main Event Entertainment 
as CEO in October 2006. Charlie has 
over 25 years of hospitality industry 
experience in North America, with 
extensive experience in the casual 
dining sector.

Greg joined the Goodlife Health Clubs 
business as CEO in June 2010. Greg has 
had an extensive professional career in 
the fitness industry, having successfully 
owned and operated a number of 
clubs, created Debit Success, Australia’s 
leading fitness direct debit and 
membership software provider, and 
successfully operated one of Australia’s 
largest fitness training organisations.

Marcus Anketell

Marcus joined d’Albora Marinas as 
CEO in January 2011, having been 
the manager of the Northern Region 
for AMF Bowling for the previous five 
years. Prior to this, Marcus enjoyed a 
successful career in the hospitality and 
tourism industry with almost 20 years 
of experience in the areas of hotel and 
resort management and operations. He 
was a founding director and operations 
manager of Plaza Hotels Australia and 
has undertaken business consultancy 
roles both locally and abroad.

Alan Shedden

Alan was appointed Company 
Secretary of the Manager and the 
Company in 2009. Alan has over 15 
years of experience as a Company 
Secretary and prior to joining the 
Group, held positions at Brookfield 
Multiplex and Orange S.A, the mobile 
telecommunications subsidiary of 
France Telecom S.A. Alan holds a degree 
in business studies and is a Fellow of 
the Institute of Chartered Secretaries 
and Administrators.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

07

George venardos
George Venardos was appointed a 
Director of both the Company and 
the Manager in September 2009.  
George is a Chartered Accountant 
with more than 30 years’ experience 
in finance, accounting, insurance 
and funds management.

His former positions include 
Group Chief Financial Officer of 
Insurance Australia Group and for 
10 years Chairman of the Finance 
& Accounting Committee of the 
Insurance Council of Australia.  
George also held the position of 
Finance Director of Legal & General 
Group in Australia and was named 
Insto Magazine’s CFO of the Year 
for 2003.

George holds a Bachelor of 
Commerce in Accounting, Finance 
and Systems from the University 
of New South Wales.  He is also a 
Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in Australia, the 
Australian Institute of Company 
Directors, and the Taxation Institute 
of Australia.  He holds a Diploma 
in Corporate Management and is 
a Fellow of Chartered Secretaries 
Australia.

George is a Director of IOOF 
Holdings Ltd and Perennial 
Investment Partners Ltd and is the 
Non-Executive Chairman of both 
BluGlass Ltd and Guild Group 
Holdings Ltd.

George is Chairman of the Audit 
and Risk Committee and is also a 
member of the Safety, Sustainability 
and Environment Committee and 
the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee.

Former listed directorships in last 
three years:
Miclyn Express Offshore Ltd
(Resigned 21 June 2013)

For personal use onlySustainability

The Group aims to adopt environmentally, socially and economically 
sustainable solutions across all of its areas of business activity.  

Koala Conservation
In February 2013, following regulatory 
approval granted by the Queensland 
Government three of Dreamworld’s 
resident koalas arrived in their new 
home at San Diego Zoo in California 
to join the zoo’s breeding colony.  The 
three Dreamworld koalas travelled in 
purpose built crates decorated with 
indigenous art, to join the largest 
breeding colony of koalas outside 
of Australia in new purpose built 
accommodation. Researchers at San 
Diego Zoo have partnered with the 
Dreamworld Wildlife Foundation 
to develop conservation strategies 
for koalas and help educate people 
about the threats facing native koala 
populations.  The official opening of 
the new Australian Outback precinct 
was attended by representatives of 
the Yugambeh-language people of 
the Gold Coast, Dreamworld and the 
Australian Federal Government.

Dreamworld and the Dreamworld 
Wildlife Foundation have also partnered 
with a variety of interested parties in 
the Koala Land project.  Koala Land 
was established as an educational 
forum and tool to assist in creating 
a sustainable future for koalas living 
amidst the communities on the Koala 
Coast of South East Queensland.  The 
project aims to recommend ways of 
protecting koalas and their habitat and 
ultimately developing a sustainable 
environment where koalas and people 
can cohabit.

Save the Bilbies
Collaboration continues between 
Dreamworld, the Queensland 
Government and the Save The Bilby 
Fund to improve the survival prospects 
for one of Australia’s most endangered 
animals.  Dreamworld is home to the 
world’s largest captive bilby population 
and has already bred and released nine 
bilbies into the Currawinya National 
Park, a bilby protection park in western 
Queensland.  In early 2013, a further 
three bilby joeys were raised with the 
intention of releasing them into their 
natural environment.

Dreamworld Tigers
Last year was a critical period 
in continuing the Group’s tiger 
conservation works as Dreamworld 
saw the development of our youngest 
tigers, Ravi and Baru, from cute cubs 
to adolescent tigers.  Importantly, after 
a long process of consultation and 
regulatory approval, the future of our 
tiger display was secured with the 
arrival of Nika, Australia’s largest female 
tiger, from Krakow Zoo in Poland. A 
renewed tiger breeding program at 
Dreamworld will support our efforts to 
educate our guests and the public on 
tiger conservation and the increasing 
habitat and poaching threats to the 
species.

The Group would like to acknowledge 
the invaluable assistance received 
from 21st Century Tiger in securing 
the necessary permits and support to 
transfer Nika to Queensland.

08

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Dreamworld actively promotes tiger 
conservation and helps raise funds for 
the Dreamworld Wildlife Foundation.  
Through a number of activities 
performed by the tigers at Dreamworld, 
royalties from sales of merchandise 
and interactive tiger experiences 
are generated and donated to the 
Foundation.  These royalties are also 
supplemented by direct donations from 
our guests and our employees through 
our workplace giving program, the 
website and in-park donation boxes.

Carbon Emissions

The Board of Directors is committed 
to managing our impact on the 
environment and in particular focuses 
on reducing the Group’s energy usage.

Throughout the year, our program of 
work in managing and reducing energy 
consumption has continued with a 
number of initiatives being undertaken.  
At a Group-wide level, formal tender 
processes were completed to lock in 
forward energy rates across Australia.  
A number of small scale sites were not 
eligible to participate in the commercial 
tender process and the Group has 
taken advantage of current retailer 
discounting to lock in rates for these 
locations. The housekeeping program 
is finished and included demand and 
tariff reviews and the roll in of eligible 
large market sites to our contracted 
rates.

For personal use onlySustainability

Reduction of energy usage can be achieved through technical means and through 
behavioural changes.  Operational hygiene has been a major focus during the 
year and analysis has clearly shown the need to correctly implement adequate 
controls for key plant including air conditioning and lighting.  Training of local 
management and staff has been rolled out in an effort to change attitudes and 
actions relating to energy wastage.

Theme Parks Division
A project to reduce the energy consumption at WhiteWater World has been largely 
completed and indicative results show a dramatic drop in weekly usage without 
impact on guest experience.  The division’s focus has now moved to investigate 
the installation of power factor correction equipment and variable speed drives on 
water pumps and the potential to install solar water heating around the park.

Bowling Division
The Bowling division has embarked on a project to convert halogen lamps to LED 
and retrofit existing T8 fluorescent lamps with the more advanced and economical 
T5 fluorescent lamps.  Where possible, the Group seeks to secure funding support 
for our energy saving initiatives; however, the falling value of NSW Energy Savings 
Certificates and the increased auditing and implementation requirements of these 
programs mean that a number of refurbishments have been completed without 
recourse to state or federal funding.  In addition, site assessments have been carried 
out to determine the potential benefits of installing power factor correction voltage 
optimisation equipment.

Health Club Division
A review of the Group’s portfolio of health clubs has been undertaken and this 
has highlighted a small number of high usage problem centres.  Reduction of 
unnecessarily high energy usage in these centres has been a priority for the division 
and has centred on changes to the control environment, staff behaviours and 
challenging accepted operational assumptions.

Marina Division
The majority of energy usage at our d’Albora Marina division is consumed by 
vessels berthed at our marinas and work continues to manage usage where 
possible.

The scale of the Group’s operations has increased over the past year as new centres 
have been acquired or developed.  The acquisition of the Fenix Fitness Club 
portfolio and selected Fitness First clubs in late 2012 has impacted energy usage 
as revenue has grown. For the financial year ended 30 June 2013, Group revenue 
(excluding Main Event Entertainment operations in the USA) rose to $376.2 million 
with a resulting increase in unaudited energy numbers for the Group’s Australian 
operations of approximately 59.87 KT of total CO2 emissions. 

The Group is registered and reports under the National Greenhouse and Energy 
Reporting Act 2007.  Reported carbon emissions from Australian operations are set 
out below:

Year

Year to
30 June 2011

Year to
30 June 2012

Revenue
(excluding USA)

Scope 1
(Tonnes of CO2)

Scope 2
(Tonnes of CO2)

Total Emissions
(Tonnes of CO2)

$325.3 mil

1,744

50,447

52,191

$334.8 mil

2,646

51,914

54,560

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

09

For personal use onlyCorporate Governance Statement

Principle 1 – Lay solid foundations for 
management and oversight
Board Charter
The Directors of the Group have adopted a Board Charter that 
sets out the respective roles and responsibilities of the Board 
and senior management.  The primary role of the Board is to 
promote the long term health and prosperity of the Group 
and to build sustainable value for security holders.  

Specifically, the Board is responsible for:

 — Setting objectives, goals and strategic direction;
 — Approving and monitoring progress of major capital 
expenditure, capital management, acquisitions and 
divestments;

 — Monitoring financial performance;
 — Approval of accounting, risk management and compliance 

control systems;

 — Monitoring financial and other reporting;
 — Appointing and removing the Chief Executive Officer and 

Chief Financial Officer;

 — Monitoring the performance of management;
 — Monitoring compliance with legal and ethical behaviour; 

and

 — Ensuring effective communications with security holders 

and other stakeholders.

The Board Charter also sets out the responsibilities of the 
Chairperson and a comprehensive list of matters that are 
reserved for the Board of Directors of both the Company and 
the Manager.  In accordance with the list of matters reserved 
for the Board the Board is responsible for:

 — The strategic plan and annual operating and capital 

expenditure budgets;

 — Treasury policies and risk management strategy;
 — Establishment, acquisition, cessation or disposal of any 

division or business unit;

 — Approval of financial statements and any significant 

changes to accounting policies;
 — Dividend/distribution payments;
 — Appointment and removal of auditors;
 — Appointment and removal of any of the Chief Executive 
Officer, Chief Financial Officer or Company Secretary;

 — Appointment of Managing Directors to each of the 

divisional subsidiaries;

 — Committee charters and composition;
 — Amendments to discretions delegated by the Board;
 — Charitable and political donations;
 — Occupational health and safety (OH&S) policy and    

environmental policy;

 — Changes to the Group’s capital structure including the 
issue of shares, options, equity instruments or other 
securities;

 — Key public statements which relate to significant issues 
concerning changes to key strategy or Group policy;

 — Terms and conditions of the appointment of Directors and 

the Chief Executive Officer; and

 — Employee share schemes and their allocation.

10 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

The Board Charter also sets out key delegations of authority 
in relation to equity investments, assets acquisition and 
disposal, external credit limits, bonds, guarantees and other 
contingent liabilities.

Performance Evaluation
In accordance with the Board Charter, the Directors have 
undertaken to formally evaluate the performance of the 
Chief Executive Officer on an annual basis.  The purpose of 
the evaluation of the Chief Executive Officer is to provide the 
following key benefits:

 — Assist the Board in meeting its duty to stakeholders in 

effectively leading the Group;

 — Ensure the continued development of the Chief Executive 

Officer to more effectively conduct his/her role;

 — Ensure a formal and documented evaluation process; and
 — Leave a record of the Board’s impression of the 
performance of the Chief Executive Officer.

The process adopted by the Board to assess the performance 
of the Chief Executive Officer is as follows:

 — Each Board member is requested to complete an 

evaluation table and provide numerical ranking against 
the criteria for the Chief Executive Officer’s performance 
during the evaluation period;

 — Participants are encouraged to provide commentary;
 — The evaluation tables are then provided directly to the 
Chairman of the Board and upon review the Chairman 
may decide to provide an average ranking for each 
category; and

 — Once final rankings are collated, the Chairman of the Board 
discusses the findings with the Chief Executive Officer and 
agrees any specific action points to be addressed.

Principle 2 – Structure the Board to add value
The Directors of the Group have set out in the Board Charter 
the required composition of the Board subject to any 
requirements under the constitutions of the Company and the 
Manager:

 — Independent Directors should comprise a majority of 

the Board;

 — Directors appointed to the Board should provide an 

appropriate range of qualifications and expertise; and
 — In the event that the Chairman ceases to be deemed 

independent, then a lead independent Director should 
be appointed by the Board.

Right of Access to Information
The Board may seek further information on any issue, 
including requesting that particular executives present 
information on the performance, strategy, outlook or 
particular assets. Each Director is required to enter into a 
Deed of Access, Insurance and Indemnity. In addition, each 
Director has direct access to the Company Secretary.

For personal use onlyConfidentiality
All Group related information acquired by Directors during 
their appointment is confidential to the Group and should 
not be released, either during the term of the Directors’ 
appointment or following their termination without prior 
approval of the Board.

Conflicts of Interest
Directors should not have any business or other relationship 
that could materially influence or interfere with the exercise 
of their independent judgement apart from those declared 
to the Board under the Corporations Act 2001, Australian 
Securities Exchange (ASX) Listing Rules and other general law 
requirements.

Directors with a material personal interest in a matter must 
not be present at a Board meeting during the consideration 
of the matter and subsequent vote unless the Board 
(excluding the relevant Board member) resolves otherwise.  
Directors with a conflict not involving a material personal 
interest may be required to absent themselves from the 
relevant deliberations of the Board.

Right to Independent Legal Advice
Each Director shall have the ability to request independent 
professional legal advice where that Director considers 
it necessary to carry out their duties and responsibilities.  
Any costs incurred as a result of the Director consulting an 
independent expert will be borne by the Group, subject 
to the estimated costs being approved by the Chairman in 
advance as being reasonable.

The procedure for requesting legal advice is as follows:

 — Where a Director considers that he or she may require 

independent advice, that Director should approach the 
Company Secretary for a list of current advisers. This is 
in order to ensure that the Director is able to select an 
adviser who is independent of the Group;

 — The Director should advise the Chairman of the nature 
of and reasons for the advice being sought, the name 
of the professional adviser selected by the Director and 
the fee estimate for the advice;

 — The Chairman will consider the proposal on a timely basis 
and if reasonable authorise the request. The Chairman 
must not unreasonably withhold such authorisation; and
 — The Chairman may delegate the authority to approve the 
payment of the professional adviser’s expenses to another 
Director or to the Company Secretary.

Relationship with Management
The Board may delegate specific authorities to Board 
Committees and to management. These Committees and 
delegated authorities typically make decisions regarding 
implementation of decisions.

Training
Group Directors are required to keep themselves adequately 
informed in respect of relevant industry and regulatory issues 
and changes.

In order to assist Directors, each Director may participate in 
internal training sessions and conferences organised from 
time to time in respect of relevant industry and regulatory 
issues and may attend asset tours that are arranged from time 
to time.

Additional training requirements may be arranged by the 
Company Secretary with the Chairman’s approval.

Director Independence
The Board recognises that independent Directors are 
important in assuring investors that the Board is properly 
fulfilling its role and is diligent in holding management 
accountable for its performance.  

A majority of the Board are independent Directors with 
the only Executive Director appointed currently being the 
Chief Executive Officer.  The independence of the Directors 
is assessed annually taking into account such matters 
as contractual interests, significant security holdings, 
relationships with key advisers, suppliers and customers and 
any prior executive employment within the Group. 

The Board has assessed the independence of each 
Director and concluded that none of the Directors has any 
material interest in securities and contracts or has relevant 
relationships with material advisers or suppliers/customers.  
The Board acknowledges that materiality thresholds will differ 
for each Director and for the Group as a whole.  Accordingly, 
for the purposes of the independence assessment the Board 
has adopted a materiality threshold of 1% of the Group’s last 
reported net assets.  

As at 30 June 2013, Directors deemed to be independent were: 
Neil Balnaves, Roger Davis, Anne Keating, Don Morris and 
George Venardos.  

Directors’ interests in securities are set out in section (g) of the 
Remuneration Report.

Director, Board and Committee Evaluation
The Board Charter requires that each Director will participate 
in an annual performance evaluation which will be 
reviewed by the Chairman.  The process for conducting 
Board and Director evaluations is similar to that adopted 
for the review of the Chief Executive Officer and is 
conducted in a confidential manner by the Chairman of 
the Board.  The evaluations include areas such as role of 
the Board, composition, meeting conduct, behaviours and 
competencies, governance and risk, ethics and stakeholder 
relations.

Induction
Upon appointment, each new Director participates in an 
induction program.  This includes presentations from senior 
management and site visits to gain an understanding of the 
Group’s operations and procedures.

Each Committee charter adopted by the Board includes a 
requirement for an annual self assessment by the Committee 
of its performance and charter.  These evaluations are 
conducted against the existing charter and prevailing 
developments in the corporate governance arena.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

11

For personal use onlyCorporate Governance Statement

Director Competencies
The Board has set out core competencies that should be 
present across the Board of Directors.  Board members 
should have a working knowledge of finance and accounting, 
corporate regulation and business strategic theory.  The 
Board aims to gather a breadth of different experience on   
the Board. 

The Directors believe that diversity is critical to the effective 
functioning of the Board.  To this end the Board strives to 
ensure that Directors should not all be from one occupational 
group or even from the same industrial sector the Group 
operates in. 

Nomination Committee
The Directors have established a combined Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee.  This was implemented due 
to the relatively infrequent need to call upon the services 
of the previous Nomination Committee.   The charter for 
the combined Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
remains broadly similar and includes the review process 
for the Board and its Committees and also the time 
commitment for Non-Executive directors.  

The combined Remuneration and Nomination Committee 
consists of a minimum of three members with the majority 
of members required to be Independent Directors.  The 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee is specifically 
responsible for making recommendations to the Board in 
relation to the identification, assessment and enhancement 
of the competencies of Board members, Board and 
management succession plans including the appointment 
of suitably qualified candidates to the Board and the 
appointment of the Chief Executive Officer, the development 
of a process for the review of the performance of the 
Board, Board Committees and individual Directors and the 
assessment of the time required to fulfil the obligations of 
a non-executive director and whether Directors are able to 
meet these expectations.

Selection Process
In order to provide a formal and transparent procedure 
whereby new appointments to the Board are selected, the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee has adopted a 
Director selection process to be used once the Board has 
decided to appoint or replace a Director.

Process
 — Identify the vacant position.
 — Identify the core competencies of the position.
 — Identify a preferred candidate background 

(taking into account the diversity of the Board).
 — Appoint a search firm if necessary to ensure an 

appropriate selection of candidates.

 — If a search firm is appointed, draft and deliver a 

brief to the search firm explaining the following:
 — Vacant position;
 — Competencies required;
 — Preferred background;
 — Essential qualifications (if any); and
 — Countries in which to extend the search.

 — Candidates are to be interviewed and a shortlist prepared.
 — Select preferred candidates from the shortlist provided 

in consultation with executive management.
 — Agree a preferred candidate for recommendation 

to the Board of Dirctors.

Principle 3 – Promote ethical and responsible 
decision‑making
Ethical Conduct
The Board has adopted a suite of policies designed to govern 
employees’ behaviour whilst employed by the Group and 
ensure that ethical business practices are adopted in the 
procurement process.

All employees are required to acknowledge that they 
understand and will comply with the Employee Ethical and 
Confidentiality Policy. 

Media Relations
Employees are prohibited from communicating with 
or disclosing to any representative of the media any 
information of any nature whatsoever relating to the Group, 
or its customers.  Only the Chairman, Board of Directors, 
Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are are 
authorised to speak to the media on Group issues.  Exceptions 
to this rule must have the prior approval of the Chief 
Executive Officer.  Notwithstanding the general prohibition, 
the respective Chief Executives of each business division are 
authorised to speak to the media on issues specific to their 
area of business.

Intellectual Property
All intellectual property created during an employee’s 
employment with the Group is and remains the property of 
the Group.

Confidentiality
Employees are required to keep secret during and after their 
employment, all information obtained about the business and 
affairs of the Group or its customers, except as required by law.

All documents or written material provided to an employee 
or used in connection with the Group’s business is the 
property of the Group and must not be removed, passed on, 
copied or disclosed to third parties except with the Group’s 
authority.

Personal Gain
Employees must not misuse their position with the Group or 
any information received in the course of their employment 
to produce a personal benefit for themselves, their family, 
friends or any other person, or to cause a detriment to the 
Group.  In the event of any conflict of interest, this must be 
disclosed to the Group.

12 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyEmployees are prohibited from soliciting or accepting any 
gift or benefit which induces or influences the Group to enter 
a transaction, business opportunity or business dealing, or 
which might reasonably be perceived as such an inducement 
or influence. 

Ethical Business Practices
All employees and Group suppliers must adopt the 
following standards:

 — Suppliers should adhere to applicable laws and regulations 

that govern them;

 — Employment should be freely chosen; there should be no 
forced, bonded or involuntary prison labour, employees 
should not be required to lodge ‘deposits’ or identity 
papers with their employer and should be free to leave 
their employer after reasonable notice;

 — Employees should have freedom of association and 

the right to collective bargaining within the framework 
of applicable laws;

 — Working conditions should be safe and healthy; applicable 

OH&S laws and regulations must be complied with;

 — Child labour should be eliminated and suppliers 

should conform to provisions of International Labour 
Organization Convention 138 and be consistent with the 
United Nations Convention on the Rights of the Child;

 — Living wages should be paid and they must meet 
or exceed national standards. Wages must not be 
paid in kind and employees should be provided with 
written and understandable information about their 
employment conditions;

 — Working hours should not be excessive and should 
comply with national laws and national benchmark 
industry standards;

 — Discrimination based on race, caste, national origin, 
religion, age, disability, gender, marital status, sexual 
orientation, union membership or political affiliation is 
prohibited;

 — Regular employment should be provided and work 

performed must be on the basis of recognised employment 
relationships established through national law and practice; 
and

 — Harsh or inhumane treatment of employees is prohibited.

The Group seeks to collaborate with suppliers in pursuit of 
these standards and attempts to guide relationships by the 
principle of continuous improvement.  Similar ethical trading 
standards will be considered acceptable as a reasonable 
alternative where suppliers are already working towards this 
initiative.

The Group promotes a risk-based approach to implement 
these standards by focusing attention on those parts of the 
supply chain where risk of not meeting these standards is 
highest.  This is supported by the provision of appropriate 
training and guidelines to implement these standards.  
Suppliers are advised that implementation of these standards 
may be assessed by the Group or through independent 
verification.

Suppliers are required to use reasonable endeavours 
to provide workers covered by these standards with a 
confidential means to report the suppliers’ failure to observe 
these standards.

It is expected that all suppliers will comply with the standards 
and the Group reserves the right not to do business with 
suppliers where it can be demonstrated that significant 
violations exist. In particular, the Group and/or its separate 
businesses will not bring suppliers onto its supplier list if 
there is evidence of under-age workers or forced, bonded or 
involuntary prison labour, or where the supplier’s workers are 
found to be subjected to potential life threatening working 
conditions or harsh or inhumane treatment.

Whistle Blowing
The purpose of the Whistle Blowing Policy is to establish an 
internal reporting system for the reporting of disclosures of 
corrupt conduct, illegality or substantial waste of company 
assets by the Group or its employees.  

Protected Disclosures
The Whistle Blowing Policy clearly defines what disclosures 
are protected and these include such disclosures that are 
made in accordance with the process outlined in the Policy, 
that identify or attempt to identify corrupt conduct, illegality, 
or serious and substantial waste of company assets by the 
Group or its employees and that are made voluntarily by an 
employee of the Group.

Frivolous disclosures or those made solely with the motive 
of avoiding dismissal or other disciplinary action are not 
covered by the Whistle Blowing Policy.  The making of a false 
or misleading statement when making a disclosure under the 
Whistle Blowing Policy constitutes gross misconduct.

Making a Disclosure
Under the Whistle Blowing Policy, disclosures are made to 
a nominated officer.  This can be done in person, by email 
or via the Group’s third party independent ethics hotline.  
Disclosures can be made either inside or outside normal 
working hours and locations.

Group employees are encouraged to report known or 
suspected incidences of corrupt conduct, illegality or 
substantial waste in accordance with the Whistle Blowing 
Policy. All Group employees must abstain from any 
activity that is, or could be perceived to be, victimisation 
or harassment of persons who make disclosures.                          
The confidentiality of persons they know or suspect to have   
made disclosures should be maintained.

The nominated officer is responsible for receiving, forwarding 
and acting upon disclosures and must take all necessary    
and reasonable steps to ensure that the identities of persons 
who make disclosures, and the subjects of disclosures, are 
kept confidential. The nominated officer is also responsible 
for supporting persons who make disclosures and protecting 
them from victimisation, harassment or any other form           
of reprisal.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

13

For personal use onlyCorporate Governance Statement

External Disclosures
Disclosures to persons or bodies external to the Group will 
only be protected under the Whistle Blowing Policy if the 
person making the external disclosure has already made 
the same disclosure through the internal reporting system, 
the employee has reasonable grounds for believing that the 
disclosure is substantially true, the disclosure itself must be 
substantially true and the nominated officer has decided not 
to investigate the matter, has not completed the investigation 
within six months of the original disclosure or has not 
recommended any action in respect of the matter.

Liability on Disclosure
The Whistle Blowing Policy provides that a person is not 
subject to any liability for making a protected disclosure 
and no action, claim or demand may be taken or made of or 
against the person for making the disclosure.  A person who 
has made a protected disclosure under the Whistle Blowing 
Policy is taken not to have committed any offence against any 
legislation which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality 
with respect to any information disclosed.

Action Taken
A person who makes a disclosure under the Whistle Blowing 
Policy must be notified, within six months of the disclosure 
being made, of the action taken or proposed to be taken 
in respect of the disclosure. 

Fraud
The Group operates a Fraud Policy designed to prevent, deter, 
detect and investigate all forms of fraud.  For the purposes 
of the Fraud Policy, “fraud” is defined as the intentional 
distortion of financial statements or other records by persons 
internal or external to the organisation which is carried out to 
conceal the misappropriation of assets or otherwise for gain.

The Group has adopted a “zero tolerance” towards fraud and 
requires that all reported incidents, including internal fraud, 
will be thoroughly investigated with utmost confidentiality.  
Necessary action will be taken against any individual or group 
who has committed fraud and may involve disciplinary action 
resulting in dismissal from employment, and civil and/or 
criminal legal proceedings.  Critical business procedures and 
controls are directed to maintain an effective fraud control 
environment to assist in fraud prevention and detection.

Any employee who suspects a fraudulent activity must notify 
the business Chief Executive or alternatively email details to a 
private email address set up exclusively for this purpose.

Securities Trading Policy
The purpose of the Securities Trading Policy is to regulate 
trading by all Directors and employees of the Group in any 
securities issued or nominated by the Group.  This also applies 
to financial products issued or created over such securities 
(including but not limited to warrants, options and derivatives), 
or entering into financing arrangements over financial 
products including establishment of a margin loan over 
such securities. 

This Securities Trading Policy also applies to trading by 
Directors’ and employees’:

 — Spouses;
 — Children under the age of 18 years;
 — Dependent children living in the family home;
 — Trusts under which they or a member of their family 

are a trustee or beneficiary; and

 — Companies which they or their family control.

General Prohibition (Insider Trading)
At all times, Directors and employees are prohibited from 
trading in securities while in possession of unpublished 
price sensitive information.  Price sensitive information is 
information which is not generally available and which a 
reasonable person would expect that if the information were 
disclosed, it would have a material effect on the price of 
Group securities and it would therefore influence investors in 
deciding whether or not to buy, hold or sell securities issued 
by the Group.

This prohibition applies even during periods when trading 
windows are permitted under this Policy if a person is in 
possession of price sensitive information. In addition to 
not being able to deal, the person in possession of the 
price sensitive information has an obligation to keep that 
information confidential and must not communicate it to 
another person unless it is information, which is required to 
be brought to the attention of the Company Secretary.

Specific Prohibition
All Directors and Nominated Employees are bound as a 
condition of their employment to comply with and observe 
the Securities Trading Policy.

Trading Windows
Provided Directors and Nominated Employees are not 
in possession of unpublished price sensitive information 
and have received written consent from the Company 
Secretary, or in the case of Directors of the listed company 
the Chairman,  the times during which they are permitted to 
trade in securities issued by the Group are:

 — Commencing 24 hours after the announcement 

of quarterly results until 30 days thereafter;

 — Commencing 24 hours after the announcement 
of half yearly results until 30 days thereafter;
 — Commencing 24 hours after the announcement 
of yearly results until 30 days thereafter; and

 — Commencing 24 hours after the Annual General Meeting 

(AGM) until 30 days thereafter.

Due to reporting timetables, some of the trading windows 
listed above overlap.  In order to ensure all Nominated 
Employees are aware of their obligations, the Company 
Secretary issues an open reminder and a close reminder to all 
Nominated Employees.  In addition, the Group publishes key 
reporting dates on the Group’s website.

The Group may in its discretion vary trading windows 
by general announcement.

14 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyBlackout Periods
All periods outside of the trading windows are blackout 
periods in relation to security trading by Directors and 
Nominated Employees.

The Group may in its discretion nominate additional blackout 
periods by general announcement.  These may be required 
where additional disclosure documents are released offering 
securities or as a result of certain disclosures being lodged 
with a stock exchange e.g. the ASX.

Discretion is vested in the Company Secretary to allow 
exemptions to trading during blackout periods in special 
circumstances only, where no price sensitive information is 
on hand and application of the Policy would cause undue 
financial hardship.

No Short Term Trading
The Board encourages employees to invest in the Group 
and discourages short term trading.  Under the terms of 
the Securities Trading Policy, Nominated Employees must 
not deal in securities for short term gain.  Speculating in 
short term fluctuations in such securities does not promote 
investor and market confidence in the integrity of the Group.  
Accordingly, trading in securities issued by Group entities 
within six months of an acquisition is prohibited.  The Group 
may in its discretion vary this rule in relation to a particular 
period by general announcement.

The Securities Trading Policy does not prevent Directors and 
employees from passive trading such as participating in a 
share plan or public offer made by the Group, provided that 
at the time the individual elects to participate, he or she is not 
in possession of any price sensitive information. Further, the 
individual may not subsequently vary that election until such 
time as they are again not in possession of such information.

The Securities Trading Policy also prohibits any hedging 
of unvested security based incentives by Directors and 
Nominated Employees.

Principle 4 – Safeguard integrity in financial reporting
Audit and Risk Committee
The Board has established an Audit and Risk Committee  
(“Committee”) consisting of a minimum of three members, 
with the majority of members required to be independent 
Directors.  All members must be able to read and understand 
financial statements, and at least one member must have 
financial expertise, that is the person must be either a 
qualified accountant or other financial professional with 
experience of financial accounting matters.

The Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer are 
not members of the Audit and Risk Committee.  They may be 
invited to attend meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee 
for reasons of efficiency but are not entitled to vote.

The Chairperson will be a non-executive independent 
Director appointed by the Board who is not the Chairman       
of the Board.

Any Director may attend a meeting of the Committee for 
the purposes of discussion but is not entitled to vote.  The 
Committee will meet at least twice per annum and more 
often if deemed necessary.  Meetings may be held by 
electronic means as allowed under the provisions of the 
Corporations Act 2001.

The Committee is established by the Board of Directors to 
review, evaluate and make recommendations to the Board in 
relation to:

General Risk and Accounting
 — Evaluating and monitoring the internal control 

environment and Group’s risk management framework;
 — Serving as an independent and objective party to review 
the financial information presented by management to 
security holders, analysts and the general public;

 — Overseeing and appraising the coverage and quality of 

the audits conducted by the Group’s internal and external 
auditors to ensure the widest coverage possible;
 — Approving and monitoring policies, procedures and 
content of the Group’s statutory and management 
reporting;

 — Evaluating and monitoring the Group’s fraud management 

policies and exposures; and

 — Monitoring the Group’s various disclosure obligations.

Risk and Internal Control Environment
 — Assessing the overall effectiveness of the Group’s risk 

management, internal control and compliance systems;
 — Evaluating the current “control culture” of the Group and 

the underlying consistency, direction and communication 
to employees of appropriate risk policies therein;

 — Reviewing existing disaster recovery plans;
 — Identifying key risks within the organisation and building 
appropriate risk management controls and policies to 
minimise the impact and likelihood of same; and
 — Ensuring adequate resources are allocated to assist 
management and the Board in implementing an 
appropriate internal risk culture and discipline.

Financial Reporting
 — Considering the appropriateness of the Group’s 

accounting policies and principles and how those 
principles are applied;

 — Reviewing and assessing existing management processes 

so as to ensure compliance with applicable laws, 
regulations and accounting standards;

 — Ensuring that significant adjustments, unadjusted 

differences, disagreements with management and critical 
accounting policies are discussed in advance with the 
external auditor;

 — Reviewing the underlying quality and accuracy of the 

financial reports from the internal and external auditors 
and making recommendations to the Board on their 
approval or amendment;

 — Evaluating the adequacy and effectiveness of the Group’s 
administrative, operating and accounting policies through 
communication with management, internal auditors and 
external auditors;

 — Evaluating and monitoring the adequacy of the Group’s 
monthly management and operational reporting; and

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

15

For personal use onlyCorporate Governance Statement

 — Reviewing and evaluating appropriate disclosures from 

management, the internal auditors and external auditors 
on any significant proposed regulatory, accounting or 
reporting issue, to assess the potential impact upon the 
Group’s financial reporting process.

Internal Audit
 — Making recommendations to the Board on the 

appointment, and where necessary the removal, of the 
internal auditor;

 — Reviewing the role, function and performance of the 
internal auditor, and management’s response to the 
internal auditor’s recommendations; and

 — Reviewing the resources of the internal audit function 

and ensuring no unjustified restrictions or limitations are 
imposed.

External Audit
 — Making recommendations to the Board on the 

appointment, and where necessary the removal, of the 
external auditor;

 — Reviewing annually the external auditor’s procedures for 

independence together with any relationships or services, 
which may impair the external auditor’s independence;

 — Reviewing the fees and terms of engagement of the 
external auditor, including the proposed audit scope;
 — Ensuring there is appropriate communication and 

co-ordination between the internal and external auditors 
on risks, risks policies and audit results;

 — Reviewing all financial reports and management 

representation letters and recommending them to the 
Board as complete and appropriate; and

 — Reviewing annually the performance of the internal 

auditor and based on the results of the annual assessment 
of the external audit services, determine whether the 
external audit services should be re-tendered.

Compliance
 — Authorise the Group’s compliance framework and assess 

the effectiveness of the framework.

Right to Obtain Information
The Committee is entitled to consult with expert advisers and 
seek expert advice where it considers it necessary to carry out 
its duties, at the expense of the Group.

The Committee will have a right of access to internal and 
external auditors and senior management. The Committee 
will also meet separately with the internal and external 
auditors at least annually or as otherwise required.

Principle 5 – Make timely and balanced disclosure
Continuous Disclosure Policy
In order to regulate the continuous disclosure regime across 
the Group in relation to any securities issued by the Group, 
the Board has adopted a Continuous Disclosure Policy.  

The Continuous Disclosure Policy aims to ensure that the 
Group complies with the continuous disclosure requirements 
contained in the Corporations Act 2001 and the ASX Listing 
Rules.  

16 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

The successful operation of the Group’s continuous disclosure 
regime promotes investor confidence by providing full and 
timely information to the market about the activities of the 
Group and serves to educate all relevant Group personnel on 
what continuous disclosure is, and how they can ensure they 
meet their individual responsibilities.

Commitment to Continuous Disclosure
Subject to the exceptions contained in the ASX Listing 
Rules, the Group will immediately notify the market of any 
information or matter related to the businesses or financial 
condition of the Group which a reasonable person would 
expect to have a material effect on the price or value of the 
Group’s securities.  Such notifications will be made by way of 
an announcement to the ASX.

Reporting of Disclosable Information
Directors and employees must ensure that any information 
which may require disclosure is reported to the Company 
Secretary or his/her nominee as soon as it is known.  The 
Company Secretary will then determine whether any item 
of information is to be disclosed to the ASX.  Where the 
Company Secretary decides that information reported does 
not warrant an ASX release and the Director or employee who 
reported the information disagrees with that decision, they 
may choose to refer the matter to the Chief Executive Officer.  

ASX Announcement Approval
If the Company Secretary determines that an item of 
information is to be disclosed to the ASX, then the draft of 
the ASX announcement must be approved, either verbally 
or in writing, by the Chief Executive Officer prior to release.  
ASX announcements deemed to contain price sensitive 
information must be circulated to the Board of Directors for 
comment prior to release.

Release of Information
Price sensitive information must not be released externally 
until it has first been lodged with the ASX and the ASX has 
acknowledged that the information has been released to 
the market.  That is, selective disclosure of such information 
cannot be made to brokers, analysts, the media, professional 
bodies or any other person until the information has been 
given to (and released by) the ASX.  This includes information 
that is subject to embargo as the ASX does not accept 
embargoed information.

In the event that at an analyst or media briefing an 
inadvertent disclosure is made which is price sensitive, then 
that information must be immediately made available to the 
market through the ASX.

Analyst and Media Briefings
All material to be presented at an analyst briefing must be 
approved by or referred through the Company Secretary prior 
to the briefing.  

Trading Halts
The Company Secretary may, with the approval of the 
Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer, or failing whom, 
the Chief Executive Officer and any other Non-Executive 
Director, or failing whom any two Non-Executive Directors, 
request the ASX to halt trading in the Group’s securities.

For personal use only 
       
 
 
 
 
Training and Development
The Continuous Disclosure Policy requires that relevant 
employees undergo training with respect to disclosure 
requirements.

Board Procedures
The Board of Directors must consider and minute at each 
full Board meeting whether there are any matters requiring 
disclosure.  If no matters require disclosure, this must also be 
explicitly included in the minutes.

Guidance for Employees
The Board has approved summary guidance designed to 
assist all employees in meeting their reporting obligations 
under the Continuous Disclosure Policy.  This guidance sets 
out financial and qualitative materiality thresholds and 
provides answers to common questions in relation to press 
speculation and third party announcements. 

Financial Materiality Thresholds
Any variation of 10-15% or more from previously released full 
year financial forecasts or market consensus forecasts may be 
considered to be material and is likely to require immediate 
disclosure to the market.

In circumstances where a final contract has not been signed 
but an announcement may be required, consideration is to 
be given as to whether these limits should apply or be varied.

Where new projects have components from various Group 
divisions, the aggregate contribution to profit of the project 
should be considered and if over 5% of Group forecast, 
should be deemed financially material.

Qualitative Materiality Thresholds
Any other matters that are potentially market sensitive should 
be referred to the Company Secretary for consideration.  
Examples would include:

 — Changes at a senior management level;
 — A change in accounting policy; and
 — An agreement between the Group and a Director 

(or related party of the Director).

Announcements in Response to a Third Party
In accordance with the Continuous Disclosure Policy 
and specifically requirements to avoid a false market in 
the Group’s securities, the Group has adopted differing 
approaches in relation to third party announcements. If the 
third party is an ASX listed entity, then the Group will consider 
issuing a release to ensure the accuracy of the information 
provided to the market. It is however, acknowledged that 
third party releases on the ASX are automatically tagged to 
the AAD symbol if they affect the Group.

Press releases issued by a non-listed third party entity should 
not cause the Group to issue an ASX release unless it would 
have done so under the materiality thresholds.

Speculation in the press should only cause the Group 
to issue an ASX announcement if it would have done so 
under the materiality thresholds listed above or the press 
speculation is misleading and may be seen to result in a false 
market of AAD securities.

The Group may issue an ASX release in response to press 
speculation if requested by the ASX regardless of the 
level of materiality.

Media Releases
Releases, interviews and other communications to the media 
may be undertaken so long as they do not contain or refer to 
price sensitive transactions and do not fall within the Group’s 
materiality thresholds. Any discussions with or presentation 
to third parties should only be undertaken post release to the 
ASX of the subject matter if they include material information.

Website
All releases whether material or not are required to be 
posted to the Group website for access by investors and 
other interested parties.

Principle 6 – Respect the rights of shareholders
Investor Communications
The Group has adopted a specific investor communications 
policy for investors and believes that a flexible approach to 
investor communications and early adoption of emerging 
technology are the most effective manner of increasing 
investor participation in the business of the Group.

Throughout the year, the Group follows a calendar of regular 
disclosures to the market on its financial and operational 
results.  An indicative calendar of events is made available to 
investors on the Group’s website at www.ardentleisure.com.   

In accordance with the Group’s Continuous Disclosure 
Policy, the Group must ensure it does not communicate 
inside information to an external party except where that 
information has previously been disclosed to the market 
generally.

As soon as is practicable, all Group announcements and 
copies of analyst and media briefings are posted to the 
Group’s website.  Other information of relevance to security 
holders is also made available on the Group’s website, 
including annual and half yearly financial reports, key dates, 
distribution history, cost base allocations, management fee 
breakdowns and the managed investment trust notices.

The website also contains a link to the Group’s security 
registrars and a live feed from the ASX for the Group’s security 
price information. 

Investors Reports
The Group prepares annual reports for investors for each 
financial year ending 30 June and half year for the period 
ending 31 December.  These reports are posted on the 
website on their day of release to the ASX.  Investors may 
elect to receive a hard-copy of these reports or an email 
notification once they become available on the website.  
The default option for receiving the annual report is via the 
Group’s website at www.ardentleisure.com.  

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

17

For personal use onlyCorporate Governance Statement

General Meetings
The Group holds an AGM in October or November each year. 
The date, time and venue of the AGM are notified to the ASX 
when the financial reports are lodged, generally in August 
each year. The Board aims to choose a date, venue and time 
considered convenient to the greatest number of investors.

All notices of meetings will be accompanied by clear 
explanatory notes on the items of business. A copy of any 
such notice of meeting will be placed on the Group’s website. 
Should an investor not be able to attend a general meeting, 
they are able to vote on the resolutions by appointing a 
proxy. The proxy form included with the notice of meeting, 
will clearly explain how the proxy form is to be completed 
and submitted.

The Board will request the auditor to attend each AGM to 
answer questions about the conduct of the audit and the 
preparation and contents of the Auditor’s Report.

Investor Benefits Program
Investors with 2,000 or more securities are entitled to 
participate in an Investor Benefits Program.  The Program 
aims to provide qualifying investors with an opportunity 
to experience some of the assets owned by the Group at 
discounted rates.

Principle 7 – Recognise and manage risk
Safety, Sustainability and Environment Committee
In addition to the Audit and Risk Committee detailed in 
Principle 4, the Board has established a Safety, Sustainability 
and Environment Committee (SSE Committee).  The SSE 
Committee was established to monitor, review, evaluate and 
make recommendations to the Board in relation to OH&S, 
sustainability and the environment.

The SSE Committee was established by the Board of Directors 
to monitor, review, evaluate and make recommendations to 
the Board in relation to the following matters: 

Safety
 — The effectiveness of OH&S policies and the safety related 
aspects of the operational risk management framework 
necessary to maintain a safe environment for both guests 
and employees across the Group including drafting, 
implementing and recommending improvements;

 — Setting appropriate goals to maintain the Group’s lost time 
injury frequency rate (LTIFR) below industry benchmarks;

 — Monitoring the adequacy of existing OH&S resources as 

well as their ongoing training and supervision;

 — The scope and results of periodic internal and external 

  fraud/error

reviews of OH&S and operational risks including the process 
of identifying and assessing OH&S risks and the adequacy of 
existing OH&S risk management systems; and

 — The compliance of the Company with regard to existing and 

possible future OH&S regulations and determining what if any 
changes need to be made to existing work practices in order 
to ensure compliance.

  Business
  Management

18 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Sustainability
 — Reviewing the Group’s policies and procedures in relation 

to sustainability;

 — Monitoring the adequacy of resources applied to 

sustainability as well as their ongoing training and 
supervision; 

 — Reviewing any report on sustainability, which is desirable or 
required to be prepared pursuant to any ASX Listing Rule or 
legislative requirement or which is proposed for inclusion 
in the annual report; and

 — The compliance of the Company with regard to current laws 

and regulations.

Environment
 — Evaluating and monitoring the effectiveness of the Group’s 
environmental policies and environmental management 
plans;

 — Evaluating and monitoring the adequacy of environmental 

resources as well as their ongoing training and 
supervision;

 — Reviewing the scope and results of periodic internal 

and external reviews of environmental risks including 
the process of identifying and assessing environmental 
risks and the adequacy of existing environmental risk 
management systems; and

 — The compliance of the Company with regard to current 

environmental laws and regulations and determining what 
if any changes need to be made to existing work practices in 
order to ensure compliance.

The SSE Committee will not address matters associated with 
financial or monetary risk associated with internal financial 
controls.

Risk Management Framework

The risk management framework for the Group requires an 
annual review by management and the Board.  These reviews 
ensure that the risk management framework continues to be 
a pro-active tool across the Group.

Scope of Risks Considered
The risk management review covers five key business risks:

Key Business Risk

Risk Categories

  enterprise

Continuity, Control, Cost, Culture, Efficiency, 
Insurance, Knowledge, Legal & Regulatory, 
Performance, Privacy, Resourcing, Strategic 
Planning, Strategic Execution, Succession
Cash, Brand/Trademark, Consumables & 
Trading Stock, Procurement, Defamatory, 
Financial Statements, Furniture & Fittings, 
Hardware, Information Systems, Information 
& Knowledge, Job, Management Reporting, 
Payroll, Personal Property, Software, Office 
Supplies, Company Income Tax, GST, FBT, 
PAYG, Payroll Tax, Web
Framework Awareness, Change, 
Confidentiality, Contract, Culture, Detection, 
Documentation, Escalation, Interpretation, 
Reporting, Resourcing, Responsibility

For personal use only  Board secretarial Admission, Conflict, Documentation, Duties, 

  environmental  
  & safety 
  Management

Governance, Legal, Regulatory, Resolution
Contamination, Media/Publicity, Employee 
Safety, Guest & Contractor Safety

Risk Assessment Methodology
The risk assessment methodology adopted for these 
reviews includes a three step process.  Firstly, the inherent 
risk for each risk category is determined by evaluating the 
likelihood and consequence of the risk based on the current 
and existing processes.  Risks are evaluated and ultimately 
allocated to one of four distinct categories of Extreme, High, 
Moderate and Low.  Next, the effectiveness of existing risk 
controls is reviewed and a ranking determined on a scale 
of Good, Fair or Poor.  Finally, after the controls have been 
assessed, the residual risk factors are divided into three 
categories of High, Medium and Low by merging the inherent 
risk rating and the effectiveness of the controls rating.

Risk Gap Analysis
During the year, the Group’s senior executives undertook a 
third party facilitated risk gap analysis designed to identify 
any material risks that had not otherwise been included in 
the risk review process.

Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer Declarations
The Board has received confirmation from both the Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer that their 
declarations made in accordance with section 295A of the 
Corporations Act 2001 were based upon a sound system 
of risk management and internal control and further that 
the system is operating effectively in all material respects in 
relation to financial reporting risk. 

Principle 8 – Remunerate fairly and responsibly
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
The Directors have established a combined Remuneration 
and Nomination Committee due to the relatively infrequent 
need to call upon the services of the previous Nomination 
Committee.   The combined Remuneration and Nomination

Committee consists of a minimum of three members with the 
majority of members required to be independent Directors.

The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is specifically 
responsible for making recommendations to the Board 
in relation to setting policies for remuneration programs 
appropriate to the Group and remuneration and incentive 
schemes of senior management, reviewing the performance 
of the Chief Executive Officer on an annual basis, setting 
the Group’s recruitment, retention and termination policies 
and procedures for senior management, superannuation, 
the remuneration framework for Directors and the approval 
of any report on executive remuneration, which is required 
pursuant to any ASX Listing Rule or legislative requirement 
or which is proposed for inclusion in the annual report.

Further details of the Group’s remuneration policies are set 
out in the Remuneration Report on pages 30 to 45.

Diversity Policy
On 30 June 2010 the ASX Corporate Governance Council 
introduced three new recommendations relating to diversity 
within listed entities.  Listing Rule 3.2 requires that ASX listed 
entities establish a diversity policy (including a requirement 
to set and assess measureable targets for achieving gender 
diversity) and that a summary of this policy is disclosed in the 
annual report.  

On 16 December 2010, the Board adopted a Diversity Policy 
that aims to promote diversity across the Group through a 
number of initiatives.

Any attempt to change the current status quo is unlikely 
to drive short term results or change and it was proposed 
that the Group adopt a long term approach that focuses on 
increasing diversity at junior levels and addressing the various 
reasons that hinder female promotion and involvement at 
executive levels.  Accordingly the Directors agreed to target 
an increase in female participation at a managerial level 
across the Group from 36% in 2010 to 50% in 2015. 

The table below shows the female participation rates across 
the Group since the Board adopted the Diversity Policy in 
December 2010: 

2011

2012

2013

Female

Male

Female

Male

Female

Male

Board of Directors

Senior Management

All Employees

20.0%

39.4%

63.3%

80.0%

60.6%

36.7%

16.7%

42.0%

59.4%

83.3%

58.0%

40.6%

16.7%

42.3%

60.4%

83.3%

57.7%

39.6%

The Group support a number of initiatives aimed at achieving the target increase and has adopted policies on flexible 
working arrangements and paid maternity leave. A mentoring program has also been implemented for female executives and 
this has been supported by a number of breakfast briefings designed to highlight the challenges faced in the workplace and 
to also provide a networking opportunity with both internal and external parties.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

19

For personal use onlyFinancial report

Directors’ report to stapled security holders 

income statements 

statements of comprehensive income 

Balance sheets 

statements of changes in equity 

statements of cash flows 

notes to the financial statements 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

20 

21 

22 

23 

24 

25 

26 

27 

28 

29 

30 

31 

32 

33 

34 

35 

36 

37 

38 

39 

40 

41 

42 

43 

44 

summary of significant accounting policies 

Ardent Leisure trust and Ardent Leisure Limited formation 

revenue from operating activities 

Borrowing costs 

Property expenses 

net gain/(loss) from derivative financial instruments 

Management fees 

other expenses 

remuneration of auditor 

income tax expense 

earnings per security/share 

Distributions and dividends paid and payable 

receivables 

Derivative financial instruments 

inventories 

Property held for sale 

other assets 

investment properties 

Property, plant and equipment 

Livestock 

intangible assets 

Deferred tax assets 

Payables 

interest bearing liabilities 

Provisions 

other liabilities 

Deferred tax liabilities 

contributed equity 

security-based payments 

reserves 

retained profits/(accumulated losses) 

Business combinations 

cash and cash equivalents 

cash flow information 

net tangible assets 

related party disclosures 

Key management personnel 

segment information 

capital and financial risk management 

contingent liabilities 

capital and lease commitments 

Deed of cross guarantee 

Parent entity financial information 

events occurring after reporting date 

Directors’ declaration to stapled security holders 

independent auditor’s report to the stapled security holders of Ardent Leisure Group 

20

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

21

50

51

52

53

54

55

55

67

67

67

67

67

68

68

69

69

70

71

72

72

73

74

74

74

75

77

78

80

81

81

84

85

85

86

87

92

93

94

100

101

101

102

103

113

118

125

126

128

130

131

132

134 

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

Directors’ report to stapled security holders
The Directors of Ardent Leisure Management Limited 
(Manager), (as responsible entity of Ardent Leisure Trust) 
and the Directors of Ardent Leisure Limited present their 
report together with the consolidated financial report of 
Ardent Leisure Group (Group or Consolidated Group) and the 
consolidated financial report of Ardent Leisure Limited Group 
(ALL Group) for the year ended 30 June 2013. 

The financial report of the Group comprises Ardent Leisure 
Trust (Trust) and its controlled entities including Ardent 
Leisure Limited (ALL or Company) and its controlled entities. 
The financial report of ALL comprises of Ardent Leisure 
Limited and its controlled entities.

Ardent Leisure Limited is a company limited by shares, 
incorporated and domiciled in Australia. Its registered office 
and principal place of business is Level 16, 61 Lavender Street, 
Milsons Point NSW 2061.

The units of the Trust and the shares of ALL are combined 
and issued as stapled securities in the Group.  The units of 
the Trust and shares of ALL cannot be traded separately and 
can only be traded as stapled securities. Although there is no 
ownership interest between the Trust and ALL, the Trust is 
deemed to be the parent entity of the Group under Australian 
Accounting Standards. 

1  Directors
The following persons have held office as Directors of the 
Manager and ALL during the period and up to the date of  
this report:

•	Neil	Balnaves	AO	(Chairman)

4  Operating and financial review
Overview
The Group’s strategy is to focus primarily on domestic leisure 
segments with mass market appeal.  Over the past six years, 
the Group has diversified through the creation of five core 
operating divisions, being health clubs, family entertainment 
centres in the US, theme parks, marinas and bowling centres.

The Group’s theme parks and marinas divisions occupy 
strategic positions within their respective markets while 
the other three divisions provide well established operating 
platforms with organic growth opportunities to roll out new 
centres or make “bolt-on” acquisitions as conditions permit. 

During the year, the Group purchased Fenix Fitness 
Clubs (Fenix) comprising 10 health clubs in Queensland 
and Victoria, and the South Australian portfolio and the 
Essendon health club of Fitness First comprising eight 
health clubs for a combined cash consideration of $67.6 
million.  Refer to Note 32 to the financial statements. At the 
time, a successful $50.0 million placement of securities and 
a $22.2 million Security Purchase Plan were completed to 
fund the acquisitions and to provide further funding for the 
expansion of the family entertainment centre division. 

The Group also renegotiated its syndicated debt facilities, 
increasing its available facilities by $91.7 million from $239.8 
million to $331.5 million and extending the maturity of 
debt to three and four year terms, as set out in note 24 
to the financial statements. The Group also increased the 
proportion of US$ facilities from US$40 million to US$120 
million to facilitate funding of the Main Event division.

•	Roger	Davis	

•	Anne	Keating

•	Don	Morris	AO

•	Greg	Shaw		

•	George	Venardos. 

2  Principal activities
The Group’s principal activity is to invest in and operate leisure 
and entertainment businesses in Australia, New Zealand and 
the United States. There were no significant changes in the 
nature of the activities of the Group during the year.

3  Distributions
The distribution of income for the year ended 30 June 2013 
will be 12.0 cents (2012: 11.7 cents) per stapled security which 
will be paid by the Trust. An interim distribution of 6.6 cents 
(2012: 6.5 cents) per stapled security was paid in February 
2013. A final distribution for the year ended 30 June 2013  
of 5.4 cents (2012: 5.2 cents) per stapled security will be paid 
in August 2013. A provision has not been recognised in the 
financial statements at 30 June 2013 as this distribution had 
not been declared at the reporting date. During the year, a 
subsidiary of ALL paid to the Trust $3.6 million (2012: $2.5 
million) relating to convertible notes which are classified as 
equity under Australian Accounting Standards.  No dividend 
was recommended or paid by ALL in respect of the year 
ended 30 June 2013.

21

For personal use only	
	
	
	
	
	
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

4  Operating and financial review (continued)

Group results

The performance of the Consolidated Group, as represented by the aggregated results of its operations for the year, was as follows:

Health Clubs 
Family entertainment centres 
Theme parks 
Marinas 
Bowling centres 
Other 

Total 

Depreciation and amortisation* 

Divisional EBIT 

Segment 
Revenues 
2013 
$’000 

140,689 
72,695 
97,086 
23,141 
115,230 
62 

Segment 
Revenues 
2012 
$’000 

102,577 
55,236 
93,707 
23,672 
114,241 
641 

Segment 
EBITDA* 
2013 
$’000 

30,329 
17,001 
30,450 
10,687 
12,773 
(7) 

Segment 
EBITDA* 
2012 
$’000

19,959
12,312
28,904
10,669
14,825
177

448,903 

390,074 

101,233 

86,846

(22,644) 

(20,468)

78,589 

66,378

Pre-opening expenses, straight lining of fixed rent increase,
IFRS depreciation and Goodlife intagible asset amortisation
(18,496) 
not including in divisional EBIT 
Property valuation gains/(losses)                                                                                                                                                        90  
2,613 
Gain on acquisition 
Net gain/(loss) from derivative financial instraments 
602 
Corporate costs including gains on sale of assets, interest
income and foreign exchange gains and losses 
Borrowing costs 
Net tax expense 

(12,159) 
(12,288) 
(3,334) 

(13,013)
(15,507)
—
(392)

(9,365)
(12,914)
(2,560)

Profit 

Core earnings (Note 11 to the financial statements) 

35,617 

12,627

50,257 

42,145

  * Segment earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation (EBITDA) excludes pre-opening expenses, straight lining of fixed rent increases, IFRS depreciation and amortisation of Goodlife 
intangible assets. IFRS depreciation represents depreciation recorded under Australian Accounting Standards effective 1 July 2005 on property, plant and equipment which were previously classified 
as investment properties. Management believes that adjusting the segment result for these items allows the Group to more effectively compare underlying performance against prior periods and 
between divisions. Segment EBRITDA, which represents segment EBITDA before property costs, is another measure used by management to assess the trading performance of divisions excluding the 
impact of property costs.

Profit for the year increased by $23.0 million, or 182%, to 
$35.6 million, mainly due to the following factors:

 — Revenue from operating activities increased by $58.8 

million, or 15.1%, to $448.9 million and divisional EBITDA 
increased by $14.4 million, or 16.6%, to $101.2 million. 
Further commentary on divisional results is set out 
separately below;

 — Pre-opening expenses increased by $1.5 million due to 
bowling, health club and family entertainment centre 
developments in the year and Goodlife intangible 
asset amortisation increased by $4.6 million due to the 
acquisition of new health clubs;

 — There were $15.5 million of property valuation losses in 

the prior year compared to $0.1 million gains in the current 
year and a $2.6 million gain on acquisition of health clubs 
in the current year;

 — Corporate costs increased by $2.8 million, or 29.8%, to 
$12.2 million of which $1.3 million was driven by an 
increase in business acquisition costs. 

22 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

 — Borrowing costs decreased by $0.6 million, or 4.8%, to 

$12.3 million due to a slight reduction in Australian dollar 
debt, decreases in Australian interest rates and a higher 
proportion of total debt being in US dollars at lower 
interest rates; and

 — Net tax expense increased by $0.8 million, or 30.2%, due 
to increased earnings of the Group and new health clubs 
which were acquired in ALL during the period.

The above factors also delivered an increase in core 
earnings of $8.1 million, or 19.2%, to $50.3 million (2012: 
$42.1 million).  Core earnings (as defined in Note 11 to the 
financial statements) represents the earnings of the Group 
after adding back unrealised items such as unrealised gains 
or losses on derivatives, unrealised property valuation 
gains and losses, straight lining of fixed rent increases, IFRS 
depreciation, amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets and 
one-off realised items.  

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

4  Operating and financial review (continued)

Health clubs

The performance of health clubs is summarised as follows:

Total revenue 
EBRITDA (excluding pre‑opening expenses) 
Operating margin 
Property costs (excluding straight-line rent) 

EBITDA 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Change 
%

140,689 
60,032 
42.7% 
(29,703) 

102,577 
40,224 
39.2% 
(20,265) 

30,329 

19,959 

37.2
49.2

46.6

52.0

The division showed strong performance across its portfolio during the year, with an increase in revenues of 37.2% to $140.7 million 
and growth in EBITDA of 52.0% to $30.3 million. This was driven predominantly by acquisitions and developments, accompanied by 
improved constant club trading as set out below:

Revenue 
2013 
$’000 

Revenue 
2012 
$’000 

Change 
% 

EBRITDA 
2013 
$’000 

EBRITDA 
2012 
$’000 

Constant clubs 
Clubs closed 
New clubs/aquisitions 
Corporate and regional office expenses/sales
and marketing                                                                       158                     264                    (40.2)             (10,481)               (7,611) 

94,890 
2,450 
4,973 

94,937 
615 
44,979 

44,642 
623 
2,570 

47,038 
98 
23,377 

— 
(74.9) 
804.5 

Total                                                                                  140,689             102,577                     37.2                60,032                40,224 

Change 
%

5.4
(84.3)
809.6

37.7

49.2

Fenix and Fitness First health clubs, acquired in the first half of the year, have operated in line with expectations with a turnaround in 
member growth in the Fitness First clubs acquired.  Membership of the Fitness First clubs grew 3.3% in the June 2013 quarter and is 
building momentum.

Major refurbishments at Cottesloe, Helensvale and Prahran are now complete and are expected to positively impact FY14 earnings. 
In addition, new clubs at Maroochydore and Dernancourt are contributing strongly with a further new site scheduled to open in 
Northlands, Victoria in December 2013. 

During the year, the division strengthened its operating margin, with an increase of 3.5% to 42.7%, as benefits of labour productivity, 
efficiency and penetration of personal training services continue. FY14 will realise the full year benefit of a personal training model 
restructure and digital advertising opportunities.

Additional corporate roles have been added to support the larger portfolio and growth post acquisitions and personal trainer 
numbers are set to increase on the back of stronger trainer academy performance and improved point of sale uptake of personal 
training offers.

The health club division strategy will be to continue to grow revenue and earnings through new developments, acquisitions and 
organic constant club growth.

Family entertainment centres

The performance of Main Event’s family entertainment centres is summarised as follows:

Total revenue 
EBRITDA (excluding pre‑opening expenses) 
Operating margin 
Property costs 

EBITDA 

2013 
US$’000 

73,543 
26,669 
36.3% 
(9,513) 

2012 
US$’000 

56,659 
20,117 
35.5% 
(7,322) 

17,156 

12,795 

Change 
%

29.8
32.6

29.9

34.1

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

23

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

4  Operating and financial review (continued)

Family entertainment centres

During the year, total US dollar revenue grew by 29.8%, driving EBITDA growth of 34.1%.  This was due to new developments and 
growth in constant centre revenue and earnings, further analysis of which is set out below:

  Revenue 
2013 
US$’000 

Revenue 
2012 
US$’000 

Change 
% 

   EBRITDA 
2013 
US$’000 

Constant centres 
New centres 
Corporate and regional office expenses/sales
and marketing                                                                         —                        —                         —                (4,577) 

24,178 
7,068 

55,108 
1,551 

57,576 
15,967 

4.5 
929.5 

EBRITDA 
2012 
US$’000 

22,834 
573 

(3,290) 

Total                                                                                      73,543               56,659 

29.8 

26,669 

20,117 

Change 
%

5.9
1,133.5

 39.1

32.6

Constant centre revenue grew by 4.5%, driven by increased guest spend from value-based limited time promotions, improved food 
and beverage product range and amusement games. Increasing volumes and disciplined cost management have continued to 
improve margins.

The overall economy in Texas and the Sun Belt region continues to grow. New centres in San Antonio, Katy and Stafford are exceeding 
portfolio average revenue. A further centre in Tempe, Arizona is expected to open late in the second quarter of FY14. Negotiations are 
progressing on four additional sites and the division remains on track to meet the target of 19 centres by the end of FY15.

The family entertainment centre division strategy will be to continue to grow revenue and earnings through new centre development 
and constant centre growth.

Theme parks

The performance of the Theme parks division is summarised as follows:

Total revenue 
EBRITDA 
Operating margin 
Property costs 

EBITDA 

Attendance 
Per capita spend ($) 

2012 
$’000 

Change 
%

2013 
$’000 

97,086 
32,211 
33.2% 
(1,761) 

93,707 
30,485 
32.5% 
(1,581) 

30,450 

28,904 

1,874,951 
51.78 

1,736,301 
53.97 

3.6
5.7

11.4

5.3

8.0
(4.1)

Earnings returned to growth in the current year with a 5.3% lift in EBITDA. This was driven by increased attendance levels resulting 
from product, brand and marketing strategies, anchored by successful Unlimited World Pass campaigns with improved value offers.

The new Dreamworks Kung Fu Panda precinct with two new rides opened in December 2012. In addition, the return of Big Brother, 
a new ride for Wiggles World and two new Tiger Cubs also added new experiences and customer value. Upgrades to food and 
beverage, retail and photographic product offerings also provided improved guest satisfaction and in-park spending opportunities.

SkyPoint earnings also grew strongly, driven by the inclusion of SkyPoint in the Unlimited World Pass offer, a new Brand strategy, 
addition of a new breakfast and events business and SkyPoint climb attraction.

During the year, the division grew its margins through refined operating efficiencies and completion of initiatives to combat rising 
energy and water costs. 

A new Tigress, Nika, arrived in June 2013 to support the Dreamworld breeding program and the conservation work of the 
Dreamworld Wildlife Foundation. The outlook for FY14 is positive with the return of Big Brother for a second series in July 2013, an all 
new attraction based on Zombies planned for launch in September 2013 and Stage 1 of a new Aboriginal precinct expected to be 
opened for the December 2013 holidays. 

The division will also continue its investment in digital, social and e-commerce platforms.

The strategy of the theme park division is to grow revenue and earnings by continuing to invest in unique products and by providing 
value and a great experience to its customers.

24

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

4  Operating and financial review (continued)

Marinas

The performance of marinas is summarised as follows:

Total revenue 
EBRITDA 
Operating margin 
Property costs 

EBITDA 

2012 
$’000 

Change 
%

2013 
$’000 

23,141 
13,034 
56.3% 
(2,347) 

23,672 
13,256 
56.0% 
(2,587) 

10,687 

10,669 

(2.2)
(1.7)

(9.3)

0.2

Revenue from marinas fell by $0.5 million, or 2.2%, to $23.1 million, however, EBITDA growth was achieved through careful cost 
management. Marina revenue principally comprises the following:

Berthing 
Land 
Fuel and other 

Total 

2013 
$’000 

12,891 
5,459 
4,791 

2012 
$’000 

13,014 
5,647 
5,011 

23,141 

23,672 

Change 
%

(0.9)
(3.3)
(4.4)

(2.2)

Berthing revenues decreased by 0.9% compared to prior year with full year occupancy at 84% and average berthing rates up 2.5% 
on the prior year. Land revenues also reduced by 3.3% due to restructured lease arrangements with several major tenants; however, 
the land portfolio remains close to full occupancy. Fuel and other revenues are down 4.4% on the prior year with adverse April 2013 
weather impacting Nelson Bay’s peak fuel sales period. 

The marina division strategy is focused on growing revenue by increasing occupancy at each of its marinas.

Bowling centres

The performance of bowling centres is summarised as follows:

Total revenue 
EBRITDA (excluding pre‑opening expenses) 
Operating margin 
Property costs (excluding straight-line rent) 

EBITDA 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

Change 
%

115,230 
36,381 
31.6% 
(23,608) 

114,241 
36,718 
32.1% 
(21,893) 

12,773 

14,825 

0.9
(0.9)

7.8

(13.8)

The division recorded total revenues of $115.2 million, with growth of 0.9% compared to the prior year. January and April school holiday 
performance recorded positive growth, with customers responding well to new value propositions across the school holidays.

Revenue 
2013 
$’000 

Revenue 
2012 
$’000 

Change 
% 

EBRITDA 
2013 
$’000 

EBRITDA 
2012 
$’000 

Constant centres 
Centres closed 
New centres 
Corporate and regional office expenses/sales
and marketing                                                                       196                        53                  269.8              (15,324)              (15,163) 

110,187 
— 
4,001 

106,927 
— 
8,107 

50,284 
(5) 
1,602 

48,537 
— 
3,168 

(3.0) 
— 
102.6 

Total                                                                                    115,230            114,241                        0.9                36,381               36,718 

Change 
%

(3.5)
(100.0)
97.8

1.1

(0.9)

25

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

4  Operating and financial review (continued)

Bowling centres (continued)

Constant revenue fell by 3.0% but improved from a decrease of 3.6% in the first half of the year to a decrease of 2.3% in the second 
half. Similarly, constant centre EBRITDA trends improved substantially from a first half decline of 6.3% to a 0.2% decline in the 
second half. This improvement was driven by strong school holiday results in the second half of the year, accompanied by tighter 
management of all controllable costs.

New centres and refurbished centres continue to deliver positive results, with Penrith exceeding expectations and improving 
performance trends evident in Liverpool, Dee Why and Norwood. During the year, trading in a number of centres, including Panmure, 
North Strathfield and Rooty Hill have been impacted by development and construction works. 

The division continues to focus on its strategy of “exciting & entertaining” its customers and is in the process of building value 
propositions across all customer segments that is expected to drive loyalty and increased visitation to its centres. FY14 will see 
continuing focus on controlling costs, with a number of initiatives planned to assist the division in FY14, as well as investing in better 
technologies and equipment.

Overall the Group benefits from the diversity of its five core operating divisions. Each of the divisions has a growth strategy for FY14 
with a common theme of offering the customer high quality product, a consistently high level of customer service and value. The 
combination of the successful equity raise during the year and the debt facility extension has ensured that the Group has ample 
capacity to fund future growth.

5  Significant changes in the state of affairs
In the opinion of the Directors, there were no significant changes in the state of affairs of the Consolidated Group or ALL Group 
that occurred during the year not otherwise disclosed in this report or the financial statements.

6  Value of assets

Value of total assets 
Value of net assets 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL 
Group 
2012 
$’000

          799,742             675,910             323,793             221,159 
35,626
          487,290  

            82,148  

406,655 

The value of the Group’s and ALL Group’s assets is derived using the basis set out in Note 1 to the financial statements.  

7  Interests in the Group
The movement in stapled securities of the Group during the year is set out below:

Stapled securities on issue at the beginning of the year 
Stapled securities issued under Distribution Reinvestment Plan 
Stapled securities issued for business acquisitions 
Stapled securities issued for Security Purchase Plan 
Stapled securities issued as part of ALL’s employee security-based payments plans 

Stapled securities on issue at the end of the year 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012

334,209,401  318,147,978
13,045,759
2,595,539
—
420,125

5,647,860 
39,062,500 
17,363,566 
1,520,660 

397,803,987  334,209,401

26

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

7  Information on current Directors

Neil Balnaves AO
chairman
Appointed:
Ardent Leisure Management Limited – 26 October 2001. 
Ardent Leisure Limited – 28 April 2003
Age: 69

Neil Balnaves was appointed as Chairman of the Group in 
2001.  Neil has worked in the entertainment and media 
industries for over 48 years previously holding the position 
of Executive Chairman of Southern Star Group Limited which 
he founded.  Neil is a Trustee Member of Bond University and 
has an Honorary Degree of Doctor of the University.  Neil is 
a member of the Advisory Council and Dean’s Circle of the 
University of New South Wales (Faculty of Medicine) and in 
2010 received an Honorary Doctorate of the University. 

Neil is a Director of Technicolor Australia Limited and serves 
on the boards of numerous advisory and community 
organisations and is a Foundation Fellow of the Australian 
Institute of Company Directors.  Neil’s former directorships 
include Hanna-Barbera Australia, Reed Consolidated 
Industries, Hamlyn Group, Taft Hardie and Southern Cross 
Broadcasting.  

In 2006, Neil established The Balnaves Foundation, a 
philanthropic fund that focuses on education, medicine and 
the arts.  In 2010, Neil was appointed an Officer of the Order 
of Australia for his services to business and philanthropy.

Neil is non-executive Chairman of the Group, Chairman of the 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee and is a member 
of the Audit and Risk Committee.

Former listed directorships in last three years:
None

Interest in stapled securities
2,439,062

Roger Davis
Director 
Appointed:
Ardent Leisure Management Limited – 1 September 2009. 
Ardent Leisure Limited –28 May 2008
Age: 61

Roger Davis was appointed a Director of the Company in 
2008. Roger brings to the Board over 32 years of experience 
in banking and investment banking in Australia, the US 
and Japan. Roger is presently Chairman of the Bank of 
Queensland and a Consulting Director at Rothschild 
(Australia) Limited and holds directorships at Argo 
Investments Limited, Aristocrat Leisure Limited, The Trust 
Company Limited, TIO Limited and AIG Australia Limited. 
Previously, he was Managing Director at Citigroup where 
he worked for over 20 years and more recently was a Group 
Managing Director at ANZ Banking Group.  

28

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Roger’s former directorships include the chairmanship of 
Esanda, along with directorships of ANZ (New Zealand)
Limited, Charter Hall Office Management Limited (the 
manager for Charter Hall Office REIT) and Citicorp Securities 
Inc. in the United States.

Roger holds a BEc (Hons) from The University of Sydney and a 
Master of Philosophy from Oxford.

Roger is Chairman of the Safety, Sustainability & Environment 
Committee and is a member of both the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee.

Former listed directorships in last three years:
Charter Hall Office Management Limited (Resigned 30 April 2012)

Interest in stapled securities
130,275

Anne Keating
Director
Appointed:
Ardent Leisure Management Limited – 30 March 1998.
Ardent Leisure Limited – 28 April 2003
Age: 59

Anne Keating was appointed a Director of Ardent Leisure 
Management Limited in 1998.  Anne is currently a Director of 
REVA Medical Inc., Goodman Group and GI Dynamics, Inc. and 
is a member of the Advisory Council of CIMB Australia.  Anne 
is also a Director of the Garvan Institute of Medical Research 
and a Governor of the Cerebral Palsy Alliance Research 
Foundation. 

Anne’s former directorships include ClearView Wealth 
Limited, STW Communications Group Limited, Insurance 
Australia Group Limited, NRMA, the WorkCover Authority of 
NSW, the Tourism Task Force (now known as the Tourism and 
Transport Forum), Spencer Street Station Redevelopment 
Holdings Limited and the Victor Chang Cardiac Research 
Institute.  Anne was the General Manager of Australia for 
United Airlines from 1993 to 2001.

Anne is a member of the Group’s Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee. 

Former listed directorships in last three years:
STW Communications Group Limited (Resigned 10 February 2011)

ClearView Wealth Limited (Resigned 23 October 2012)

Interest in stapled securities
74,461

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

7  Information on current Directors (continued)

Don Morris AO
Director 
Appointed:
Ardent Leisure Management Limited – 1 January 2012. 
Ardent Leisure Limited – 1 January 2012
Age: 69

Don Morris was appointed a Director of both the Company 
and the Manager in January 2012 and brings to the Board 
significant experience of advertising, marketing and 
promotion, particularly for tourism entities.

Don was a founding principal of Mojo Australia Advertising, 
creators of  several iconic Australian  advertising campaigns, 
including ‘I still call Australia Home’ for Qantas; the Paul Hogan 
‘Shrimp on the Barbie’ for Australian tourism, and ‘C’mon Aussie 
C’mon’ for World Series Cricket.

Don was the former Chair of the Sydney Olympics 
Community Support Commission and both the Australian 
Tourist Commission and Tourism Queensland, and a former 
director of R M Williams Limited, Harvey World Travel Limited, 
PMP Limited, the Tourism & Transport Forum, Tourism Asset 
Holdings Limited, Hamilton Island Enterprises Limited and 
Port Douglas Reef Resorts Limited.

Don was appointed an Officer of the Order of Australia 
in 2002 for services to tourism and holds a Bachelor of 
Economics from Monash University. 

Don’s current directorships include Ausflag Limited and The 
Sport and Tourism Youth Foundation.  He was appointed 
an Adjunct Professor in Tourism, Leisure, Sport & Hotel 
Management at Griffith University in 2012. 

Don is a member of the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee.

Former listed directorships in last three years:
None

Interest in stapled securities
Nil

Greg Shaw
Director and chief executive officer
Appointed:
Ardent Leisure Management Limited – 22 September 2009. 
Ardent Leisure Limited – 22 September 2009
Age: 54

Greg Shaw was appointed a Director in September 2009 
following the completion of the internalisation project.  Greg 
is the Chief Executive Officer and Managing Director of the 
Group and was appointed to this role in 2002.  

Prior to joining the Group, Greg was the Managing Director of 
Port Douglas Reef Resorts Limited, a major resort owner and 
property development group.  In this role, Greg was awarded 
the Australian Chartered Accountant in Business Award for a 
$6 million profit turnaround in two years.  Greg qualified as a 
Chartered Accountant in 1983.

Greg is a member of the Safety, Sustainability and  
Environment Committee.

Former listed directorships in last three years:
None

Interest in stapled securities
768,369

George Venardos
Director 
Appointed:
Ardent Leisure Management Limited – 22 September 2009. 
Ardent Leisure Limited – 22 September 2009
Age: 55

George Venardos was appointed a Director of both the 
Company and the Manager in September 2009.  George is a 
Chartered Accountant with more than 30 years’ experience in 
finance, accounting, insurance and funds management.

His former positions include Group Chief Financial Officer of 
Insurance Australia Group and for 10 years Chairman of the 
Finance & Accounting Committee of the Insurance Council of 
Australia.  George also held the position of Finance Director 
of Legal & General Group in Australia and was named Insto 
Magazine’s CFO of the Year for 2003.

George holds a Bachelor of Commerce in Accounting, Finance 
and Systems from the University of New South Wales.  He 
is also a Fellow of The Institute of Chartered Accountants 
in Australia, the Australian Institute of Company Directors 
and the Taxation Institute of Australia.  He holds a Diploma 
in Corporate Management and is a Fellow of Chartered 
Secretaries Australia.

George is a Director of IOOF Holdings Limited and Perennial 
Investment Partners Limited, and is the Non-Executive 
Chairman of BluGlass Limited and Guild Group Holdings 
Limited.

George is Chairman of the Audit and Risk Committee and is 
also a member of the Safety, Sustainability and Environment 
Committee and the Remuneration and Nomination 
Committee.

Former listed directorships in last three years:
Miclyn Express Offshore Limited (Resigned 21 June 2013) 

Interest in stapled securities
111,592

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

29

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

9  Meetings of Directors
The attendance at meetings of Directors of the Manager and ALL during the year is set out in the following table:

Full meetings 
of Directors 

Audit and Risk 

Meetings of Committees 
Remuneration 
and Nomination 

    Safety, Sustainability 
       and Environment

Eligible to 

  Eligible to 

  Eligible to 

  Eligible to 

attend  Attended 

attend  Attended 

attend  Attended 

 attend  Attended

Neil Balnaves AO 
Roger Davis 
Anne Keating 
Don Morris AO 
Greg Shaw 
George Venardos 

8 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

7 
8 
8 
8 
8 
8 

4 
4 
4 
4 
N/A 
4 

4 
4 
4 
4 
N/A 
4 

5 
5 
5 
5 
N/A 
5 

4 
5 
5 
5 
N/A 
5 

N/A 
4 
N/A 
N/A 
4 
4 

N/A
4
N/A
N/A
4
4

10  Company Secretary
The Group’s Company Secretary is Alan Shedden. Alan was appointed to the position of Secretary of the Manager and ALL 
on 9 September 2009.

Alan has over 14 years of experience as a Company Secretary and, prior to joining the Group, held positions at Brookfield 
Multiplex Limited and Orange S.A., the mobile telecommunications subsidiary of France Telecom S.A.  Alan holds a degree in 
business studies and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Secretaries and Administrators.

11  Remuneration report
The Manager and the Directors of ALL present the remuneration report for the Group for the year ended 30 June 2013.

The remuneration report is set out under the following main headings:

a)  Key remuneration objectives;
b)  Remuneration framework and strategy;
c)  Details of remuneration – key management personnel;
d)  Service agreements of key management personnel;
e)  Deferred Short Term Incentive Plan (DSTI)
f)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP); and
g)  Additional information.

The information provided in the remuneration report has been audited as required by section 308 (3C) of the Corporations 
Act 2001. 

a)  Key remuneration objectives
The objective of the Group’s executive framework is to attract and retain high quality executives by ensuring that executive 
remuneration is competitive with prevailing employment market conditions and also providing sufficient motivation by 
ensuring that remuneration is aligned to the Group’s results.  

In May 2013, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee engaged independent remuneration consultants from Aon Hewitt 
to benchmark the remuneration packages and structure of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer prior to 
remuneration and performance reviews to be undertaken after the financial year end.  This benchmark exercise did not include 
the provision of a recommendation; however, the exercise was conducted on arm’s length terms from management and 
reported directly to the Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee.  As the Group operates in specialised sectors, 
difficulties arise in benchmarking executives’ remuneration.  In order to provide a more meaningful assessment, the scope of 
the Aon Hewitt benchmark exercise was expanded to (where possible) include unlisted groups and businesses that shared the 
same international footprint, diversity of operations and complexity of structure.  

The remuneration packages of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer for the financial year are set out in the 
table below:

Position                                                                  Base salary                                                STI                                              DSTI                                                   LTI    

                                                                                                                         Total target 
remuneration

Chief Executive Officer                   $750,000 
Chief Financial Officer                    $400,000 

   50% 
50% 

25% 
25% 

37.5% 
37.5% 

$1,593,750
$850,000

It should be noted that the Short Term Incentive (STI), DSTI and LTI figures set out above are considered “at risk” and will only be 
paid if performance targets have been achieved.

30

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11   Remuneration report (continued)
b)  Remuneration framework and strategy
The Group’s remuneration framework seeks to align executive 
reward with the achievement of strategic objectives and in 
particular, the creation of sustainable earnings growth for 
investors.  In addition, the Board seeks to have reference to 
market best practice to ensure that executive remuneration 
remains competitive, fair and reasonable.

i)  Non-Executive Directors
Fees paid to Non-Executive Directors reflect the demands 
which are made on, and the responsibilities of, the Directors.  
Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed annually by the 
Board and the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. 

Non-Executive Directors are paid solely by the way of 
directors’ fees and do not participate in any equity or short 
term cash-based incentives schemes. Non-Executive Directors 
bring a depth of experience and knowledge to their roles 
and are a key component in the effective operation of the 
Board.  The maximum aggregate of directors’ fees payable 
to Directors of the Group is set out in clause 16.1 of the 
Constitution of Ardent Leisure Limited.  The maximum total 
aggregate level of directors’ fees payable by the Group is 
$940,000 per annum and was set by investors at the 27 
October 2011 general meeting.  

In 2009, the Board approved a simplified structure for 
calculating directors’ fees.  The simplified fee structure takes 
into account individual Directors’ duties and service and was 
applied from 1 September 2009.

Position 

Annual fee

$175,000
Chairman 
$110,000
Other Non-Executive Director 
$20,000
Audit and Risk Committee – Chair 
$15,000
Audit & Risk Committee      – Member 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee membership     $7,500
Saftey, Sustainability and Environment 
$7,500  
Committee membership 

ii)  Executive pay
The executive pay and reward framework has three 
components:

 — base pay and benefits;
 — performance incentives; and
 — other remuneration such as superannuation.

The combination of these comprises the executive’s total               
remuneration.

Base Pay

Performance incentives

A total employment cost which

can be made up of a mix of cash

salary, employer superannuation

contributions, non-financial benefits

such as provision of a motor vehicle.

sti

Dsti

LtiP

cash performance bonus

equity incentive based upon

equity incentive aligned

set against pre-determined

actual cash bonus paid and

to targeted investor returns.

key performance indicators.

deferred for one and two years.

secure

At risK

At risK

At risK

Base pay
Base pay includes salary, employer superannuation 
contributions and non-cash benefits such as provision of a 
motor vehicle.  Base pay is reviewed annually to ensure that 
executive pay is competitive with the market.  There are no 
guaranteed base pay increases in the contracts.  Base pay is 
also reviewed on promotion.

Performance incentives
Performance incentives may take the form of Short Term 
Incentives (STI), Deferred Short Term Incentives (DSTI) or 
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

STI
The STI or bonus program is designed to reward executives 
for achievement of a number of key performance indicators 
(KPIs).  These KPIs are split into financial and personal 
categories with the financial measures representing 50% 
of an executive’s STI entitlement and personal measures 
representing the remaining 50% for the year ended 30 June 
2013.

  KPI

  Earnings and revenue-based
  financial measures
  Personal & Board discretionary
  Total

Maximum STI
Entitlement

50%
50%
100%

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

31

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11   Remuneration report (continued)
For executives who act in Group-wide roles the financial KPIs 
are based on Group earnings related measures.  In contrast, 
divisional earnings measures are used for those executives 
who occupy divisional roles.

Personal KPIs for executives are not financial in nature and 
are set around execution of improvements and initiatives in 
such functions as risk management, compliance, relationship 
management, customer satisfaction, employee engagement 
and other strategic initiatives.  Examples of personal KPIs are 
set out in the table below:

Example of personal KPIs

 — Develop a dynamic capital adequacy plan to address the 

following criteria:

•		Competitive	cost	of	capital;

•		Innovative	funding	flexibility;

•		Distribution/dividend	policy;	and

•		Future	balance	sheet	and	cash	flow	capacity	to		
   meet the strategic needs of the Group.

 — Review and present the Group’s five year strategic vision 

and plan.

 — Drive improvements across the Group in employee 

workers compensation claims with a view to creating a 
long term reduction in lost time injury frequency rate. 

The extent to which an executive achieves their personal 
and financial KPIs is assessed by the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee based upon recommendations 
from the Managing Director.  The resulting cash bonuses 
are traditionally payable in cash by 30 September each year. 
Using a profit target ensures variable award is only available 
when value has been created for investors and when profit is 
consistent with the Group’s business plan. 

Maximum achievable awards to key management personnel 
(KMP) under the STI range between 25% and 50% of an 
executive’s base salary (including superannuation) dependent 
upon the executive’s position.

DSTI
The DSTI program was established by the Directors on 1 July 
2010 to provide a retention incentive for key employees.  
The DSTI is linked to the actual achievement of KPIs under 
the STI plan with a percentage of the actual STI paid to an 
executive being matched in performance rights to acquire 
fully paid Group stapled securities for $nil exercise price.  The 
performance rights issued under the DSTI vest in two equal 
tranches in 12 months and 24 months.

It should be noted that KMP are required to forego a 
component of their LTIP entitlement in order to participate 
in the DSTI.  In this way, a component of the LTIP was simply 
moved into the DSTI and overall remuneration packages 
remained broadly unchanged.

32

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

LTIP
The LTIP was established by the Board of Directors in 2009 to 
replace the Executive Securities Plan (ESP) and to take into 
account changes to the Australian taxation regime in relation 
to employee share plans.  Awards of performance rights 
under the LTIP range between 10% and 50% of an executive’s 
base salary (including superannuation) dependent upon 
the executive’s role.  Further details of the LTIP are set out in 
section (f) below.

iii) Alignment with investor interests
The Directors are committed to the alignment of executives’ 
remuneration with investors’ interests and seek to achieve 
this through the most appropriate mix of base pay and short 
term and long term incentives.  

In the 2013 financial year, KMP KPIs were set to drive 
divisional and Group earnings, with targets set within the 
Group’s budgetary framework.  In this way, the KPIs used to 
determine performance under the STI are used to align KMP 
remuneration with sustainable earnings growth and other 
operational long term goals.  The DSTI is aligned to these 
KPIs and acts as a two year retention tool to ensure that 
earnings targets are not achieved at the expense of long term 
profitability and growth.

The LTIP further aligns executives’ remuneration with long 
term investor returns through the total shareholder return 
performance hurdle. In this way, the LTIP provides a direct 
link between executive reward and investor return and 
offers no benefit to individual executives unless the Group’s 
performance exceeds the 50th percentile of the benchmark 
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) Small Industrials index.

c)  Details of remuneration – key management personnel
Key management personnel (KMP) are defined in AASB 
124 Related Party Disclosures as those having authority and 
responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the 
activities of the Group. In December 2012, the Directors 
reviewed the list of those executives previously assessed as 
being KMP to take into account the growing diversity of the 
Group’s earnings streams.  Based upon divisional earnings 
materiality to the Group, and in addition to the Group’s Non-
Executive Directors, KMP for the year ended 30 June 2013 
were considered to comprise the following:  

Position 

Chief Executive Officer 

Chief Financial Officer 

CEO - Bowling 

CEO - Theme parks 

CEO - Main Event 

CEO Health clubs 

Name

Greg Shaw

Richard Johnson

Lee Chadwick 

Todd Coates

Charlie Keegan

Greg Oliver

For personal use only 
 
 
	
	
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
Details of the remuneration of KMP of the Group for 2013 and 2012 are set out in the table below. The table sets out the total 
cash benefits paid to the KMP in the relevant period and, under the heading “Security-based payments”, shows a component 
of the fair value of the performance rights.  The fair value of the performance rights at grant date is recognised over the vesting 
period as an employee benefit expense.  Further details of the fair value calculations are set out in sections (e) and (f) below. 

Short‑term 
benefits 

Post‑employment 
benefits 

Other long‑term  
benefits

Cash  

Super‑ 

bonus  annuation Retirement  Retention 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Security‑ 
based 
Other   Termination payment  payments 
$ 

  Total cash 

    $ 

$ 

$ 

  Security‑ 
based 
Total  payment 
$ % of total

Salary 
Year                   $ 

Independent Directors
Neil Balnaves AO
Chairman 

Roger Davis 

Anne Keating 

2013    181,098 
2012    181,725 
2013    128,440 
2012    128,440 
2013    121,560 
2012    121,560 
Donald Morris AO (1)         2013    121,560 
2012      58,198 
2013    133,027 
2012    133,027 

George Venardos 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

16,402 
15,775 
11,560 
11,560 
10,940 
10,940 
10,940 
5,238 
11,973 
11,973 

Executive Director
Greg Shaw  
Chief Executive Officer 

Other key management
personnel
Current Executives
Richard Johnson  
Chief Financial Officer 

2013    733,530 
2012    734,225 

281,250 
345,000 

16,470 
15,775 

2013    383,530    160,000 
2012    384,225    185,080 

16,470  
15,775  

Lee Chadwick (2) 
2013     268,107 
CEO – Bowling                   2012            N/A 

Todd Coates (3) 
CEO – Theme parks 

Charlie Keegan  
CEO – Main Event 

Greg Oliver  
CEO – Health Clubs 

2013    333,530 
2012    241,037 

2013    318,440 
2012    288,628 

2013    387,966 
2012    344,225 

40,192 
N/A 

12,500 
37,115 

97,737 
92,602 

99,360 
98,100 

Past Executives
Marcus Anketell (4) 
CEO – Marinas 

2013               N/A 
            2012    189,055 

N/A 
33,812 

Roy Menachemson (5) 
CEO – Development 

2013            N/A 
2012    345,075 

N/A 
145,242 

Jordan Rodgers(6) 
Ex CEO – Bowling 

2013            N/A 
2012    275,318 

N/A 
51,012 

Noel Dempsey (7)                              2013            N/A  
Ex CEO – Theme parks      2012      55,363  

N/A 
— 

14,084 
N/A 

16,470 
11,831 

— 
— 

16,470 
15,775 

N/A 
13,322 

N/A 
15,775 

N/A 
15,775 

N/A 
1,315 

Total 2013 

Total 2012 

3,110,788   691,039   141,779  

3,480,101   987,963   160,829  

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
N/A 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
N/A 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
N/A 

— 
— 

— 
— 

5,564 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

197,500 
197,500 
140,000 
140,000 
132,500 
132,500 
132,500 
63,436 
145,000 
145,000 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

197,500 
197,500 
140,000 
140,000 
132,500 
132,500 
132,500 
63,436 
145,000 
145,000 

— 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—  1,031,250 
—  1,095,000 

469,616  1,500,866 
506,179  1,601,179 

31.3%
31.6%

— 
— 

560,000    254,042 
585,080    272,578 

814,042  
875,658  

31.2%
31.8%

— 
N/A 

322,383 
N/A 

362,500 
289,983 

— 
N/A 

— 
— 

416,177 
381,230 

290,982 
158,779 

509,360 
458,100 

139,044 
114,339 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
263,189 

N/A 
18,680 

N/A 
506,092 

N/A 
107,135 

322,383 
N/A 

362,500 
289,983 

707,159 
540,009 

648,404 
572,439 

N/A 
254,869 

N/A 
613,227 

—
N/A

—
—

41.1%
29.4%

21.4%
20.0%

N/A
7.3%

N/A
17.5%

N/A 
39,074 

N/A 
381,179 

N/A 
(45,909) 

N/A 
335,270 

N/A
(13.7%)

N/A 
243,349 

N/A 
300,027 

N/A 
9,020 

N/A 
309,047 

N/A
2.9%

5,564 

—  3,949,170  1,153,684   5,102,854 

22.6%

—  282,423  4,911,316  1,140,801   6,052,116 

18.8%

Don Morris AO was appointed a Non-Executive Director of the Group effective 1 January 2012 and is considered KMP from this date.  
Lee Chadwick was appointed CEO of the Bowling division on 10 September 2012 and is considered KMP from this date.
Todd Coates was appointed CEO of the Theme Parks division on 3 October 2011 and is considered KMP from this date.  Todd Coates resigned from the Group effective 31 July 2013.

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4)  Marcus Anketell has not met the definition of KMP for the financial year ended 30 June 2013.
(5) 
(6) 
(7)        Noel Dempsey resigned from the Group effective 31 July 2011.

Roy Menachemson has not met the definition of KMP for the financial year ended 30 June 2013.
Jordan Rodgers resigned from the Group effective 20 April 2012.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

33

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
No termination benefits were paid to KMP during the current 
financial year. There are no cash bonuses or options forfeited 
with respect to specified executives not previously disclosed.  
No payments were made to KMP by the Group before they 
became employees.

Security-based payments included in the tables above reflect 
the amounts in the Income Statements of the Group.  For 
Australian KMP, this amount is based on the fair value of 
the equity instruments at the date of the grant rather than 
at vesting or reporting date for those instruments not yet 
vested. For US KMP, this amount is based on the fair value of 
the equity instruments at the reporting date. During the year, 
795,504 plan securities were issued to Australian employees 
under the terms of the DSTI (2012: 420,125).   If the fair 
value recorded in the Income Statement was based on the 
movement in the fair value of the instruments between 
reporting dates, the amount included in KMP compensation 
would be increased by $1,900,016 to $3,053,700 (2012: 
increased by $503,000 to $1,644,000).

34

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)

d)  Services agreements of key management personnel
Remuneration and other terms of employment for KMP are 
formalised in service agreements. Each of these agreements 
provides for the payment of performance related cash 
bonuses and participation in the Group’s long term incentive 
plans. Other major provisions of the agreements relating to 
remuneration are set out below: 

Greg Shaw
chief executive officer
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$750,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless the 
executive gives the Group six month’s notice in writing, or 
the Group gives the executive 12 month’s notice in writing.

Richard Johnson
chief financial officer
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$400,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives six month’s notice in writing.

Lee Chadwick
ceo – Bowling
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$350,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives three month’s notice in writing.

Todd Coates
ceo – theme Parks
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$350,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives three month’s notice in writing.

Charlie Keegan
ceo – Main event
Term
Contract to 14 February 2015 with automatic renewal on a 
year by year basis thereafter.
Base salary
USD$325,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
During the contract term, employment shall continue with 
the Group unless the executive gives three month’s notice in 
writing.  An early termination payment equal to one year’s 
salary is payable to the executive if the Group terminates 
the executive during the contract, other than for gross 
misconduct.

Greg Oliver
ceo – health clubs
Term
No fixed term, however may not be terminated earlier than 
September 2015 unless certain early termination conditions 
are triggered.
Base salary
$410,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives three month’s notice in writing.  

All base salary amounts are inclusive of any superannuation 
payment and will be reviewed annually.  With the exception 
of the terms noted above, there are no contracted 
termination benefits payable to any KMP.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

35

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)

e)  Deferred Short Term Incentive Plan (DSTI)
Who can participate?
All employees are eligible for participation at the discretion  
of the Board.  

Types of securities issued?
Performance rights that can be converted into fully paid 
securities once vested.  The performance rights differ 
from options in that they do not carry an exercise price.  
Performance rights do not represent physical securities and 
do not carry any voting or distribution entitlements.  

Treatment of non-Australian residents
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to employees 
who are not Australian residents, the DSTI contemplates that 
cash awards will be granted to those executives and will be 
subject to the same tenure hurdles.

What restrictions are there on the securities?
Performance rights are non-transferable.

When can the securities vest?
The plan contemplates that the performance rights will vest 
equally one and two years following the grant date.

What are the vesting conditions?
Plan performance rights will normally vest only if the 
participant remains employed by the Group (and is not under 
notice terminating the contract of employment from either 
party) as at the relevant vesting date. 

Did any of the securities vest?                                                           
During the financial year, a total of  910,553 performance 
rights vested.

36

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Australian Employees
Since the DSTI was approved in July 2010, incentives 
have been provided to certain executives under the 
DSTI.  Under the terms of the DSTI, participants may be 
granted performance rights of which one half will vest 
one year after grant date and one half will vest two years 
after grant date.  The first set of performance rights were 
granted under the DSTI on 16 December 2010, with the first 
possible vesting date being the day after the full year results 
announcement for the year ended 30 June 2011.  A total of 
795,504 performance rights vested on 24 August 2012 and 
30 October 2012 and a corresponding number of stapled 
securities were issued to Australian employees under the 
terms of the DSTI (2012: 420,125). 

The characteristics of the DSTI indicate that, at the Ardent 
Leisure Group level, it is an equity settled share-based 
payment under AASB 2 Share-based Payment as the holders 
are entitled to the securities as long as they meet the 
DSTI’s service criteria.  However, as ALL is considered to be a 
subsidiary of the Trust, in the financial statements of the ALL 
Group the DSTI is accounted for as a cash settled share-based 
payment. 

Fair value – Australian employees
The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
DSTI is recognised in the Group financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase 
in equity.  The fair value of each grant of performance rights 
is determined at grant date using a binomial tree valuation 
model and then is recognised over the vesting period during 
which employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
underlying securities. 

The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
DSTI is recognised in the ALL Group financial statements as 
an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase 
in liabilities. The fair value of each grant of performance 
rights is determined at each reporting date using a binomial 
tree valuation model with the movement in fair value of the 
liability being recognised in the Income Statement.

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised.  The employee 
benefit expense recognised each financial period takes into 
account the most recent estimate.

US employees
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to US residents, 
those US executives eligible for the DSTI are subject to a 
shadow performance rights scheme whereby a cash payment 
is made instead of performance rights being granted.  At 
the end of each vesting period the number of performance 
rights which would have vested is multiplied by the Group 
stapled security volume weighted average price (VWAP) 
for the five trading days immediately following the vesting 
date and an equivalent cash payment is made.  Due to the 
nature of the scheme, this is considered to be a cash settled 
share-based payment under AASB 2.  A total of 115,049 cash 
settled performance rights vested on 24 August 2012 to US 
employees under the terms of the DSTI (2012: 40,802). 

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
e)  Deferred Short Term Incentive Plan (DSTI) (continued)
Fair value – US employees
The fair value of each grant of performance rights is determined at each reporting date using a binomial tree valuation model.  
This is recorded as a liability with the movement in the fair value of the financial liability being recorded through the Income 
Statement.

At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the number of performance rights that are expected to vest and the 
corresponding number of securities to be acquired.  The employee benefit expense recognised each period takes into account 
the most recent estimate.

Valuation inputs
For the performance rights outstanding at 30 June 2013, the table below shows the fair value of the performance rights on 
each grant date as well as the factors used to value the performance rights at the date of grant. This valuation is used to value 
the performance rights granted to Australian employees at 30 June 2013:

Grant                                                                                                                                                                                      2011 

2012

Grant date                                                                                               12 September 2011                                                                   24 August 2012
Vesting dates – year 1                                                                                 24 August 2012                                                                   31 August 2013
                                                                                                                          30 October 2012

Vesting date – year 2                                                                                   31 August 2013                                                                   31 August 2014
2.80% per annum
Average risk free rate                                                                              3.57% per annum 
35% per annum
Expected price volatility                                                                           40% per annum
9.1% per annum
Expected distribution yield                                                                  11.0% per annum
Stapled security price at grant date                                                                        $1.055 
$1.29
Valuation per performance right on issue                                                              $0.90 
$1.15

The table below shows the fair value of the performance rights in each grant as at 30 June 2013 as well as the factors used 
to value the performance rights as at 30 June 2013. This valuation is used to value the performance rights granted to US 
employees at 30 June 2013:

Grant                                                                                                                                                                                      2011 

2012

Grant date                                                                                               12 September 2011                                                                   24 August 2012
Vesting date – year 1                                                                                  24 August 2012                                                                    31 August 2013

Vesting date – year 2                                                                                  31 August 2013                                                                    31 August 2014
Average risk free rate                                                                               2.58% per annum                                                              2.58% per annum
Expected price volatility                                                                     31% per annum                                                                  31% per annum 
Expected distribution yield                                                                     6.9% per annum                                                                 6.9% per annum
Share price at year end                                                                                                $1.715                                                                                     $1.715
Valuation per performance right at year end                                                    $1.5050                                                                                  $1.6485

Grants of performance rights are made annually with the grant date being the date of the issue of the offer letters to employees. 
Although the grant date may vary from year to year, the testing period (subject to any hurdles) remains constant with the 
vesting date being 24 hours immediately following the announcement of the Group’s full year financial results.

Tenure hurdle
The vesting of the performance rights is subject to a tenure hurdle and participants must remain employed by the Group (and 
not be under notice terminating the contract of employment from either party) as at the relevant vesting date. 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

37

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
e)  Deferred Short Term Incentive Plan (DSTI) (continued)
Performance rights
The number of performance rights on issue and granted to the Group’s KMP is set out below:

30 June 2013 

Current Executives
Lee Chadwick 
Todd Coates 
Richard Johnson 
Greg Oliver 
Greg Shaw 

Equity‑settled 

Charlie Keegan 

Cash‑settled 

Past Executives
Marcus Anketell 
Roy Menachemson 

Opening  
balance 

— 
— 
142,761 
133,924 
260,836 

Granted 

Exercised 

Lapsed 

Closing 
balance 

Vested and 
exercisable 

Unvested

— 
34,169 
69,732 
86,607 
122,576 

— 
— 
(91,350) 
(79,424) 
(165,002) 

— 
(34,169) 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
121,143 
141,107 
218,410 

537,521 

313,084 

(335,776) 

(34,169) 

480,660 

128,892 

83,307 

(77,624) 

128,892 

83,307 

(77,624) 

— 

— 

134,575 

134,575 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—
—
121,143
141,107
218,410

480,660

134,575

134,575

21,991 
65,021 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A
N/A

Total performance rights 

753,425 

396,391 

(413,400) 

(34,169) 

615,235 

— 

615,235

f)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
Who can participate?
All employees are eligible for participation at the discretion  
of the Board.  

Types of securities issued?
Performance rights that can be converted into fully paid 
securities once vested.  The performance rights differ 
from options in that they do not carry an exercise price.  
Performance rights do not represent physical securities and 
do not carry any voting or distribution entitlements.  

Treatment of non-Australian residents
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to employees 
who are not Australian residents, the LTIP contemplates that 
cash awards will be granted to those executives and will be 
subject to the same performance hurdles.

What restrictions are there on the securities?
Performance rights are non-transferable.

When can the securities vest?
The plan contemplates that the performance rights will 
vest equally in the two, three and four years following the 
grant date assuming the total shareholder return (TSR) 
performance hurdle has been met.

What are the vesting conditions?
In order for any or all of the performance rights to vest 
under the TSR performance hurdle, the Group’s TSR for the 
performance period must exceed the 50th percentile of the 
TSRs of the benchmark group for the same period.  A sliding 
scale of vesting applies above the 50th percentile threshold. 

38

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

What does total shareholder return (TSR) include?                                                         
TSR is the total return an investor would receive over a set 
period of time assuming that all distributions were reinvested 
in the Group’s securities. The TSR definition takes account of 
both capital growth and distributions.  

What is the benchmark group?                                                        
The benchmark group comprises the ASX Small Industrials 
Index. 

Did any of the securities vest?                                                         
During the financial year, a total of 734,083 performance 
rights reached vesting following an independent third party 
assessment of the Group’s TSR performance compared to 
the benchmark.

Australian Employees
Since 1 July 2009, long term incentives have been provided to 
certain executives under the LTIP.  Under the terms of the LTIP 
and the initial grant, employees may be granted performance 
rights of which one third will vest two years after grant 
date, one third will vest three years after grant date and one 
third will vest four years after grant date.  The percentage 
of performance rights which may vest is subject to the TSR 
performance of the Group relative to its peer group, which is 
the ASX Small Industrials Index.   The first set of performance 
rights were granted under the scheme on 4 December 2009, 
with the first possible vesting date being the day after the full 
year results announcement for the year ended 30 June 2011.  

For personal use only 
 
 
 
US employees
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to US residents, 
those US executives eligible for the LTIP are subject to a 
shadow performance rights scheme whereby a cash payment 
is made instead of performance rights being granted.  At 
the end of each vesting period, the number of performance 
rights which would have vested is multiplied by the Group 
stapled security VWAP for the five trading days immediately 
following the vesting date and an equivalent cash payment 
is made.  Due to the nature of the scheme, this is considered 
to be a cash settled share-based payment under AASB 2. A total 
of 38,401 cash settled performance rights vested on 24 August 
2012 to US employees under the terms of the LTIP (2012: nil).

Fair value – US employees
The fair value of each grant of performance rights is 
determined at each reporting date using a Monte Carlo 
simulation valuation model. This is recorded as a liability 
with the difference in the movement in the fair value of 
the financial liability being recorded through the Income 
Statement.

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
performance rights that are expected to vest is revised.  The 
employee benefit expense recognised each period takes into 
account the most recent estimate.

Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
f)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (continued)
During the year, the relative TSR performance of the Group 
was tested in accordance with the LTIP.  In the case of the 
second tranche of performance rights issued in 2009, the 
Group’s performance over the testing period achieved the 
52nd percentile and accordingly 55.3% of the performance 
rights vested to participants and the remainder of the tranche 
automatically lapsed.  The first tranche of performance 
rights issued in 2010 were also tested and, as the Group’s 
TSR performance reached the 82nd percentile, 100% of the 
tranche vested to participants.

A total of 695,682 performance rights vested on 24 August 
2012 and 30 October 2012 and a corresponding number of 
stapled securities were issued to Australian employees under 
the terms of the LTIP (2012: nil).

The characteristics of the LTIP indicate that, at the Ardent 
Leisure Group level, it is an equity settled share-based 
payment under AASB 2 Share-based Payment as the holders 
are entitled to the securities as long as they meet the 
LTIP’s service and performance criteria.  However, as ALL is 
considered to be a subsidiary of the Trust, in the financial 
statements of the ALL Group the LTIP is accounted for as a 
cash settled share-based payment. 

Fair value – Australian employees
The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
LTIP is recognised in the Group financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in 
equity. The fair value of the performance rights is determined 
at grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation 
model and then is recognised over the vesting period during 
which employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
underlying securities. 

The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
LTIP is recognised in the ALL Group financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in 
liabilities. The fair value of each grant of performance rights 
is determined at each reporting date using a Monte Carlo 
simulation valuation model with the movement in fair value 
of the liability being recognised in the Income Statement. 

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each financial period takes into 
account the most recent estimate. 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

39

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
f)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (continued)
Valuation inputs
For performance rights outstanding at 30 June 2013, the table below shows the fair value of the performance rights on each 
grant date as well as the factors used to value the performance rights at the grant date.  This valuation is used to value the 
performance rights granted to Australian employees at 30 June 2013:

Grant                                                                                                                                           2009                                               2010                                              2011 

2012

Grant date 
Vesting date – year 2 
Vesting date – year 3 
Vesting date – year 4 
Average risk free rate 
Expected price volatility 
Expected distribution yield 
Staple security price at grant date 
Valuation per performance right on issue 

4 December 2009
19 August 2011 
24 August 2012 
31 August 2013 
4.64% per annum 
55% per annum
10.0% per annum
$1.635
$0.89

16 December 2010
24 August 2012
31 August 2013
31 August 2014
5.10% per annum
45% per annum
10.0% per annum
$1.065
$0.52

12 September 2011
31 August 2013
31 August 2014
31 August 2015
3.49% per annum
40% per annum
11.0% per annum
$1.055
$0.44

24 August 2012
31 August 2014
31 August 2015
31 August 2016
2.73% per annum
35% per annum
9.1% per annum
$1.290
$0.61

The table below shows the fair value of the performance rights for each grant as at 30 June 2013 as well as the factors used to 
value the performance rights at 30 June 2013.  This valuation is used to value the performance rights granted to US employees 
at 30 June 2013:

Grant                                                                                                                                           2009                                               2010                                              2011  

2012

Grant date 
Vesting date – year 2 
Vesting date – year 3 
Vesting date – year 4 
Average risk free rate 
Expected price volatility 
Expected distribution yield 
Share price at year end 
Valuation per performance right at year end 

4 December 2009
19 August 2011
24 August 2012
31 August 2013
2.58% per annum
31% per annum
6.9% per annum
$1.751
$0.91

16 December 2010
24 August 2012
31 August 2013
31 August 2014
2.58% per annum
31% per annum
6.9% per annum
$1.715
$1.49

12 September 2011
31 August 2013
31 August 2014
31 August 2015
2.58% per annum
31% per annum
6.9% per annum
$1.715
$1.37

24 August 2012
31 August 2014
31 August 2015
31 August 2016
2.58% per annum
31% per annum
6.9% per annum
$1.715
$1.09

Grants of performance rights are made annually with the grant date being the date of the issue of the offer letters to employees.  
Although the grant date may vary from year to year, the testing period (subject to any hurdles) remains constant with the vesting 
date being 24 hours immediately following the announcement of the Group’s full year financial results.

Performance hurdles
In order for any or all of the performance rights to vest under the LTIP, the Group’s TSR for the performance period must exceed 
the 50th percentile of the TSRs of the benchmark for the same period.  A sliding scale of vesting applies above the 50th 
percentile threshold. 

TSR of the Group relative                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Proportion of performance 
to TSRs of comparators                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              rights vesting

Below 51st percentile                                                                                                                                                                                                             0%
51st percentile                                                                                                                                                                                                                        50%
Between 51st percentile and 75th percentile                                                                                Straight line vesting between 50% and 100%
75th percentile or higher                                                                                                                                                                                                  100%

TSR over a performance period is measured against the benchmark group securities calculated at the average closing price 
of securities on the ASX for the calendar month period up to and including each of the first and last dates of the performance 
period.  Distributions are assumed to be re-invested at the distribution date and any franking credits (or similar) are ignored.

40

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
                          
 
Granted 

Exercised 

Lapsed 

Closing 
balance 

Vested and 
exercisable 

Unvested

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—
—
911,888
246,436
1,709,787

2,868,111

179,765

179,765

Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
f)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (continued)
Performance rights
The number of performance rights on issue and granted to the Group’s KMP is set out below:

30 June 2013 

Current Executives
Lee Chadwick 
Todd Coates 
Richard Johnson 
Greg Oliver 
Greg Shaw 

Opening  
balance 

— 
— 
879,065 
191,928 
1,648,245 

— 
71,815 
246,225 
84,127 
461,671 

— 
— 
(166,598) 
(29,619) 
(312,372) 

— 
(71,815) 
(46,804) 
— 
(87,757) 

— 
— 
911,888 
246,436 
1,709,787 

Equity‑settled 

2,719,238 

863,838 

(508,589) 

(206,376)  2,868,111 

172,966 

51,115 

(32,756) 

(11,560) 

179,765 

172,966 

51,115 

(32,756) 

(11,560) 

179,765 

Charlie Keegan 

Cash‑settled 

Past Executives
Marcus Anketell 
Roy Menachemson 

45,809 
314,938 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A
N/A

Total performance rights  3,252,951 

914,953 

(541,345) 

(217,936)  3,047,876 

— 

3,047,876

g)  Additional information
Performance of the Group
Over the past five years, core earnings of the Group have increased by 11.1% and the market capitalisation of the Group 
has increased by 98.8%.  In prior years, the definition of KMP meant that KMP remuneration only included fees to Directors 
and management fees payable to the Manager. In 2010, following the internalisation of the Manager, the definition of 
KMP extended to include executives of both the Manager and ALL.  The change in definition of KMP has meant that KMP 
remuneration significantly increased from 1 July 2009 so that five year comparisons do not correlate to changes in Group 
earnings and market capitalisation.

2013 

2012 

2011 

2010 

2009

Security price as at 30 June 
Half year distribution per security 
Distribution reinvestment price 
Full year distribution per security 
Distribution reinvestment price 
Number of securities on issue as at 30 June 
Market capitalisation as at 30 June ($ million) 
Investor value of $5,000
Investment as at 30 June 2008
(Based upon an initial security price of $1.49) 

$1.72 
$0.0660 
N/A 
$0.0540 
$1.6841 

$1.42
$0.0650
$0.9727
$0.0780
$1.4048
397,803,987  334,209,401  318,147,978  309,109,468  241,590,377
$343.1

$0.99 
$0.0650 
$1.6826 
$0.0430 
$0.9915 

$1.28 
$0.0650 
$1.0073 
$0.0520 
$1.2373 

$1.28 
$0.0650 
$0.9872 
$0.0500 
$1.2496 

$682.2 

$426.1 

$405.6 

$306.0 

$9,229 

$6,409 

$5,780 

$4,049 

$5,363

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

41

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
g)  Additional information (continued)
Details of remuneration: cash bonuses and options
All service and performance criteria were met by executives 
eligible for a bonus with respect to their performance in 
the 30 June 2012 financial year.  These bonuses were paid 
during the year and no amounts were forfeited.  No part of 
the bonuses is payable in future years.  Bonuses with respect 
to performance within the 30 June 2013 financial year have 
been accrued but are subject to approval by the Group’s 
Remuneration and Nomination Committee before payment.

Plan securities and performance rights granted to executives 
vest over varying periods of one, two, three and four years, 
provided the vesting conditions are met.  No plan securities 
or performance rights will vest if the conditions are not satisfied; 
hence, the minimum value of the plan securities and 
performance rights yet to vest is $nil.  

DSTI

Under the terms of the initial 2010 grant, performance rights 
under the DSTI were allocated on the basis of a valuation 
dated 23 August 2010.  A valuation difference of $0.13 per 
performance right between the allocation date and the grant 
date was caused by an increase in the Group’s security price 
between these dates and a shorter vesting period.

Under the terms of the 2011 grant, performance rights were 
allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 12 September 2011 
and there was no valuation difference.

Under the terms of the 2012 grant, performance rights were 
allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 24 August 2012 and 
there was no valuation difference.

LTIP

Under the terms of the initial 2009 grant, performance rights 
under the LTIP were allocated on the basis of a valuation 
dated 11 November 2009.  A valuation difference of $0.2033 
per performance right between the allocation date and the 
grant date was caused by an increase in the Group’s security 
price between these dates.

Under the terms of the 2010 grant, performance rights were 
allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 23 August 2010 
being the date 24 hours after the release of the 2010 financial 
year results.  A valuation difference of $0.06 per performance 
right between the allocation date and the grant date was 
caused by an increase in the Group’s security price between 
these dates.

Under the terms of the 2011 grant, performance rights were 
allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 12 September 2011 
and there was no valuation difference.

Under the terms of the 2012 grant, performance rights were 
allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 24 August 2012 
and there was no valuation difference.

42

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

10  Remuneration report (continued)
g)  Additional information (continued)
Details of remuneration: cash bonuses and options (continued)
The table below sets out the maximum number of performance rights that vested during the financial year and that are yet 
to vest.  The percentage of cash STI (as listed in the table in section (c) above) that was awarded to the Group’s KMP and the 
percentage that was forfeited because the executive did not meet the performance criteria is also set out below.  No part of 
any cash STI is payable in future years.  

Cash STI  
awarded 

Cash STI  
forteited

%    

— 

%

—

32.0 

68.0

80.0 

20.0

92.0 

8.0

                                                                             granted               Tranche             performance rights may vest  

 Lapsed 

Vested 

Year                                                    Financial years in which 

Current executives 
Equity settled
Lee Chadwick                  —               —                    —        

Todd Coates                  LTIP           2012                    T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                          DSTI           2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        

Richard Johnson          LTIP           2009                   T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                            2010                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                             2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                          DSTI           2010                   T2        
                                                            2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        

Greg Oliver                     LTIP           2010                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                            2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                          DSTI           2010                   T2        
                                                            2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        

         Year                Number 

Number 

Number 

— 

— 

— 

2015 
2016 
2017 
2014 
2015 

2013 
2014 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

23,938 
23,938 
23,939 
17,084 
17,085 

104,707 
104,707 
108,695 
108,696 
108,696 
114,521 
114,521 
114,522 
82,075 
82,075 
82,075 
39,939 
51,411 
51,411 
34,866 
34,866 

29,619 
29,620 
29,620 
34,356 
34,356 
34,357 
28,042 
28,042 
28,043 
24,924 
54,500 
54,500 
43,303 
43,304 

23,938 
23,938 
23,939 
17,084 
17.085 

46,804 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

57,903 
— 
108,695
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
39,939 
51,411 
— 
—
— 

29,619 
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
24,924 
54,500 
— 
—
— 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

43

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
g)  Additional information (continued)
Details of remuneration: cash bonuses and options (continued)

                                                                             granted               Tranche             performance rights may vest  

 Lapsed 

Vested 

Year                                                    Financial years in which 

Cash STI  
awarded 

Cash STI  
forteited

         Year                Number 

Number 

Number 

%    

%

25.0

75.0 

Current executives (continued) 
Equity settled (continued)
Greg Shaw                     LTIP           2009                   T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                            2010                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                             2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                          DSTI           2010                   T2        
                                                            2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        

Cash Settled
Charlie Keegan             LTIP           2009                  T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                            2010                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                             2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                                                         T3        
                                          DSTI           2010                   T2        
                                                            2011                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        
                                                             2012                   T1        
                                                                                         T2        

2013 
2014 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

2013 
2014 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

196,325 
196,325 
203,804 
203,804 
203,805 
214,727 
214,727 
214,728 
153,890 
153,890 
153,891 
69,169 
95,833 
95,834 
61,288 
61,288 

    25,863  
25,863 
18,453 
18,453 
18,454 
21,960 
21,960 
21,960 
17,038 
17,038 
17,039 
26,357 
51,267 
51,268 
41,653 
41,654 

87,757 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

    11,560  
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

108,568 
— 
203,804
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
69,169 
95,833 
— 
—
— 

    14,303  
— 
18,453
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
—
— 
— 
26,357 
51,267 
— 
—
— 

95.0 

5.0

Directors’ Interests in Securities
Changes to Directors’ interests in stapled securities during the period are set out below:

Neil Balnaves AO 
Roger Davis 
Anne Keating 
Don Morris AO 
Greg Shaw 
George Venardos 

44 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Opening balance 

Acquired 

Disposed  Closing balance

1,169,062 
50,857 
62,743 
—  
268,771  
84,581  

1,270,000 
79,418 
11,718 
—  
499,598 
27,011  

1,636,014  

1,887,745  

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

2,439,062
130,275
74,461
— 
768,369 
111,592 

3,523,759 

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ report to stapled
security holders

11  Remuneration report (continued)
Corporations Amendment (Improving Accountability on 
Director and Executive Remuneration) Act 2011

On 1 July 2011, the Corporations Amendment (Improving 
Accountability on Director and Executive Remuneration) 
Act 2011 came into force.  The new legislative requirements 
under the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to remuneration 
votes and the “two strikes” rule operate such that a company 
receiving a 25% or more “NO” vote against its remuneration 
report resolution at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) in 
two consecutive years will be required to put a spill resolution 
to the meeting whereby investors can vote to hold a further 
meeting where all board directors will be subject to re-election.

In addition, KMP and their closely related parties are 
prohibited from voting on the adoption of the Remuneration 
Report and any other remuneration related resolutions at the 
AGM. In order to ensure that KMP and their closely related 
parties do not exercise their votes the Group issued an 
instruction to them prior to the AGM and instructed the 
security registrars to apply appropriate voting exclusions. 

At the AGM held on 30 October 2012 the following votes 
were cast on the adoption of the 2012 Remuneration Report:

Adoption of the
Remuneration Report

Votes
For

%
97.3

Votes
Against

Votes
Abstain

%
1.5

%
1.2

12  Non‑audit services
The Group may decide to employ the auditor on assignments 
additional to their statutory audit duties where the auditor’s 
expertise and experience with the Group are important.

Details of the amounts paid to the auditor 
(PricewaterhouseCoopers) for audit and non-audit services 
provided during the year are disclosed in Note 9 to the 
financial statements.

The Directors have considered the position and, in 
accordance with the recommendation received from the 
Audit and Risk Committee, are satisfied that the provision 
of the non-audit services is compatible with the general 
standard of independence for auditors imposed by the 
Corporations Act 2001. The Directors are satisfied that the 
provision of non-audit services by the auditor, as set out in 
Note 9 to the financial statements, did not compromise the 
auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 
2001 for the following reasons:

 — All non-audit services have been reviewed by the Audit 

and Risk Committee to ensure that they do not impact the 
integrity and objectivity of the auditor; and

 — None of the services undermine the general principles 

relating to auditor independence as set out in Accounting 
Professional and Ethical Standards Board APES 110 Code of 
Ethics for Professional Accountants. 

13  Auditor’s independence declaration
A copy of the auditor’s independence declaration as required 
under section 307C of the Corporations Act 2001 is set out on 
page 48.

14  Events occurring after reporting date
Subsequent to 30 June 2013, a distribution of 5.4 cents per 
stapled security has been declared by the Board of Directors. 
The total distribution amount of $21.5 million will be paid on 
or before 30 August 2013 in respect of the half year ended 
30 June 2013. 

Since the end of the financial year, the Directors of the 
Manager and ALL are not aware of any other matter or 
circumstance not otherwise dealt with in this report or 
the financial report that has significantly affected or may 
significantly affect the operations of the Group, the results 
of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in 
financial years subsequent to the year ended 30 June 2013.

15   Likely developments and expected results 

of operations

The financial statements have been prepared on the basis of 
the current known market conditions.  The extent to which 
any potential further deterioration in either the capital or 
physical property markets may have on the future results 
of the Group is unknown.  Such results could include the 
potential to influence property market valuations, the ability 
of borrowers, including the Group, to raise or refinance debt, 
and the cost of such debt and the ability to raise equity. 

At the date of this report and to the best of the Directors’ 
knowledge and belief, there are no other anticipated changes 
in the operations of the Group which would have a material 
impact on the future results of the Group.  

16  Indemnification and insurance of officers and
        auditor
Manager
No insurance premiums are paid for out of the assets of the 
Trust for insurance provided to either the officers of the 
Manager or the auditor of the Trust. So long as the officers of 
the Manager act in accordance with the Trust Constitution 
and the Corporations Act 2001, the officers remain 
indemnified out of the assets of the Trust against losses 
incurred while acting on behalf of the Trust. The auditor of the 
Trust is in no way indemnified out of the assets of the Trust.

ALL
Under ALL’s Constitution, ALL indemnifies:

 — All past and present officers of ALL, and persons concerned 
in or taking part in the management of ALL, against all 
liabilities incurred by them in their respective capacities in 
successfully defending proceedings against them; and

 — All past and present officers of ALL against liabilities 
incurred by them, in their respective capacities as an 
officer of ALL, to other persons (other than ALL or its 
related parties), unless the liability arises out of conduct 
involving a lack of good faith.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

45

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

16  Indemnification and insurance of officers and
        auditor (continued)
ALL (continued)
During the reporting period, ALL had in place a policy of 
insurance covering the Directors and officers against liabilities 
arising as a result of work performed in their capacity as 
directors and officers of ALL.

17   Fees paid to and interests held in the Trust by the 

Manager or its associates

The interests in the Trust held by the Manager or its related 
entities as at 30 June 2013 and fees paid to its related entities 
during the financial year are disclosed in Notes 7 and 36 to 
the financial statements.

18  Environmental regulations
The Group is subject to significant environmental regulation 
in respect of its operating activities. During the financial year, 
the Group’s major businesses were subject to environmental 
legislation in respect of its operating activities as set out 
below:

a)  Dreamworld
Dreamworld and WhiteWater World theme parks are 
subject to various legislative requirements in respect of 
environmental impacts of their operating activities.  The 
Queensland Environmental Protection Act 1994 regulates 
all activities where a contaminant may be released into the 
environment and/or there is a potential for environmental 
harm or nuisance.  In accordance with Schedule 1 of the 
Environmental Protection Regulation 1998, Dreamworld 
holds licences or approvals for the operation of a helipad, 
motor vehicle workshop, train-shed and storage and use of 
flammable/combustible goods. During the year, Dreamworld 
and WhiteWater World complied with all requirements of the 
Act. 

The environment committee meets on a bi-monthly basis to 
pursue environmental projects and improve environmental 
performance. An energy conservation programme was rolled 
out throughout the organisation. A mobile phone recycling 
programme continued throughout the park as well as other 
local organisations.  Proceeds from the programme have 
also been raised to improve wildlife protection in parts of 
Africa where mobile phone components are sourced from. A 
range of existing recycling programmes continue to operate 
effectively, including glass, plastic, waste metals, paper, 
waste oils and cardboard. A water efficiency management 
plan continues to operate effectively, with a net reduction  
of consumption over the past eight years. Staff also carried 
out voluntary programmes aimed at the humane treatment 
of pests, removal of noxious weeds and other sustainability 
initiatives. These initiatives were additionally integrated into 
existing staff training programmes to further strengthen 
environmental culture within the organisation.   

Dreamworld’s noise conservation programme ensures 
that noise emissions emanating from park activities do 
not contravene State regulations or adversely impact 
surrounding neighbours. Local government regulations for 
the staging of night time events and functions were complied 
with at all times. 

46

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Dreamworld’s Life Sciences department is subject to the 
Quarantine Act 1908. In accordance with the Australian 
Quarantine Regulations, Dreamworld holds an approved 
post-arrival facilities licence and an approved zoo permit. In 
accordance with the Nature Conservation Act 1992 and the 
Nature Conservation Regulation 1994, Dreamworld holds a 
“Wildlife Exhibitors Licence” and in accordance with Land 
Protection (Pest and Stock Route Management) Regulation 
2003, Dreamworld holds a “Declared Pest Permit”. All licenses 
and permits remain current and Dreamworld has complied 
fully with the requirements of each.  

There are two water licences for the Dreamworld/WhiteWater 
World property. These relate to water conservation 
and irrigation. There have been no issues or events of            
non-compliance recorded by management or the regulatory 
authorities regarding water use. 

b)  d’Albora Marinas
Schedule 1 Environment Protection Licences are held for 
all five NSW marinas in the portfolio in accordance with the 
Protection of the Environment Operations Act 1997 (NSW).   
There are no specific environmental licence requirements in 
Victoria relating to the Pier 35 or Victoria Harbour marinas.

In July 2002, the NSW Environmental Protection Authority 
(EPA) was notified of long term historic groundwater 
contamination at the Rushcutters Bay marina, and the 
plan to manage the contamination.  d’Albora Marinas has 
been working in consultation with the EPA to rectify the 
site contamination.  The costs to rectify the site are not 
considered material to the Group

c)  Bowling centres – Australia
Bowling centres are subject to environmental regulations 
concerning their food facilities.  This is primarily trade waste 
and grease traps.  The Group has adequate management 
systems and the correct licence requirements in place 
concerning the disposal of such waste in accordance with 
each State or Territory’s legislation. Cooking oil is replaced 
and disposed of by external organisations at all locations.

All hazardous substances are disposed of according 
to manufacturers and EPA regulations. A register of all 
hazardous substances and dangerous goods is located at 
centre level. 

Lane cleaning and maintenance products are largely 
water-based products, excluding approach cleaner, which 
is a solvent-based product.  This product is disposed 
of in accordance with each State and Territory’s EPA 
requirements. 

Noise is adequately monitored for both internal and external 
environmental breaches.  Noise emissions fall within 
acceptable levels for both residential and industrial areas 
and all EPA requirements.  No complaints have been received 
since acquisition of the business. 

d)  Bowling centres – New Zealand
There are no specific requirements relating to the New Zealand 
centres that are not reflected in the above statement.

For personal use onlyDirectors’ report to stapled
security holders

e)  Family entertainment centres – United States of America
Main Event is subject to various Federal, State and local 
environmental requirements with respect to development 
of new centres in the United States of America.  At a Federal 
level, the Environmental Protection Agency is responsible 
for setting national standards for a variety of environmental 
programs, and delegates to states the responsibility for issuing 
permits and for monitoring and enforcing compliance.  The 
Texas Commission on Environmental Quality (TCEQ) is the 
environmental agency of record for the State.

A prerequisite for any building permit for new centre 
construction is full compliance with all city and State 
planning and zoning ordinances.  A building permit, 
depending on locality, may require soils reports, site line 
studies, storm water and irrigation regulation compliance, 
asbestos free reports, refuse and grease storage permits, 
health and food safety permits, and complete Occupational 
Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) Material Safety 
Data Sheets (MSDS) documentation.

With respect to operating activities at Main Event, the 
OSHA requires that MSDS be available to all Main Event 
employees for explaining potentially harmful chemical 
substances handled in the workplace under the hazard 
communication regulation.  The MSDS is also required to 
be made available to local fire departments and local and 
State emergency planning officials under section 311 of the 
Emergency Planning and Community Right-to-Know Act.  

At this time, there are no known issues of non-compliance 
with any environmental regulation at Main Event.

f)  Goodlife Health Clubs
Goodlife is subject to environmental regulations across 
the business and has initiatives in place to meet all areas of 
environmental compliance.  

Water conservation is a high priority and management has 
implemented a range of strategies to meet current water 
regulations as per each State’s regulations.  A recycling 
programme has been implemented across the business, 
assisting with reduction of waste products and meeting 
environmental standards.

Hazardous substances and dangerous goods are strictly 
monitored in the business and where possible non-hazardous 
chemicals are used. All hazardous chemicals and dangerous 
goods are disposed as per current regulations. All clubs hold 
site specific chemical registers with safe work methods.

Noise emissions do not contravene State regulations or 
impact on surrounding business or neighbourhoods.

g)  Greenhouse gas and energy data reporting requirements
The Group is subject to the reporting requirements of 
both the Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 and the 
National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007.

The Energy Efficiency Opportunities Act 2006 requires the 
Group to assess its energy usage, including the identification, 
investigation and evaluation of energy saving opportunities, 
and to report publicly on the assessments undertaken, 
including what action the Group intends to take as a result. 
The Group continues to meet its obligations under this Act.

The National Greenhouse and Energy Reporting Act 2007 
requires the Group to report its annual greenhouse gas 
emissions and energy use. The Group has implemented 
systems and processes for the collection and calculation 
of the data required. The Group submitted its 2011/2012 
emissions report under the Act in October 2012. 

The Group is not subject to any other significant 
environmental regulations and there are adequate systems in 
place to manage its environmental responsibilities.

19  Rounding of amounts to the nearest thousand dollars
The Group is a registered scheme of a kind referred to in 
Class Order 98/100 (as amended) issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission relating to the 
“rounding off” of amounts in the Directors’ report and 
financial report. Amounts in the Directors’ report and financial 
report have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars in 
accordance with that Class Order, unless otherwise indicated.

This report is made in accordance with a resolution of the 
Boards of Directors of Ardent Leisure Management Limited 
and Ardent Leisure Limited.

Neil Balnaves AO
Director

Sydney
21 August 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

47

For personal use onlyAuditor’s independence Declaration

Auditor’s Independence Declaration

As lead auditor for the audit of Ardent Leisure Group for the financial year ended 30 June 2013, I declare that to the best of my 
knowledge and belief, there have been:

a)  no contraventions of the auditor independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001 in relation to the audit;  
      and

b)  no contraventions of any applicable code of professional conduct in relation to the audit. 

This declaration is in respect of Ardent Leisure Group, which includes Ardent Leisure Trust and Ardent Leisure Limited and the entities 
they controlled during the period.

Timothy J Allman 
Partner 

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Brisbane 
21 August 2013

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Riverside Centre, 123 Eagle Street, BRISBANE QLD 4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE QLD 4001
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under the Professional Standards Legislation

48

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2012

49

For personal use onlyIncome Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

Note 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

Income
3 
Revenue from operating activities 
Management fee income                                                                                        7(b) 
Property valuation gains 
Net gain from derivative financial instruments                                                   6 
Interest income 
Gain on acquisition                                                                                                     32 
Gain on sale of assets 

448,903 
—  
90  
602 
228 
2,613 
313 

390,074 
—  
— 
                    —  
443 
                    —  
— 

448,903 
1,200 
— 
           —  
185 
          2,613  
293  

390,074 
1,600
—
           — 
369
           — 
— 

452,749 

390,517 

453,194 

392,043 

Total income 

Expenses
Purchases of finished goods 
Salary and employee benefits 
Borrowing costs 
Property expenses 
Depreciation and amortisation 
Loss on sale of assets 
Advertising and promotions 
Repairs and maintenance 
Pre-opening expenses 
Business acquisition costs 
Property valuation losses 
Net loss from derivative financial instruments 
Other expenses 

Total expenses 

Profit before tax expense 
US withholding tax expense 
Income tax expense 

Profit 

Attributable to:
Stapled security holders 

Profit 

4 
5 

                42,051 
              167,469 
12,288 
68,749 
                37,303 
                      — 
                17,575 
                20,711 
                     2,527 
                     1,507 

38,531 
153,192 
12,914 
55,906 
30,218 
66   
15,880 
17,916 
1,064 
166 
                     —                  15,507  
392 
33,578 

6 
— 
8                 43,618 

42,051 
169,621 
7,531 
120,241 
18,141 
              —  
17,575 
20,711 
2,438 
1,607 

              —    

— 
43,084 

38,531
153,855
7,501 
107,106 
11,511 
            45   
15,880
17,916
1,064
66 
         — 
—
32,941 

            413,798 

375,330 

443,000 

386,416 

38,951 

15,187 
                     186                       222  
2,338 

3,148 

10 

10,194 
              —  
3,101 

5,627
              — 
2,383

35,617 

12,627 

7,093 

3,244

35,617 

35,617 

12,627 

12,627 

7,093 

7,093 

3,244

3,244

The above Income Statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Basic earnings per security/share (cents) 
     11 
Diluted earnings per security/share (cents)                                                        11 

                9.32 
9.24 

3.87 
3.83 

Distribution in respect of the year ended 30 June 
Distribution per security/share in respect  
of the year ended 30 June (cents)                                                                          12 

12                  47,734  

             38,454   

12.00 

11.70 

1.86 
1.84 

— 

— 

0.99
0.98

—

—

50

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Comprehensive Income
For the year ended 30 June 2013

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

Note 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

Profit 

             35,617  

12,627 

            7,093  

3,244

Other comprehensive income:
Items that may be reclassified to profit and loss
Cash flow hedges 
Foreign exchange translation difference 

Items that will not be reclassified to profit and loss
Revaluation of property, plant and equipment 
Income tax relating to these items 

Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

Attributable to:
Stapled security holders 

Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax 

30 
30 

30 
30 

1,529 
(636) 

(1,791) 
1,383 

— 
2,472 

—
542

9,103 
— 

9,996 

45,613 

45,613 

45,613 

(7,621) 

1,980
— 
(646)                       —                   (646)

(8,675) 

3,952 

2,472 

9,565 

3,952 

9,565 

3,952 

            9,565  

1,876

5,120

5,120

5,120

The above Statements of Comprehensive Income should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

51

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheets
As at 30 June 2013

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Inventories 
Property held for sale 
Other 

Total current assets 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

Note 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                  575  

33                12,953                11,693                12,481                  8,554   
13                  7,049                  5,679                  9,290                11,520     
              — 
14 
                 270  
8,817
15                   9,780                   8,817  
16                   4,210  
                — 
17                   9,402                   9,942                 5,956                 7,581 

                  —                  4,210    

           —  
9,780 

               43,969  

 36,401  

 41,717  

 36,472  

Non-current assets
       — 
18                 95,232                94,915  
Investment properties 
 42,601  
Property, plant and equipment 
 402,409  
19              461,915  
353
Livestock                                                                                                                  20                     305                     353  
Intangible assets                                                                                                   21             196,788              139,838              196,788              139,739 
1,994 
Deferred tax assets 

22                   1,533                   1,994  

       —  
 83,450  
305 

1,533 

Total non‑current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Payables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Interest bearing liabilities 
Current tax liabilities 
Provisions 
Other 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 
Interest bearing liabilities 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 

Total non‑current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

            755,773  

 639,509  

 282,076  

 184,687  

             799,742  

 675,910  

 323,793  

 221,159  

                 247  

                  584  

23                 63,977               59,800                54,343                48,234   
           — 
14 
24                      238                     229                     238                     229 
                   2,617                  2,002                  2,617                  2,002 
25                   2,990                 2,735                  2,990                  2,735 
26                   2,101                  1,718                  2,101                  1,694 

           —  

                           72,507               66,731               62,289               54,894   

14                   1,307                  3,204   
— 
24              227,628             193,225             168,346             124,544  
25                   2,011                  1,631                  2,011                  1,631  
27                   8,999                  4,464                  8,999                  4,464 

           — 

                      239,945            202,524            179,356            130,639   

                      312,452            269,255            241,645            185,533   

                      487,290            406,655               82,148               35,626   

Equity
Contributed equity 
(45,504) 
Reserves 
Retained profits/(accumulated losses)                                                          31                 31,691               30,259  

28              501,416             421,900                14,202                11,960   
(576)              (3,048) 
30 
(2,837)              (6,310) 

(45,817) 

Total equity attributable to shareholders                                                                   487,290            406,655               10,789  
Non‑controlling interests 

2,602
—                71,359               33,024  

              — 

Total equity 

                      487,290            406,655               82,148               35,626   

The above Balance Sheets should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

52

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Changes in Equity
For the year ended 30 June 2013

Contributed 
equity 
$’000 

Reserves 
$’000 

(accumulated  Non‑controlling 
interests 
$’000 

losses) 
$’000 

Note 

Total 
$’000

 Retained profits/ 

Consolidated Group
Total equity at 1 July 2011 
Profit for the period as reported in the 2012
financial statements 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

30 
Security-based payments 
Contributions of equity, net of issue costs 
28 
Security-based payments - securities/shares issued  28 
Distributions paid and payable 
31 
30 
Reserve transfers 

Total equity at 30 June 2012 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

404,010 

(30,214) 

46,980 

— 

420,776

— 
— 

— 

— 
(8,675) 

12,627 

12,627
— 
—                         —               (8,675)

(8,675) 

12,627 

— 

3,952

— 
17,422 
468 
— 
— 

421,900 
— 
— 

1,019 
— 
— 
— 
(7,634) 

(45,504) 
— 
9,996 

— 
— 
— 

1,019
17,422
468
(36,982)                       —             (36,982)
—

— 
— 
— 

— 

       7,634  

30,259 
35,617 
       —  

— 
— 
— 

— 

406,655
35,617
9,996

45,613

— 

9,996 

35,617 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

30 
Security-based payments 
Contributions of equity, net of issue costs 
28 
Security-based payments - securities/shares issued  28 
31 
Distributions paid and payable 
30 
Reserve transfers 

— 
77,585 
1,931 
— 
— 

(862) 
— 
— 
— 
(9,447) 

—                         —                   (862)
77,585
— 
— 
1,931
— 
— 
(43,632)                       —             (43,632)
—

9,447 

— 

Total equity at 30 June 2013 

   501,416 

(45,817) 

31,691  

— 

487,290 

ALL Group
Total equity at 1 July 2011 
Profit for the period as reported in the 2012
financial statements 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

10,567 

(4,924) 

(7,093) 

33,024 

31,574

— 
— 

— 

— 
1,876 

1,876 

3,244 

— 
3,244
—                         —                 1,876

3,244 

— 

5,120

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

Contributions of equity, net of issue costs 
28 
Security-based payments - securities/shares issued  28 
31 
Dividends paid and payable 

1,358 
35 
— 

                  —  
                  —  
— 

               —  
               —  

1,358
35
(2,461)                        —               (2,461)

                —  
                —  

Total equity at 30 June 2012 
Profit for the period 
Other comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income 

Transactions with owners in their capacity as owners:

28 
Contributions of equity, net of issue costs 
Security-based payments - securities/shares issued  28 
Issue of convertible notes 
Dividends paid and payable 

31 

11,960 
— 
— 

— 

2,185 
57 
— 
— 

(3,048) 
— 
2,472 

2,472 

(6,310) 
7,093 
       —  

7,093 

33,024 
— 
— 

— 

35,626
7,903
2,472

9,565

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

2,185
— 
— 
57
38,335
38,335 
(3,620)                       —               (3,620)

Total equity at 30 June 2013 

   14,202 

(576) 

(2,837) 

71,359 

82,148 

The above Statements of Changes in Equity should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

53

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Statements of Cash Flows
For the year ended 30 June 2013

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

Note 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts from customers 
Payments to suppliers and employees 
Property expenses paid 
Realised gains/(losses) on derivative financial instruments 
Interest received 
Rent payments to the Trust 
Receipts of funds for property costs from the Trust 
US withholding tax paid 
Income tax paid 

 492,258 
(338,753) 
(69,945) 
246 
 228 
 — 
 — 
(214) 
(1,469) 

        494,486  

426,597
426,599 
(336,526)          (299,632)
(298,734) 
(67,868)            (51,260) 
(57,691) 
— 
(1,035) 
369
148 
— 
 (102,808)          (102,178)
—                 48,912                 44,771
—
— 
(1,469)                  (428)

— 
               185  

(243) 
(431) 

Net cash flows from operating activities 

34(a) 

 82,369 

68,613 

34,912 

18,239

Cash flows from investing activities
Payment for property, plant and equipment 
Purchase of assets for the Trust 
Receipt of funds for assets purchased on behalf of the Trust 
Proceeds from sale of plant and equipment 
Proceeds from sale of land and buildings 
Payment for purchase of businesses net of cash acquired 

(62,780) 
 — 
 — 
                   543  
 —  
(67,510) 

(47,957) 
—  
—  
5,089 
24,168 
(10,251) 

(34,128)            (15,035)
(29,499)            (35,137)
 33,821 
36,902
                 32  
502 
24,168 
 —  
(67,510)                       —

Net cash flows from investing activities 

(129,747) 

(28,951) 

(96,814) 

10,930

Cash flows from financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings 
Repayments of borrowings 
Borrowing costs 
Proceeds from issue of stapled securities 
Costs of issue of stapled securities 
Dividends paid to the Trust 
Proceeds from loans from the Trust 
Repayments of borrowings to the Trust 
Repayments of principal of finance leases 
Repayments of borrowings to third parties 
Distributions paid to stapled security holders 

          55,159 
— 

2,601,809 
(2,575,014) 
(11,810) 
72,225 
(1,628) 
— 
— 
— 

983,711 
(985,931) 
(12,660) 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
—
(7,475)              (7,581)
—
2,034 
—
(45) 
(3,620)              (2,461)
53,266
(126,592)            (72,912)
(249)                       —                   (249)                       —
 —
—

—                         —               38,336                

        108,332  

(22,468) 

(36,644) 

— 

Net cash flows from financing activities 

48,689 

(37,348)               65,880            (29,688)

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents 

1,311 
11,693 
(51) 

2,314                   3,978                   (519)
9,706 
9,402
8,554 
(51)                  (329)
(327) 

Cash at the end of the year 

33 

 12,953 

11,693 

          12,481  

8,554

The above Statements of Cash flows should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes.

54

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies
Ardent Leisure Group (Group or Consolidated Group) is a 
‘stapled’ entity comprising of Ardent Leisure Trust (Trust) and 
its controlled entities, and Ardent Leisure Limited (ALL or 
Company) and its controlled entities. The units in the Trust 
are stapled to shares in the Company. The stapled securities 
cannot be traded or dealt with separately. The stapled 
securities of the Group are listed on the Australian Securities 
Exchange (ASX).

The significant policies which have been adopted in the 
preparation of these consolidated financial statements for 
the year ended 30 June 2013 are set out below. These policies 
have been consistently applied to the years presented, unless 
otherwise stated.

a)  Basis of preparation
As permitted by Class Order 05/642, issued by the Australian 
Securities and Investments Commission, this financial report 
is a combined report that presents the consolidated financial 
statements and accompanying notes of both the Ardent 
Leisure Group and the Ardent Leisure Limited Group (ALL Group).

The financial report of Ardent Leisure Group comprises the 
consolidated financial report of Ardent Leisure Trust and its 
controlled entities, including Ardent Leisure Limited and its 
controlled entities.

The financial report of Ardent Leisure Limited Group 
comprises the consolidated financial report of Ardent Leisure 
Limited and its controlled entities.

These general purpose financial statements have been 
prepared in accordance with the requirements of the 
Trust Constitution, Australian Accounting Standards 
and Interpretations issued by the Australian Accounting 
Standards Board, and the Corporations Act 2001.

Ardent Leisure Group is a for-profit entity for the purposes of 
preparing financial statements.

Compliance with IFRS as issued by the IASB
Compliance with Australian Accounting Standards ensures 
that the financial statements comply with International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) as issued by the 
International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). 
Consequently, these financial statements have also been 
prepared in accordance with and comply with IFRS as issued 
by the IASB.

Historical cost convention
The financial statements have been prepared under the 
historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of 
investment properties, property, plant and equipment and 
derivative financial instruments held at fair value.

Critical accounting estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with 
Australian Accounting Standards may require the use of 
certain critical accounting estimates and management 
to exercise its judgement in the process of applying the 
Group’s accounting policies. Other than the estimation of 
fair values described in Note 1(f ), Note 1(g), Note 1(l), Note 
1(m), Note 1(p), Note 1(s)(v), Note 1(s)(vi) and Note 1(ac) and 
assumptions related to deferred tax assets and liabilities, 
impairment testing of goodwill and Director valuations 
for some property, plant and equipment and investment 
properties, no key assumptions concerning the future, or 
other estimation of uncertainty at the reporting date, have 
a significant risk of causing material adjustments to the 
financial statements in the next annual reporting period.

New and amended standards adopted by the Group 
None of the new standards and amendments to standards 
that are mandatory for the first time for the financial 
year beginning 1 July 2012 affected any of the amounts 
recognised in the current period or any prior period and are 
not likely to affect future periods.

Early adoption of standards 
The Group has not elected to apply any pronouncements 
before their operative date in the annual reporting period 
beginning 1 July 2012.

Deficiency of current assets
As at 30 June 2013, the Group and ALL Group have 
deficiencies of current assets of $28.5 million (2012: $30.3 
million) and $20.6 million (2012: $18.4 million) respectively.  
Due to the nature of the business, the majority of sales are for 
cash whereas purchases are on credit resulting in a negative 
working capital position.  Surplus cash is used to repay 
external loans resulting in a deficiency of current assets at 30 
June 2013.  The Group has $102.2 million (2012: $46.1 million) 
of unused loan capacity at 30 June 2013 which can be drawn 
on as required. The ALL Group has $300.3 million (2012: $58.4 
million) of unused capacity in its bank loans and its loans with 
the Trust which can be utilised to fund any deficiency in its 
net current assets. Refer to Note 24.

b)  Principles of consolidation
As the Trust is deemed to be the parent entity under 
Australian Accounting Standards, a consolidated financial 
report has been prepared for the Group as well as a 
consolidated financial report for the ALL Group. The 
consolidated financial report of the Group combines the 
financial report for the Trust and ALL Group for the year. 
Transactions between the entities have been eliminated 
in the consolidated financial reports of the Group and ALL 
Group.  Accounting for the Group is carried out in accordance 
with Australian accounting standards.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

55

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
b)  Principles of consolidation (continued) 

Controlled entities are all those entities (including special 
purpose entities) over which the Group has the power 
to govern the financial and operating policies, generally 
accompanying an equity holding of more than one half 
of the voting rights. The existence and effect of potential 
voting rights that are currently exercisable or convertible 
are considered when assessing whether the Group controls 
another entity.

Controlled entities are fully consolidated from the date 
on which control is transferred to the Group. They are 
deconsolidated from the date that control ceases.

The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for 
the acquisition of controlled entities by the Group (refer to 
Note 1(ac)).

The Group treats transactions with non-controlling interests 
that do not result in a loss of control as transactions with 
equity owners of the Group. A change in ownership interest 
results in an adjustment between the carrying amounts of 
the controlling and non-controlling interests to reflect their 
relative interests in the subsidiary. Any difference between 
the amount of the adjustment to non-controlling interests 
and any consideration paid or received is recognised in a 
separate reserve within equity attributable to owners of 
Ardent Leisure Group.

When the Group ceases to have control, joint control or 
significant influence, any retained interest in the entity is 
remeasured to its fair value with the change in carrying 
amount recognised in profit or loss. The fair value is the 
initial carrying amount for the purposes of subsequently 
accounting for the retained interest as an associate, jointly 
controlled entity or financial asset. In addition, any amounts 
previously recognised in other comprehensive income in 
respect of that entity are accounted for as if the Group had 
directly disposed of the related assets or liabilities. This 
may mean that amounts previously recognised in other 
comprehensive income are reclassified to profit or loss.

If the ownership interest in an associate or a jointly controlled 
entity is reduced but joint control or significant influence 
is retained, only a proportionate share of the amounts 
previously recognised in other comprehensive income are 
reclassified to profit or loss where appropriate.

The Group applies a policy of treating transactions with 
non-controlling interests as transactions with parties external 
to the Group. Disposals to non-controlling interests result 
in gains and losses for the Group that are recorded in 
the Income Statement. Purchases from non-controlling 
interests result in goodwill, being the difference between any 
consideration paid and the relevant share acquired of the 
carrying value of identifiable net assets of the subsidiary.

Inter-entity transactions, balances and unrealised gains on 
transactions between Group companies are eliminated. 
Unrealised losses are also eliminated unless the transaction 
provides evidence of the impairment of the asset transferred. 
Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where 
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by 
the Group.

A business segment is a group of assets and operations 
engaged in providing products or services that are subject 
to risks and returns that are different to those of other 
business segments.

c)  Cash and cash equivalents
For Statement of Cash Flows presentation purposes, cash 
and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, deposits held at 
call with financial institutions, other short term, highly liquid 
investments with original maturities of three months or less 
that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and 
which are subject to an insignificant risk of changes in value, 
and bank overdrafts.

d)  Receivables
Trade receivables are initially recognised at fair value and 
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective 
interest rate method less provision for doubtful debts. They 
are presented as current assets unless collection is not 
expected for more than 12 months after the reporting date. 
The collectability of debts is reviewed on an ongoing basis. 
Debts which are known to be uncollectible are written off 
in the period in which they are identified. A provision for 
doubtful debts is raised where there is objective evidence 
that the Group will not collect all amounts due. The amount 
of the provision is the difference between the carrying 
amount and estimated future cash flows. Cash flows relating 
to current receivables are not discounted.

The amount of any impairment loss is recognised in the 
Income Statement within other expenses. When a trade 
receivable for which a provision has been recognised 
becomes uncollectible in a subsequent period, it is written 
off against the provision. Subsequent recoveries of amounts 
previously written off are credited against other expenses in 
the Income Statement. 

e)  Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of cost and net realisable 
value. Cost of goods held for resale is determined by 
weighted average cost. Cost of catering stores (which by 
nature are perishable) and other inventories is determined by 
purchase price.

56 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
f)  Investment properties
Investment properties comprise investment interests in land 
and buildings (including integral plant and equipment) held 
for the purposes of letting to produce rental income. 

Initially, investment properties are measured at cost including 
transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, the 
investment properties are then stated at fair value.  Gains and 
losses arising from changes in the fair values of investment 
properties are included in the Income Statement in the 
period in which they arise.

At each reporting date, the fair values of the investment 
properties are assessed by the Manager by reference to 
independent valuation reports or through appropriate 
valuation techniques adopted by the Manager.  Fair value 
is determined assuming a long term property investment.  
Specific circumstances of the owner are not taken into 
account.

The use of independent valuers is on a progressive basis over 
a three year period, or earlier, where the Manager believes 
there may be a material change in the carrying value of the 
property.

Where an independent valuation is not obtained, factors 
taken into account where appropriate, by the Directors in 
determining fair value may include:

 — assuming a willing buyer and a willing seller, 
without duress and an appropriate time to 
market the property to maximise price;

 — information obtained from valuers, sales and 

leasing agents, market research reports, vendors 
and potential purchasers;

 — capitalisation rates used to value the asset, 
market rental levels and lease expiries;

 — changes in interest rates;
 — asset replacement values;
 — discounted cash flow models;
 — available sales evidence; and
 — comparisons to valuation professionals performing 

valuation assignments across the market.

The global market for many types of real estate has been 
severely affected by the recent volatility in global financial 
markets. The lower levels of liquidity and the volatility in the 
banking sector have translated into a general weakening 
of market sentiment towards real estate and the number of 
real estate transactions has significantly reduced.

Fair value of investment property is the price at which the 
property could be exchanged between knowledgeable, 
willing parties in an arm’s length transaction. A “willing 
seller” is neither a forced seller nor one prepared to sell at a 
price not considered reasonable in the current market. The 
best evidence of fair value is given by current prices in an 
active market for similar property in the same location and 
condition. The current lack of comparable market evidence 
relating to pricing assumptions and market drivers means 
that there is less certainty in regards to valuations and the 
assumptions applied to valuation inputs. The period of time 
needed to negotiate a sale in this environment may also be 
significantly prolonged.

The fair value of investment property has been adjusted to 
reflect market conditions at the end of the reporting period. 
While this represents the best estimates of fair value as at the 
reporting date, the current market uncertainty means that if 
investment property is sold in the future, the price achieved 
may be higher or lower than the most recent valuation, or 
higher or lower than the fair value recorded in the financial 
statements. This is particularly relevant in periods of market 
volatility.

As the fair value method has been adopted for investment 
properties, the buildings and any component thereof are 
not depreciated. Taxation allowances for the depreciation 
of buildings and plant and equipment are claimed by the 
Trust and contribute to the tax deferred component of 
distributions.

g)  Property, plant and equipment
Revaluation model
The revaluation model of accounting is used for land and 
buildings and major rides and attractions.  All other classes 
of property, plant and equipment (PPE) are carried at historic 
cost. Initially, PPE is measured at cost. For assets carried 
under the revaluation model, PPE is carried at a revalued 
amount, being its fair value at the date of revaluation less 
any subsequent accumulated depreciation and subsequent 
accumulated impairment losses. Revaluations are made with 
sufficient regularity to ensure that the carrying amount does 
not differ materially from that which would be determined 
using fair value at the reporting date.  

Increases in the carrying amounts arising on revaluation of 
PPE are credited, net of tax, to other reserves in equity. To 
the extent that the increase reverses a decrease previously 
recognised in profit or loss, the increase is first recognised 
in profit or loss. Decreases that reverse previous increases of 
the same asset are first charged against revaluation reserves 
directly in equity to the extent of the remaining reserve 
attributable to the asset; all other decreases are charged to 
the Income Statement. Each year, the difference between 
depreciation based on the revalued carrying amount of the 
asset is charged to the Income Statement and depreciation 
based on the asset’s original cost, net of tax, is transferred 
from the asset revaluation reserve to retained profits.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

57

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
g)  Property, plant and equipment (continued)
At each reporting date, the fair values of PPE are assessed by 
the Manager by reference to independent valuation reports 
or through appropriate valuation techniques adopted by 
the Manager. Fair value is determined assuming a long term 
property investment. Specific circumstances of the owner 
are not taken into account.

The use of independent valuers is on a progressive basis over 
a three-year period, or earlier, where the Manager believes 
there may be a material change in the carrying value of the 
property.

Where an independent valuation is not obtained, factors 
taken into account where appropriate, by the Directors in 
determining fair value may include:

 — assuming a willing buyer and a willing seller, 

without duress and an appropriate time to market 
the property to maximise price;

 — information obtained from valuers, sales and 

leasing agents, market research reports, vendors 
and potential purchasers;

 — capitalisation rates used to value the asset, 
market rental levels and lease expiries;

 — changes in interest rates;
 — asset replacement values;
 — discounted cash flow models;
 — available sales evidence; and
 — comparisons to valuation professionals performing 

valuation assignments across the market.

The global market for many types of real estate has been 
severely affected by the recent volatility in global financial 
markets. The lower levels of liquidity and the volatility in the 
banking sector have translated into a general weakening 
of market sentiment towards real estate and the number of 
real estate transactions has significantly reduced.

Fair value of PPE is the price at which the property could be 
exchanged between knowledgeable, willing parties in an 
arm’s length transaction. A “willing seller” is neither a forced 
seller nor one prepared to sell at a price not considered 
reasonable in the current market. The best evidence of 
fair value is given by current prices in an active market for 
similar property in the same location and condition. The 
current lack of comparable market evidence relating to 
pricing assumptions and market drivers means that there is 
less certainty in regards to valuations and the assumptions 
applied to valuation inputs. The period of time needed to 
negotiate a sale in this environment may also be significantly 
prolonged.

The fair value of PPE has been adjusted to reflect market 
conditions at the end of the reporting period. While this 
represents the best estimates of fair value as at the reporting 
date, the current market uncertainty means that if PPE is sold 
in the future, the price achieved may be higher or lower than 
the most recent valuation, or higher or lower than the fair 
value recorded in the financial statements. This is particularly 
relevant in periods of market volatility.

Depreciation
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is 
calculated using the straight-line method to allocate their 
cost or revalued amounts, net of their residual values, over 
their estimated useful lives as follows:

                        2013 

     2012

Buildings
Leasehold
improvements
Major rides and attractions
Plant and equipment
Furniture, fittings and 
equipment
Motor vehicles

40 years
Over the life
of lease
20 - 40 years
4 - 25 years

4 - 13 years
8 years

40 years
Over the life
of lease
20 - 40 years
4 - 25 years

4 - 13 years
8 years

The assets’ residual values and useful lives are reviewed, 
and adjusted if appropriate, at each reporting date. An 
asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its 
recoverable amount if the asset’s carrying amount is greater 
than its estimated recoverable amount (refer to Note 1(m)). 

Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing 
proceeds with carrying amount. These are included in the 
Income Statement. When revalued assets are sold, it is Group 
policy to transfer the amounts included in reserves in respect 
of those assets to retained profits.

h)  Leases
Where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards 
of ownership, leases of property, plant and equipment are 
classified as finance leases. Finance leases are capitalised at 
inception at the lower of the fair value of the leased property 
and the present value of the minimum lease payments. The 
corresponding rental obligations, net of finance charges, are 
included in interest bearing liabilities. Each lease payment is 
allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance 
cost is charged to the Income Statement over the lease 
period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest 
on the remaining balance of the liability for each period. The 
PPE acquired under finance leases are depreciated over the 
shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term.

Leases in which a significant portion of the risks and rewards 
of ownership are retained by the lessor are classified as 
operating leases. Payments made under operating leases (net 
of any incentives received from the lessor) are charged to the 
Income Statement on a straight-line basis over the period 
of the lease. Lease income from operating leases where the 
Group is a lessor is recognised in income on a straight-line 
basis over the lease term.

58 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
            
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
i)  Investments and other financial assets
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with 
fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an 
active market. They arise when the Group provides money, 
goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of 
selling the receivable. They are included in current assets, 
except for those with maturities greater than 12 months after 
the reporting date which are classified as non current assets. 
Loans and receivables are carried at amortised cost using the 
effective interest rate method. The Group assesses at each 
reporting date whether there is objective evidence that a 
financial asset or group of financial assets is impaired. 

j)  Assets held for sale
Assets are classified as held for sale and stated at the lower of 
their carrying amount, and fair value less costs to sell if their 
carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale 
transaction rather than through continuing use and a sale is 
considered highly probable.

An impairment loss is recognised for any initial or subsequent 
write-down of the asset to fair value less costs to sell. A gain 
is recognised for any subsequent increases in fair value less 
costs to sell of an asset, but not in excess of any cumulative 
impairment loss previously recognised. A gain or loss not 
previously recognised by the date of the sale of the asset is 
recognised at the date of derecognition.

Assets are not depreciated or amortised while they are 
classified as held for sale. Assets classified as held for sale are 
presented separately from the other assets in the Balance 
Sheet. 

k)  Livestock
Livestock is stated at historical cost less depreciation. 
Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
attributable to the acquisition of the animals. The fair value 
of the livestock is not materially different to its carrying value. 

Depreciation on livestock is calculated using the straight-line 
method to allocate their cost or revalued amounts, net of 
their residual values, over the useful lives of the assets which 
range from 5 - 50 years (2012: 5 - 50 years).

l)  Intangible assets
Brands
Brands acquired are amortised on a straight-line basis over 
the period during which benefits are expected to be received, 
which is 10 years (2012: 10 years).

Customer relationships
Customer relationships acquired are amortised over the 
period during which the benefits are expected to be received, 
which is four years (2012: four years). The amortisation charge 
is weighted towards the first year of ownership where the 
majority of economic benefits arise.

Other intangible assets
Intellectual property purchased is amortised on a straight-line 
basis over the period during which benefits are expected to 
be received, which is seven years (2012: seven years). Liquor 
licences are amortised over the length of the licence which 
are between 10-16 years (2012: 10–16 years), depending on 
the length of the licence.

Goodwill
Goodwill is measured as described in Note 1(ac). Goodwill 
on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included in intangible 
assets. Goodwill on acquisitions of associates is included 
in investments in associates. Goodwill is not amortised but 
it is tested for impairment annually, or more frequently if 
events or changes in circumstances indicate that it might be 
impaired, and is carried at cost less accumulated impairment 
losses. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include 
the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.

Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the 
purposes of impairment testing (refer to Note 1(m)). The 
allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups 
of cash-generating units that are expected to benefit from 
the business combination in which the goodwill arose, 
identified according to operating segments (refer to Note 38).

m)  Impairment of assets
Goodwill and intangible assets that have an indefinite useful 
life are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually 
for impairment or more frequently if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that they might be impaired. Other 
assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or 
changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount 
may not be recoverable. 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value 
less costs to sell, and its value in use. For the purposes of 
assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels 
for which there are separately identifiable cash inflows which 
are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets 
or groups of assets (cash-generating units). Non-financial 
assets other than goodwill that suffered impairment are 
reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each 
reporting date. 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

59

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
n)  Payables
Liabilities are recognised for amounts to be paid in the 
future for goods or services received, whether or not billed 
to the Group.  The amounts are unsecured and are usually 
paid within 30 or 60 days of recognition.  Trade payables 
are presented as current liabilities unless payment is not 
due within 12 months from the reporting date.  They are 
recognised initially at their value and subsequently measured 
at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.

o)  Interest bearing liabilities
Borrowings are initially recognised at fair value, net of 
transaction costs incurred and are subsequently measured at 
amortised cost. Any difference between the proceeds (net of 
transaction costs) and the redemption amount is recognised 
in the Income Statement over the period of the borrowing 
using the effective interest rate method. Fees paid on the 
establishment of loan facilities, which are not an incremental 
cost relating to the actual drawdown of the facility, are 
recognised as prepayments and amortised on a straight-line 
basis over the term of the facility.

Finance leases are recognised as interest bearing liabilities 
to the extent that the Group retains substantially all the risks 
and rewards of ownership. 

Interest bearing liabilities are classified as current liabilities 
unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer 
settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the 
reporting period.

p)  Derivatives
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date 
a derivative contract is entered into and are subsequently 
remeasured to their fair value at each reporting date. The 
method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on 
whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument 
if hedging criteria are met and if so, the nature of the item 
being hedged. The Group may designate certain derivatives 
as either hedges of exposures to variability in cash flows 
associated with future interest payments on variable rate 
debt (cash flow hedges) or hedges of net investments in 
foreign operations (net investment hedges).

The Group documents at the inception of the hedging 
transaction the relationship between the hedging 
instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management 
objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge 
transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both 
at hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the 
derivatives that are used in hedging transactions have been 
and will continue to be highly effective in offsetting changes 
in fair values or cash flows of hedged items.

The fair values of various derivative financial instruments used 
for hedging purposes are disclosed in Note 14. Movements 
in the cash flow hedge reserve in equity are shown in Note 
30. The full fair value of a hedging derivative is classified as a 
non-current asset or liability when the remaining maturity is 
more than 12 months. They are classified as current assets or 
liabilities when the remaining maturity of the hedged item 
is less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified as 
current assets or liabilities.

i)  Derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting
Certain derivative instruments do not qualify for hedge 
accounting. Changes in the fair value of any derivative 
instrument that does not qualify for hedge accounting are 
recognised immediately in the Income Statement.

ii)  Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow 
hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in reserves in equity. The gain or loss relating 
to the ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the 
Income Statement. Amounts accumulated in equity are 
recycled in the Income Statement in the period when the 
hedged item impacts the Income Statement. 

When a hedging instrument expires or is sold or terminated, 
or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge 
accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity 
at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the 
forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the Income 
Statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected 
to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was reported in 
equity is immediately transferred to the Income Statement.

iii)  Net investment hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of 
derivatives that are designated and qualify as net investment 
hedges is recognised in other comprehensive income and 
accumulated in reserves in equity. This amount will be 
reclassified to the Income Statement on disposal of the 
foreign operation. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective 
portion is recognised immediately in the Income Statement.  
Gains and losses accumulated in equity are included in the 
Income Statement when the foreign operation is partially 
disposed of or sold.

q)  Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs are recognised as expenses using the 
effective interest rate method, except where they are 
included in the costs of qualifying assets.

Borrowing costs include interest on short term and long 
term borrowings, amortisation of ancillary costs incurred in 
connection with the arrangement of borrowings and finance 
lease charges.

Borrowing costs associated with the acquisition or 
construction of a qualifying asset are capitalised as part of 
the cost of that asset. Borrowing costs not associated with 
qualifying assets, are expensed in the Income Statement.

60 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
q)  Borrowing costs (continued)
The capitalisation rate used to determine the amount 
of borrowing costs to be capitalised is the weighted 
average interest rate applicable to the Group’s outstanding 
borrowings during the year. The average capitalisation 
rate used was 5.05% per annum (2012: 6.23% per annum) 
for Australian dollar debt and nil per annum (2012: nil per 
annum) for US dollar debt.

r)  Provisions
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present 
legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, 
it is probable that an outflow of resources will be required 
to settle the obligation, and the amount has been reliably 
estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future operating 
losses.

Where there are a number of similar obligations, the 
likelihood that an outflow will be required in settlement 
is determined by considering the class of obligations as a 
whole.  A provision is recognised even if the likelihood of an 
outflow with respect to any one item included in the same 
class of obligations may be small.

Provisions are measured at the present value of 
management’s best estimate of the expenditure required 
to settle the present obligation at the reporting date.  The 
discount rate used to determine the present value reflects 
current market assessments of the time value of money and 
the risks specific to the liability. The increase in the provision 
due to the passage of time is recognised as interest expense.

s)  Employee benefits
i)  Wages and salaries, annual leave and sick leave
Liabilities for wages and salaries, including non monetary 
benefits, annual leave and accumulating sick leave expected 
to be settled within 12 months of the reporting date are 
recognised in other payables in respect of employees’ services 
up to the reporting date and are measured at the amounts 
expected to be paid when the liabilities are settled.  Liabilities 
for non-accumulating sick leave are recognised when the 
leave is taken and measured at the rates paid or payable.

ii)  Long service leave
The liability for long service leave is recognised in the 
provision for employee benefits and measured as the present 
value of expected future payments to be made in respect 
of services provided by employees up to the reporting date 
using the projected unit credit method.  Consideration is 
given to expected future wage and salary levels, experience 
of employee departures and periods of service.  Where 
amounts are not expected to be settled within 12 months, 
expected future payments are discounted to their net 
present value using market yields at the reporting date on 
high quality corporate bonds, except when there is no deep 
market in which case market yields on national government 
bonds are used, with terms to maturity and currency that 
match, as closely as possible, to the estimated future cash 
outflows.

The obligations are presented as current liabilities in the 
Balance Sheet if the Group does not have an unconditional 
right to defer settlement for at least 12 months after the 
reporting date, regardless of when the actual settlement is 
expected to occur.

iii)  Profit sharing and bonus plans
The Group recognises a provision where contractually 
obliged or where there is a past practice that has created a 
constructive obligation.

iv)  Termination benefits
Termination benefits are payable when employment is 
terminated before the normal retirement date, or when an 
employee accepts voluntary redundancy in exchange for 
these benefits. The Group recognises termination benefits 
when it is demonstrably committed to either terminating the 
employment of current employees according to a detailed 
formal plan without possibility of withdrawal or to providing 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage 
voluntary redundancy. Benefits falling due more than 12 
months after the end of the reporting period are discounted 
to present value.

v)  Long term incentive plan (LTIP)
Australian employees
Since 1 July 2009, long term incentives have been provided to 
certain executives under the LTIP.  Under the terms of the LTIP 
and the initial grant, employees may be granted performance 
rights, of which one third will vest two years after grant 
date, one third will vest three years after grant date and one 
third will vest four years after grant date.  The percentage 
of performance rights which will vest is subject to the 
performance of the Group relative to its peer group, which is 
the ASX Small Industrials Index.   The first set of performance 
rights were granted under the scheme on 4 December 2009, 
with the first vesting date being the day after the full year 
results announcement for the year ended 30 June 2011.

The characteristics of the LTIP indicate that, at the Ardent 
Leisure Group level, it is an equity settled share-based 
payment under AASB 2 Share-based Payment as the holders 
are entitled to the securities as long as they meet the 
LTIP’s service and performance criteria. However, as ALL is 
considered to be a subsidiary of the Trust in the financial 
statements of the ALL Group, the LTIP is accounted for as a 
cash settled share-based payment. 

The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
LTIP is recognised in the Group Financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase 
in equity. The fair value of the performance rights at grant 
date is determined using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation 
model and then recognised over the vesting period during 
which employees become unconditionally entitled the 
underlying securities.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

61

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
s)  Employee benefits (continued)
v)  Long term incentive plan (LTIP) (continued)
The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
LTIP is recognised in the ALL Group financial statements 
as an employee benefit expense with a corresponding 
increase in liabilities. The fair value of the performance rights 
is determined at each reporting date using a Monte Carlo 
simulation valuation model, with the movement in fair value 
of the liability being recognised in the Income Statement.

At each reporting date, its estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each period takes into account 
the most recent estimate.

US employees
For US executives eligible for the LTIP, a shadow performance 
rights scheme has been set up whereby a cash payment is 
made instead of performance rights being granted.  At the 
end of the vesting period for each grant of performance 
rights, a calculation is made of the number of performance 
rights which would have been granted and payment is 
made based on the Group stapled security volume weighted 
average price (VWAP) for the five trading days immediately 
following the vesting date.  Due to the nature of the scheme, 
this scheme is considered to be a cash settled share-based 
payment under AASB 2.

The fair value of each grant of performance rights is 
determined at each reporting date using a Monte Carlo 
simulation valuation model.  This is recorded as a liability 
with the difference in the movement in the fair value of 
the financial liability being recorded through the Income 
Statement.

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each period takes into account 
the most recent estimate.

vi)  Deferred Short Term Incentive (DSTI)
Australian employees
Since 1 July 2010, long term incentives have been provided 
to executives under the DSTI.  Under the terms of the DSTI, 
employees may be granted DSTI performance rights, of 
which one half will vest one year after grant date and one half 
will vest two years after grant date so long as the executive 
remains employed by the Group.  The first set of performance 
rights were granted under the scheme on 16 December 2010, 
with the first vesting date being the day after the full year 
results announcement for the year ended 30 June 2011.

The characteristics of the DSTI indicate that, at the Ardent 
Leisure Group level, it is an equity settled share-based 
payment as the holders are entitled to the securities as long 
as they meet the DSTI’s service criteria. However, as ALL is 
considered to be a subsidiary of the Trust, in the financial 
statements of the ALL Group the DSTI is accounted for as a 
cash settled share-based payment. 

The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
DSTI is recognised in the Group financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in 
equity. The fair value of the performance rights at grant date 
is determined using a binomial tree valuation model and then 
recognised over the vesting period during which employees 
become unconditionally entitled to the underlying securities. 

The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
DSTI is recognised in the ALL Group financial statements as 
an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase 
in liabilities.  The fair value of each grant of performance 
rights is determined at each reporting date using a binomial 
tree valuation model, with the movement in fair value of the 
liability being recognised in the Income Statement.

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each period takes into account 
the most recent estimate.

US employees
For US executives eligible for the DSTI, a shadow performance 
rights scheme has been set up whereby a cash payment is 
made instead of performance rights being granted.  At the 
end of the vesting period for each grant of performance 
rights, a calculation is made of the number of performance 
rights which would have been granted and payment is 
made based on the Group VWAP for the five trading days 
immediately following the vesting date.  Due to the nature 
of the scheme, this scheme is considered to be a cash settled 
share-based payment under AASB 2.

The fair value of each grant of performance rights is 
determined at each reporting date using a binomial tree 
valuation model.  This is recorded as a liability with the 
difference in the movement in the fair value of the financial 
liability being recorded through the Income Statement.

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each period takes into account 
the most recent estimate.

t)  Tax
The Trust is not subject to income tax. However, both of its 
controlled entities, Ardent Leisure (NZ) Trust and ALL Group, 
are subject to income tax.  

Under current Australian income tax legislation, the Trust 
is not liable to pay income tax provided its income, as 
determined under the Trust Constitution, is fully distributed 
to unit holders, by way of cash or reinvestment. The liability 
for capital gains tax that may otherwise arise if the Australian 
properties were sold is not accounted for in these financial 
statements, as the Trust expects to distribute such amounts 
to its unit holders.

62 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
t)  Tax (continued)

tax is also recognised in other comprehensive income or 
directly in equity respectively.

The income tax expense or revenue for the period is the tax 
payable on the current period’s taxable income based on the 
applicable income tax rate for each jurisdiction adjusted by 
changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities attributable to 
temporary differences and to unused tax losses.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of 
the tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the end of 
the reporting period in the countries where the Company’s 
subsidiaries and associates operate and generate taxable 
income. Management periodically evaluates positions taken 
in tax returns with respect to situations in which applicable 
tax regulation is subject to interpretation. It establishes 
provisions where appropriate on the basis of amounts 
expected to be paid to the tax authorities.

Deferred income tax is provided in full, using the liability 
method, on temporary differences arising between the tax 
bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in 
the consolidated financial statements. However, deferred 
tax liabilities are not recognised if they arise from the initial 
recognition of goodwill. Deferred income tax is also not 
accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an asset or 
liability in a transaction other than a business combination 
that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting 
nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred income tax is determined 
using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or 
substantially enacted by the end of the reporting period and 
are expected to apply when the related deferred income tax 
asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.

Deferred tax assets are recognised for deductible temporary 
differences and unused tax losses only if it is probable that 
future taxable amounts will be available to utilise those 
temporary differences and losses.

Deferred tax liabilities and assets are not recognised for 
temporary differences between the carrying amount and 
tax bases of investments in foreign operations where the 
Company is able to control the timing of the reversal of the 
temporary differences and it is probable that the differences 
will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is 
a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and 
liabilities and when the deferred tax balances relate to the 
same taxation authority. Current tax assets and tax liabilities 
are offset where the entity has a legally enforceable right to 
offset and intends either to settle on a net basis, or to realise 
the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.

Ardent Leisure Limited and its wholly-owned Australian 
controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation 
legislation as of 8 February 2005. As a consequence, these 
entities are taxed as a single entity and the deferred tax assets 
and liabilities of these entities are set off in the consolidated 
financial statements.

Current and deferred tax is recognised in profit or loss, except 
to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case, the

Companies within the Group may be entitled to claim 
special tax deductions for investments in qualifying assets 
(investment allowances). The Group accounts for such 
allowances as tax credits. This means that the allowance 
reduces income tax payable and current tax expense. A 
deferred tax asset is recognised for unclaimed tax credits that 
are carried forward as deferred tax assets.

u)  Goods and services tax (GST)
Revenues, expenses and assets are recognised net of the 
amount of associated GST, unless the GST incurred is not 
recoverable from the taxation authority.  In this case, it is 
recognised as part of the cost of acquisition of the asset or 
as part of the expense.

Receivables and payables are stated inclusive of the 
amount of GST receivable or payable.  The net amount of 
GST recoverable from, or payable to, the taxation authority 
is included with other receivables or payables in the 
Balance Sheet.

Cash flows are presented on a gross basis.  The GST 
components of cash flows arising from investing or financing 
activities which are recoverable from or payable to the 
taxation authority, are presented as operating cash flow.

v)  Equity
Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new 
stapled securities or options are recognised directly in equity 
as a reduction in the proceeds of stapled securities to which 
the costs relate. Incremental costs directly attributable to the 
issue of new stapled securities or options for the acquisition 
of a business are not included in the cost of the acquisition as 
part of the purchase consideration.

w)  Reserves
In accordance with the Trust Constitution, amounts may 
be transferred from reserves or contributed equity to fund 
distributions.

x)  Revenue
Revenue is measured at the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable. Amounts disclosed as revenue are net 
of returns, trade allowances and amounts collected on behalf 
of third parties. The Group recognises revenue when the 
amount of revenue can be reliably measured, it is probable 
that further economic benefits will flow to the entity and 
specific criteria have been met for each of the Group’s 
activities as described below. Revenue is recognised for the 
major business activities as follows:

i)  Rendering of services
Revenue from rendering of services including health club 
memberships, theme park and SkyPoint entry and bowling 
games is recognised when the outcome can be reliably 
measured and the service has taken place.  Where health 
club membership is for a fixed period and paid in advance, 
the revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis over 
the membership period.  Revenue relating to theme park 
annual passes is recognised as the passes are used.  

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

63

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
x)  Revenue (continued)
ii)  Sale of goods
Revenue from sale of goods including merchandise and 
food and beverage items is recognised when the risks 
and rewards of ownership have passed to the buyer.

iii)  Rental revenue
Rental income represents income earned from the sub-lease 
of properties leased by the Group, and is brought to account 
on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

iv)  Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis 
using the effective interest rate method. When a receivable 
is impaired, the Group reduces the carrying amount to 
its recoverable amount, being the estimated future cash 
flow discounted at the original effective interest rate of 
the instrument, and continues unwinding the discount 
as interest income. Interest income on impaired loans is 
recognised using the original effective interest rate.

y)  Foreign currency translation
i)  Functional and presentation currencies
Items included in the financial statements of each of 
the Group’s entities are measured using the currency of 
the primary economic environment in which the entity 
operates (functional currency). The consolidated financial 
statements are presented in Australian dollars, which is the 
Group’s functional and presentation currency.

ii)  Transactions and balances
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the 
functional currency using the exchange rates prevailing at 
the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and 
losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions 
and from the translation at year end exchange rates of 
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign 
currencies are recognised in the Income Statement, except 
when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges and 
qualifying net investment hedges or they are attributable 
to part of the net investment in a foreign operation.

iii)  Foreign operations
Assets and liabilities of foreign controlled entities are 
translated at exchange rates ruling at reporting date while 
income and expenses are translated at average exchange 
rates for the period. Exchange differences arising on 
translation of the interests in foreign controlled entities 
are taken directly to the foreign currency translation 
reserve. On consolidation, exchange differences on loans 
denominated in foreign currencies, where the loan is 
considered part of the net investment in that foreign 
operation, are taken directly to the foreign currency 
translation reserve. At 30 June 2013, the spot rate used 
was A$1.00 = NZ$1.1800 (2012: A$1.00 = NZ$1.2777) 
and A$1.00 = US$0.9127 (2012: A$1.00 = US$1.0242). The 
average spot rate during the year ended 30 June 2013 
was A$1.00 = NZ$1.2454 (2012: A$1.00 = NZ$1.2822) and 
A$1.00 = US$1.0207 (2012: A$1.00 = US$1.0394).

z)  Segment information
Segment income, expenditure, assets and liabilities are those 
that are directly attributable to a segment and the relevant 
portion that can be allocated to the segment on a reasonable 
basis. Segment assets include all assets used by a segment 
and consist primarily of cash, receivables (net of any related 
provisions) and investments. Any assets used jointly by 
segments are allocated based on reasonable estimates       
of usage.  

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent 
with the internal reporting provided to the chief operating 
decision maker.  The chief operating decision maker, 
who is responsible for allocating resources and assessing 
performance of the operating segments, has been identified 
as the Board of Directors.

The main income statement items used by management 
to assess each of the divisions are divisional revenue 
and divisional EBITDA before property costs and after 
property costs. In addition, depreciation and amortisation 
are analysed by division. Each of these income statement 
items is looked at after adjusting for pre-opening expenses, 
straight lining of rent, IFRS depreciation and amortisation of 
Goodlife intangible assets and other non-recurring realised 
items. As shown in Note 11, these items are excluded from 
management’s definition of core earnings. 

aa)  Earnings per stapled security
Basic earnings per stapled security are determined by 
dividing profit by the weighted average number of ordinary 
stapled securities on issue during the period.

Diluted earnings per stapled security are determined by 
dividing the profit by the weighted average number of 
ordinary stapled securities and dilutive potential ordinary 
stapled securities on issue during the period.

ab)  Fair value estimation
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities 
must be estimated for recognition and measurement or 
for disclosure purposes.

The fair value of financial instruments traded in active 
markets is based on quoted market prices at the reporting 
date. The quoted market price used for financial assets held 
by the Group is the current bid price; the appropriate quoted 
market price for financial liabilities is the current ask price.

The fair value of financial instruments that are not traded in 
an active market is determined using valuation techniques. 
The Group uses a variety of methods and makes assumptions 
that are based on market conditions existing at each 
reporting date. Quoted market prices or dealer quotes for 
similar instruments are used for long term debt instruments 
held. Other techniques, such as estimated discounted cash 
flows, are used to determine fair value for the remaining 
financial instruments. The fair value of interest rate swaps 
is calculated as the present value of the estimated future 
cash flows. The fair value of forward exchange contracts is 
determined using forward exchange market rates at the 
reporting date.

64 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
ab)  Fair value estimation (continued)
The nominal value less estimated credit adjustments of trade 
receivables and payables approximate their fair values. The 
fair value of financial liabilities for disclosure purposes is 
estimated by discounting the future contractual cash flows at 
the current market interest rate that is available to the Group 
for similar financial instruments.

ac)  Business combinations
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for 
all business combinations, including business combinations 
involving entities or businesses under common control, 
regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are 
acquired. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of 
a business comprises the fair values of the assets transferred, 
the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the 
Group. The consideration transferred also includes the fair 
value of any contingent consideration arrangement and the 
fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the subsidiary.

Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred. 
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent 
liabilities assumed in a business combination are, with 
limited exceptions, measured initially at their fair values at 
the acquisition date. On an acquisition by acquisition basis, 
the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the 
acquiree either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s 
proportionate share of the acquiree’s net identifiable assets.

The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount 
of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the 
acquisition date fair value of any previous equity interest in 
the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the net 
identifiable assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. If those 
amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable 
assets of the business acquired and the measurement of all 
amounts has been reviewed, the difference is recognised 
directly in profit or loss as a gain on acquisition. 

Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is 
deferred, the amounts payable in the future are discounted to 
their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount 
rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being 
the rate at which a similar borrowing could be obtained 
from an independent financier under comparable terms and 
conditions. Contingent consideration is classified either as 
equity or a financial liability. Amounts classified as a financial 
liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with 
changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.

Goodwill acquired is not deductible for tax.

ad)  Dividends/distributions
Provision is made for the amount of any dividend/
distribution declared, being appropriately authorised 
and no longer at the discretion of the entity, on or before 
the end of the financial year but not distributed at the 
reporting date.

ae)  Convertible notes
A subsidiary of ALL, Ardent Leisure Note Issuer Pty Limited, 
has issued convertible notes to the Trust. Due to the terms 
associated with these notes, the notes have been classified 
as equity in the financial statements of the ALL Group. Given 
that this equity is not payable to the shareholders of ALL, the 
notes are included in equity attributable to non-controlling 
interests.

af)  Parent entity financial information
The financial information for the parent entity of the Group 
(Ardent Leisure Trust) and ALL Group (Ardent Leisure Limited), 
has been prepared on the same basis as the consolidated 
financial statements, except as set out below:

i)  Investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly    
      controlled entities
Investments in subsidiaries, associates and jointly controlled 
entities are accounted for at cost in the financial statements 
of the parent entities. Dividends received from associates and 
jointly controlled entities are recognised in the parent entity’s 
profit or loss, rather than being deducted from the carrying 
amount of these investments.

ii)  Tax consolidation legislation
Ardent Leisure Limited and its wholly-owned Australian 
controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation 
legislation. The head entity, Ardent Leisure Limited, and 
the controlled entities in the tax consolidated group 
account for their own current and deferred tax amounts. 
These tax amounts are measured as if each entity in the tax 
consolidated group continues to be a standalone taxpayer in 
its own right.

In addition to its own current and deferred tax amounts, 
Ardent Leisure Limited also recognises the current tax 
liabilities (or assets) and the deferred tax assets arising from 
unused tax losses and unused tax credits assumed from 
controlled entities in the tax consolidated group. 

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement 
under which the wholly-owned entities fully compensate 
Ardent Leisure Limited for any current tax payable assumed 
and are compensated by Ardent Leisure Limited for any 
current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to 
unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred 
to Ardent Leisure Limited under the tax consolidation 
legislation. The funding amounts are determined by reference 
to the amounts recognised in the wholly-owned entities’ 
financial statements.

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding 
agreement are due upon receipt of the funding advice from 
the head entity, which is issued as soon as practicable after 
the end of each financial year. The head entity may also 
require payment of interim funding amounts to assist with its 
obligations to pay tax instalments.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

65

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

1  Summary of significant accounting policies (continued)
af)  Parent entity information (continued)
ii)  Tax consolidation legislation (continued)
Assets or liabilities arising under tax funding agreements 
with the tax consolidated entities are recognised as current 
amounts receivable from or payable to other entities in 
the group. Any difference between the amounts assumed 
and amounts receivable or payable under the tax funding 
agreement are recognised as a contribution to (or distribution 
from) wholly-owned tax consolidated entities.

iii)  Financial guarantees
Where the parent entity has provided financial guarantees 
in relation to loans and payables of subsidiaries for no 
compensation, the fair values of these guarantees are 
accounted for as contributions and recognised as part of the 
cost of the investment.

iv)  Share-based payments
The grant by the parent entity of options over its equity 
instruments to the employees of subsidiary undertakings 
in the Group is treated as a capital contribution to that 
subsidiary undertaking. The fair value of employee services 
received, measured by reference to the grant date fair value, 
is recognised over the vesting period as an increase to 
investment in subsidiary undertakings, with a corresponding 
credit to equity.

ag)  New accounting standards and interpretations

Certain new standards, amendments and interpretations to 
existing standards have been published that are mandatory 
for the Group for accounting periods beginning on or after  
1 July 2013 but which the Group has not yet adopted. Based 
on a review of these standards, the majority of the standards 
yet to be adopted are not expected to have a significant 
impact on the financial statements of the Group. The Group’s 
and the parent entity’s assessment of the impact of those new 
standards and interpretations which may have an impact is 
set out below.

AASB 9 Financial Instruments, AASB 2009‑11 Amendments 
to Australian Accounting Standards arising from AASB 9 
and AASB 2010‑7 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from AASB 9 (effective from 1 January 2015)

AASB 9 Financial Instruments addresses the classification 
and measurement of financial assets and may affect the 
Group’s accounting for its financial assets. The standard is 
not applicable until 1 January 2015 but is available for early 
adoption. The Group is yet to assess its full impact. However, 
initial indications are that there should be no material impact 
on the Group’s or the parent entity’s financial statements. The 
Group does not intend to adopt AASB 9 before its operative 
date, which means that it would be first applied in the annual 
reporting period ending 30 June 2016.

AASB 10 Consolidated Financial Statements, AASB 11 Joint 
Arrangements, AASB 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other 
Entities, revised AASB 127 Separate Financial Statements, 
AASB 128 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures 
and AASB 2011‑7 Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards arising from the Consolidation and Joint 
Arrangements Standards (effective 1 January 2013)

In August 2011, the Australian Accounting Standards Board 
(AASB) issued a suite of six new and amended standards 
which address the accounting for joint arrangements, 
consolidated financial statements and associated disclosures.

AASB 10 replaces all of the guidance on control and 
consolidation in AASB 127 Consolidated and Separate 
Financial Statements, and Interpretation 12 Consolidation 
– Special Purpose Entities. The core principle that a 
consolidated entity presents a parent and its subsidiaries as 
if they are a single economic entity remains unchanged, as 
do the mechanics of consolidation. However, the standard 
introduces a single definition of control that applies to all 
entities. It focuses on the need to have both power and rights 
or exposure to variable returns before control is present. 
Power is the current ability to direct the activities that 
significantly influence returns. Returns must vary and can 
be positive, negative or both. There is also new guidance on 
participating and protective rights and on agent/principal 
relationships. The Group does not expect the new standard 
to have a significant impact on its composition.

AASB 13 Fair Value Measurement and AASB 2011‑8 
Amendments to Australian Accounting Standards arising 
from AASB 13 (effective 1 January 2013) 

AASB 13 was released September 2011. It explains how to 
measure fair value and aims to enhance fair value disclosures. 
The Group has yet to determine which, if any, of its current 
measurement techniques will have to change as a result of 
the new guidance. It is therefore not possible to state the 
impact, if any, of the new rules on any amounts recognised 
in the financial statements. However, application of the new 
standard will impact the type of information disclosed in the 
notes to the financial statements. The Group does not intend 
to adopt the new standard before its operative date, which 
means that it would be first applied in the annual reporting 
period ending 30 June 2014.

AASB 2011‑4  Amendments to Australian Accounting 
Standards to Remove Individual Key Management 
Personnel Disclosure Requirements (effective 1 January 2013) 

In July 2011, the AASB decided to remove the individual key 
management personnel (KMP) disclosure requirements from 
AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures, to achieve consistency 
with the international equivalent standard and remove a 
duplication of the requirements with the Corporations Act 
2001. While this will reduce the disclosures that are currently 
required in the notes to the financial statements, it will 
not affect any of the amounts recognised in the financial 
statements. The amendments apply from 1 July 2013 
and cannot be adopted early. The Corporations Act 2001 
requirements in relation to remuneration reports will remain 
unchanged for now, but these requirements are currently 
subject to review and may also be revised in the near future. 

66 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

Annual Improvements Project ‑ 2009‑2011 cycle (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2013) 

In May 2012, the IASB made a number of amendments to International Financial Reporting Standards as a result of the 
2009-2011 annual improvements project. The Group will apply the amendments from 1 July 2013. These changes are not 
applicable until 1 January 2013 but are available for early adoption. The Group is yet to assess their full impact.

ah)  Rounding
The Group is a registered scheme of a kind referred to in Class Order 98/100 (as amended) issued by the Australian Securities 
and Investments Commission relating to the “rounding off” of amounts in the financial report. Amounts in the financial report 
have been rounded to the nearest thousand dollars in accordance with that Class Order, unless otherwise indicated.

2   Ardent Leisure Trust and Ardent Leisure Limited formation
The Trust was established on 6 February 1998. On 23 December 2005, the Manager executed a supplemental deed poll to 
amend the Trust Constitution. The amendments removed the 80 year life of the Trust, to enable the units on issue to be 
classified as equity under Australian Accounting Standards. ALL was incorporated on 28 April 2003. The Manager and ALL 
entered into the stapling deed effective 1 July 2003.

3  Revenue from operating activities

Revenue from services 
Revenue from sale of goods 
Revenue from rentals 
Other revenue 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                         328,958              284,106  
             83,433  
                            92,487  
             22,195  
                           26,896  
                  340  
                                       562  

        328,958  
          92,487  
          26,896  
               562  

        284,106  
          83,433  
          22,195  
               340  

Revenue from operating activities 

         448,903  

390,074 

        448,903  

390,074

4  Borrowing costs

Borrowing costs paid or payable 
Less: Capitalised borrowing costs 

Borrowing costs expensed 

5  Property expenses

Landlord rent and outgoings 
Insurance 
Rates 
Land tax 
Other 

6  Net gain/(loss) from derivative financial instruments

Gain on derivatives – unrealised 
Gain on derivatives – realised 
Termination of US$ interest rate swap 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                              12,765  
(477) 

             13,308  
(394) 

            7,531  
 — 

            7,501   
— 

             12,288  

12,914 

            7,531  

7,501

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                             64,474                52,225  
                                      699                     508    
                                2,755                  1,834    
                                    730                  1,013    
                                         91                     326   

        120,241  
               — 
            — 
            — 
               — 

       107,106   
— 
— 
— 
— 

            68,749  

55,906 

        120,241  

        107,106

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

339 
263 
— 

602 

643 
809 
(1,844) 

(392) 

— 
— 
— 

— 

—
—
— 

—

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

67

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013 

7  Management fees
The Manager of the Trust is Ardent Leisure Management Limited which, until 1 September 2009, was a wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Macquarie Group Limited. On 1 September 2009, ALL acquired all of the shares in the Manager from Macquarie 
Group Limited.

The Manager’s registered office and principal place of business are Level 16, 61 Lavender Street, Milsons Point NSW 2061.

a)  Base management fee
On the acquisition of the Manager by ALL, the Trust Constitution was changed and the management fees structure was 
amended. The base management fee since 1 September 2009 is based on an allocation of costs incurred by ALL and its 
controlled entities to manage the Trust but is eliminated in the aggregated results of the Group.  

b)  Management fee calculation
The management fee paid earned by the Manager during the year is detailed as follows:

Base management fee 

8  Other expenses

Audit fees 
Consulting fees 
Consumables 
Custodian fees 
Electricity 
Foreign exchange loss 
Fuel and oil 
Insurance 
Legal fees 
Merchant fees 
Motor vehicles 
Permits and fees 
Printing, stationery and postage 
Registry fees 
Stapled security holder communication costs 
State taxes 
Stock exchange costs 
Taxation fees 
Telephone 
Training 
Travel costs 
Valuation fees 
Other 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

— 

— 

          —  

          1,200  

       1,600 

          —  

          1,200  

       1,600

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                    113 

                                        602  
                                      528  

                 503  
                 724  
                                2,737                 2,228  
 103  
                               13,978               10,941  
 32  
             1,197  
             1,954  
                351  
             4,437  
             1,045  
             2,331  
             2,131  
                  62  
               271  
                397  
                  55  
                101  
             1,577  
             1,198  
             1,818  
                108   
                   14  

                     — 
                                1,158  
                                 2,367  
                                        388  
                                7,102  
                                   1,130  
                                 4,216  
                                2,691  
                                       125  
                                       256  
                                       540  
                                           83  
                                         98  
                                 1,692  
                                 1,176  
                                1,949  
                                          51  
                                       638  

               378  
               528  
            2,737  
 — 
          13,978  
—  
            1,158  
            2,367  
               357  
            7,102  
            1,130  
            4,216  
            2,691  
               160  
               268  
               540  
                 79  
                 76  
            1,692  
            1,176  
            1,949  
— 
               502  

               349   
               724  
            2,228  
          —  
          10,941  
 6  
            1,197  
            1,954  
               313   
            4,437  
            1,045  
            2,293  
            2,131   
          —  
               221   
               388  
          —  
                 83   
            1,577  
            1,198  
            1,818  
          —  
                 38   

             43,618  

33,578 

          43,084  

32,941

68 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

9  Remuneration of auditor
During the financial year, the auditor of the Group, PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC), earned the following remuneration:

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$ 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$ 

ALL Group 
2013 
$ 

ALL Group 
2012 
$

Audit and other assurance services – PwC Australia 
Audit and other assurance services – related practices of PwC Australia              51,496  
Taxation services – PwC Australia 
Taxation services – related practices of PwC Australia 
Other services - PwC Australia 
Other services - related practices of PwC Australia 

                         551,148             458,931  
 44,055  
                              22,372               21,300  
                             75,937               79,722  
             1,500  
                                8,100  
2,000 
—  
                     709,053            607,508  

        326,504  
 51,496  
                   —  
          75,937  
            8,100  
— 
        462,037  

       304,511   
 44,055 
            5,400   
          77,374 
            1,500  
2,000

        434,840   

10  Income tax expense

a)  Income tax expense
Current tax 
Deferred tax 
Over provided in prior year 

income tax expense is attributable to: 
Profit from continuing operations 

Deferred income tax expense/(benefit) included in 
income tax expense comprises:
(Increase)/decrease in deferred tax assets 
Increase/(decrease) in deferred tax liabilities 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
Note                         $’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

1,408 
1,778 
(38) 

3,148 

2,635 
2,680
1,361 
(241)                  1,778                   (241)
(38)                    (56)

(56) 

2,338 

3,101 

2,383

3,148 

2,338 

3,101 

2,383

22                (2,434) 
27                 4,212 

638
(2,434) 
638 
(879)                  4,212                   (879)

1,778 

(241)                  1,778                  (241)

b)   Numerical reconciliation of income tax expense  

to prima facie tax expense

Profit from continuing operations before income tax expense 
Less: Profit from the Trusts 

                38,951 
(33,444) 

Prima facie profit/(loss) 
Tax at the Australian tax rate of 30% (2012: 30%) 
Tax effects of amounts which are not deductible/(taxable)  
in calculating taxable income:

Entertainment 
Non-deductible depreciation and amortisation 
Non-deductible interest due to thin capitalisation 
Sundry items 
Business acquisition costs 
Gain on acquisition 

Foreign exchange conversion differences 
Difference in overseas tax rates 
Over provided in prior year 

Income tax expense 

5,507 
1,652 

                       48 
                  2,076 
— 
(566) 
482 
(784) 
(60) 
338 
(38) 

15,187 
(15,623) 

(436) 
(131) 

10,194 
— 

10,194 
3,058 

5,627
—

5,627
1,688

61 
2,496 
35 

48 
— 
— 

61
525
35
(187)                      54                        12
—
482 
—
(784) 
(60)                    (30)
341 
148
(38)                    (56)

— 
— 
(30) 
150 
(56) 

3,148 

2,338 

3,101 

2,383

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

c)         Income tax expense relating to items of other comprehensive income

Losses on land and buildings revaluation 

30                       — 

(646)                       —                    (646)

— 

(646)                        —                   (646)

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

69

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

10  Income tax expense (continued)
d)  Unrecognised temporary differences
The tax consolidated group has franking credits of $4,640,856 (2012: $4,686,467). It is the tax consolidated group’s intention 
to assign these franking credits to dividends paid to the Trust by its subsidiaries and then distribute these franking credits to 
security holders where possible.

e)  Tax consolidation legislation
ALL and its wholly owned Australian controlled entities have implemented the tax consolidation legislation as of 8 February 
2005. The accounting policy in relation to this legislation is set out in Note 1(t).

On adoption of the tax consolidation legislation, the entities in the tax consolidated group entered into a tax sharing 
agreement which, in the opinion of the Directors, limits the joint and several liability of the wholly owned entities in the case of 
a default by the head entity, ALL.

The entities have also entered into a tax funding agreement under which the wholly owned entities fully compensate ALL for 
any current tax payable assumed and are compensated by ALL for any current tax receivable and deferred tax assets relating to 
unused tax losses or unused tax credits that are transferred to ALL under the tax consolidation legislation. The funding amounts 
are determined by reference to the amounts recognised in the wholly owned entities’ financial statements.

The amounts receivable/payable under the tax funding agreement are payable upon demand by the head entity.  The head 
entity may also require payment of interim funding amounts to assist with its obligations to pay tax instalments.  The funding 
amounts are netted off in the non-current intercompany payables.

11  Earnings per security/share

Basic earnings per security/share (cents) 
Diluted earnings per security/share (cents) 

Core earnings per security/share (cents) 
Diluted core earnings per security/share (cents) 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 

ALL Group 
2013 

ALL Group 
2012

              9.32 
             9.24 

                13.14 
               13.04 

3.87 
3.83 

12.91 
12.79 

1.86 
1.84 

N/A 
N/A 

0.99 
0.98 

N/A  
N/A

Earnings used in the calculation of basic and diluted earnings 
per security/share (’000) 

Earnings used in the calculation of core earnings per  
security/share (refer to calculation in table below) (’000) 

                35,617  

12,627 

 7,093  

 3,244 

                50,257  

42,145 

 N/A  

 N/A

Weighted average number of stapled securities on issue used   
in the calculation of basic and core earnings per security/share (‘000)               382,334  

326,444 

 382,334  

 326,444

Weighted average number of stapled securities held by ALL    
employees under employee share plans (refer to Note 29) (‘000)               

 3,192  

 3,133  

 3,192  

 3,133

Weighted average number of stapled securities on issue used     
in the calculation of diluted earnings per security/share (‘000) 

              385,526  

 329,577  

 385,562  

 329,577 

Calculation of core earnings
The table below outlines the Manager’s adjustments to profit under Australian Accounting Standards to determine the amount 
the Manager believes should be available for distribution for the current year. The Manager uses this amount as guidance for 
distribution determination. 

Core earnings is a financial measure which is not prescribed by Australian Accounting Standards and represents the profit under 
Australian Accounting Standards (statutory profit) adjusted for certain unrealised and non-cash items, reserve transfers and 
one off realised items. Under the Trust Constitution, the amount distributed to stapled security holders by the Trust is at the 
discretion of the Manager. Management will use the core earnings calculated for assessing the performance of the Group and 
as a guide to assessing an appropriate distribution to declare. This measure is considered more relevant than statutory profit 
as it represents an estimate of the underlying recurring cash earnings of the Group and provides more meaningful comparison 
between financial years. 

70 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

11  Earnings per security/share (continued)
The adjustments between profit under Australian Accounting Standards and core earnings may change from time to time 
depending on changes to accounting standards and the Manager’s assessment as to whether non-recurring or infrequent 
items (such as realised gains on the sale of properties) will be distributed to stapled security holders.    

Profit used in calculating earnings per security/share 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000

              35,617  

12,627

Unrealised items
— Unrealised gains on derivative financial instruments 
(339)                  (643)
— Property valuation (gains)/losses – investment properties                                                                                                  (90)              15,507

Non-cash items
— Straight-lining of fixed rent increases 
— Amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets 
— Tax impact of amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets 

Reserve transfers
— Transfer to asset revaluation reserve (1) 

Distributable earnings 
One off realised items
— Pre-opening expenses 
— Early termination of US$ interest rate swap 
— Tax liability arising from retrospective change in tax legislation 
— Business acquisition costs 
— Gain on acquisition 
— Loss on sale of freehold land and buildings 

Core earnings 

2,199
1,311 
7,739 
 3,180  
(2,322)                  (954)

 6,920  

6,570

               48,836  

 38,486  

                                     2,527                  1,064   
 1,844 
 519   
 166
 —  
66

                   —  
                    —  
 1,507  
 (2,613)  
                   —    

                           50,257               42,145   

(1)  The transfer from asset revaluation reserve represents depreciation recorded under Australian Accounting Standards effective 1 July 2005 on property, plant 

and equipment which were previously classified as investment properties (IFRS depreciation).

12  Distributions and dividends paid and payable

a) Consolidated Group
The following distributions were paid and payable by the Trust:

Distribution 
cents per 
stapled security 

Total 
amount 
$’000 

Tax 
deferred 
% 

CGT 
concession 
amount 
% 

Taxable 
%

2013 distributions for the half year ended:
31 December 2012 
30 June 2013 (1) 

6.60 
5.40 

26,253
21,481

12.00 

47,734 

68.70 

— 

31.30

2012 distributions for the half year ended:
31 December 2011 
30 June 2012 (2) 

6.50 
5.20 

21,075
17,379

11.70	

38,454	

58.56 

             —  

41.44

(1)  The distribution of 5.40 cents per stapled security for the half year ended 30 June 2013 was not declared prior to 30 June 2013. Refer to Note 44.
(2)  The distribution of 5.20 cents per stapled security for the half year ended 30 June 2012 was not declared prior to 30 June 2012. 

b) ALL Group
During the year, a subsidiary of ALL paid to the Trust $3.6 million (2012: $2.5 million) relating to convertible notes which are 
classified as equity under Australian Accounting Standards. No dividends have been paid or provided for during the current or 
previous financial year. 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

71

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
	
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

13  Receivables

Trade receivables 
Receivables from the Trust 
Provision for doubtful debts 

Sundry receivable 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group  
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

              7,658  
— 
(609) 

               7,049  
                      —  

5,940 
— 
(774) 

            7,658  
            2,241  

5,940
5,866 
(609)                  (774)

5,166 
 513  

            9,290  
 — 

11,032
 488 

 7,049 

5,679 

9,290 

11,520

The Group has recognised an expense of $46,000 in respect of bad and doubtful trade receivables during the year ended 30 
June 2013 (2012: $60,000).  The expense has been included in other expenses in the Income Statement.

14  Derivative financial instruments

Current assets
Forward foreign exchange contracts 

Current liabilities
Forward foreign exchange contracts 
Interest rate swaps 

Non-current liabilities
Interest rate swaps 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

 575 

 575  

270 

270 

—  

 —  

—                       247    

584 

584 

1,307 

1,307 

— 

247 

3,204 

3,204 

           —  
— 

— 

— 

— 

 —

 — 

 —
—

—

—

—

Forward foreign exchange contracts
The Group has entered into forward foreign exchange contracts to buy US dollars and sell Australian dollars. These contracts 
total A$5.2 million (2012: A$6.2 million).     

In the prior year, the Group entered into forward foreign exchange contracts to sell US dollars and receive Australian dollars at 
an average exchange rate of A$1.00 = US$0.7948. These contracts totalled A$1.1 million and the last of these contracts matured 
in December 2012.

The forward contracts do not qualify for hedge accounting and accordingly, changes in fair value of these contracts are 
recorded in the Income Statement. Notwithstanding the accounting outcome, the Manager considers that these derivative 
contracts are appropriate and effective in offsetting the economic foreign exchange exposures of the Group. 

72 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

14  Derivative financial instruments (continued)
Interest rate swaps
The Group has entered into interest rate swap agreements totalling $120.0 million (2012: $80.0 million) that entitle it to receive 
interest, at quarterly intervals, at a floating rate on a notional principal and obliges it to pay interest at a fixed rate. The interest 
rate swap agreements allow the Group to raise long term borrowings at a floating rate and effectively swap them into a fixed 
rate.  The Group also has forward starting interest rate swaps totalling $60.0 million (2012: $60.0 million) with start dates of 
September 2013 and end dates of December 2014.

With the exception of one $40 million swap, all interest rate swap contracts qualify as cash flow hedges. Accordingly, the 
change in fair value of these swaps is recorded in the cash flow hedge reserve. Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in 
the Income Statement in the period when the hedged item impacts the Income Statement. For the one swap which does not 
qualify as a cash flow hedge, the changes in fair value are recorded directly in the Income Statement.  

The table below shows the maturity profile of the interest rate swaps:

Less than 1 year 
1-2 years 
2-3 years 
3-4 years 
4-5 years 
More than 5 years 

15  Inventories

Goods held for resale 
Provision for diminution 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

80,000 
60,000 
40,000 
— 
— 
— 

— 
80,000 
60,000 
—  
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

            180,000             140,000  

     — 

—
—
—
— 
—
—

— 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

               9,800  
(20) 

8,881 
(64) 

            9,800  

8,881
(20)                      (64)

               9,780  

8,817 

            9,780  

8,817

There was no reversal of write downs of inventories recognised as a benefit during the year ended 30 June 2013 (2012: $nil).

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

73

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

16  Property held for sale

Family entertainment centres 

Opening balance 
Transfer from property, plant and equipment 
Disposals 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

4,210 

4,210 

— 

— 

4,210 

4,210 

—

—

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

— 
 4,210  
— 

4,210  

7,651 
— 

 7,651 
— 
—
 4,210  
(7,651)                         —                 (7,651)

— 

 4,210  

—

During the year, the Group reclassified the property, plant and equipment relating to a family entertainment centre under 
construction at Tempe, Arizona, as held for sale, as it is envisaged that its carrying value will be recovered principally through a 
sale and leaseback transaction rather than through continuing use, and a sale is considered highly probable.

17  Other assets

Prepayments 
Accrued revenue 

18  Investment properties
Consolidated Group

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                 8,097 
1,305 

9,402 

9,321 
621 

9,942 

4,651 
1,305 

5,956 

6,960
621

7,581

Cumulative 
revaluation 
                                                                                                                                                       (decrements)/  
                                                                                                                                         Cost 
increments   
Consolidated                                                                                                          2013                       2013  
Group Property                       Note          Valuer                                         $’000                       $’000          

Cumulative 
revaluation 
Consolidated                                               (decrements)/ 
increments 
2012 
$’000 

book value 
2013 
$’000 

Cost 
2012 
$’000 

Consolidated 
book value 
2012 
$’000

Excess land at
Dreamworld                         (a)              (1)                               2,874 
Marinas                                  (b)              (2)                             73,000 

(462) 

 2,412  
19,820                  92,820  

2,874  
 72,773  

 (462)  
 19,730  

 2,412  
 92,503  

Total                                                                                                75,847              19,358                 95,232  

 75,647  

 19,268  

 94,915  

(a)  The remaining excess land has been valued by Directors at $2.4 million (2012: $2.4 million).   
(b)  The total carrying value of d’Albora Marinas (including plant and equipment of $6.6 million) is $99.4 million (2012: $97.7 million).  The fair value was assessed 

to be $99.4 million (2012: $97.7 million).

(1)  Peter Bouwmeester, CBRE Valuations Pty Limited, independently valued the property at 31 January 2012.
(2)  Greg Thomson, FAPI, Knight Frank, Valuation Services (NSW) Pty Limited independently valued five of the seven  properties at 30 June 2013. The remaining 

two properties were last independently valued at 30 June 2012.

74 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2012

18  Investment properties (continued)
A reconciliation of the carrying amount of investment properties at the beginning and end of the current year is set out below:

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Revaluation increments/(decrements) 

                              94,915                96,279   
                                     227                  1,127    
(2,491) 

90 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

95,232 

94,915 

 — 
         — 
— 

— 

Amounts recognised in the Income Statement for investment properties:

Revenue from investment properties 
Property expenses incurred on investment properties 

                              18,350                18,661   
(2,587) 
(2,347) 

 — 
— 

At 30 June 2013, the Group had receivables from third parties totalling $566,478 (2012: $541,000) relating to leases on its 
investment properties.

— 
— 
—

—

— 
—

19  Property, plant and equipment
Consolidated Group

Cumulative 
Cost less            revaluation 
                                                                                                                    accumulated     
increments/ 
                                                                                                                    depreciation        (decrements) 
2013 
                                                                                                                                     2013 
$’000 
Property                                                                       Note                              $’000 

Consolidated 
    book value 
2013 
$’000 

Cost less 
accumulated 
depreciation 
2012 
$’000 

Cumulative 
revaluation 
increments/ 
(decrements) 
2012 
$’000 

Consolidated 
book value 
2012 
$’000

Theme Parks                                            (1) (2)                   208,581                22,616  
 —  
Marinas                                                            (3)                       6,574 
 1,900  
Bowling centres                                            (4)                  101,967 
 (86)  
Family entertainment centres                 (5)                    46,984 
 —  
Health clubs                                                   (6)                    70,122 
 —  
Other                                                                   (7)                      3,257 

 231,197  
6,574  
103,867  
46,898  
70,122  
3,257  

 207,252  
 5,197  
 93,092  
 25,432  
 47,754  
 1,434  

 20,434 
 — 
 1,900 
 (86) 
 — 
 — 

227,686
5,197
94,992  
25,346  
47,754  
1,434  

Total                                                                                           437,485 

24,430              461,915  

 380,161  

 22,248  

 402,409  

(1)  The book value of Dreamworld and WhiteWater World (including intangible assets of $0.8 million) is $216.5 million (2012: $215.0 million).  In an independent 
valuation performed at 30 June 2013 by Jones Lang LaSalle, the fair value for the theme parks was assessed to be $216.5 million (2012: $215.0 million).   
(2)  The book value of SkyPoint (including intangible assets of $3.6 million (2012: $3.6 million) is $19.0 million (2012: $16.8 million).  In an independent valuation 

performed at 30 June 2013, the fair value for SkyPoint was assessed to be $19.0 million.

(3)  The Directors have valued the property, plant and equipment of d’Albora Marinas at $6.6 million (2012: $5.2 million).
(4)  The one remaining freehold building was independently valued at 30 June 2010 at $1.9 million. At 30 June 2013, the Directors assessed the fair value of the 

freehold building to be $1.9 million (2012: $1.9 million) and the remaining property, plant and equipment to be $102.0 million (2012: $93.1 million).
(5)  The freehold land and buildings of the two family entertainment centres were sold and leased back during the prior year. At 30 June 2013, the Directors 

assessed the fair value of the remaining property, plant and equipment to be $47.0 million (2012: $25.3 million).  

(6)  The Directors have valued the property, plant and equipment of Goodlife at 30 June 2013 at $70.1 million (2012: $47.8 million).
(7)  The fair value of other property, plant and equipment was assessed by the Directors to be $3.3 million at 30 June 2013 (2013: $1.4 million). 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

75

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

19  Property, plant and equipment (continued)
A reconciliation of the carrying amount of property, plant and equipment at the beginning and end of the current and previous 
years is set out below:

Property 

Land and 
Major rides 
buildings  and attractions 
$’000 

$’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
$’000 

   Plant and
equipment 
under 
finance lease 
$’000 

Furniture, 
fittings and 
equipment  Motor vehicles 
$’000 

$’000 

Total 
$’000

Consolidated Group – 2013
Carrying amount at the  
beginning of the year 
Additions 
Acquired through  
business combinations 
Transfer to property  
held for sale 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Foreign exchange movements 
Revaluation increments 

       216,813 
         21,791 

65,279 
1,971 

110,084 
32,784 

11,374 

— 

3,866 

673 
— 

— 

9,232 
5,929 

495 

328 
137 

55 

402,409 
62,612  

15,790

(4,210) 
— 
(8,177) 
1,985 
9,103 

— 
(3) 
(2,253) 
                  —  
— 

— 
(227) 
(16,712) 

— 
— 
(91) 
3,851                       —  
— 

— 

—                         —                (4,210)
—                         —                   (230)
(136)            (29,398)
5,839
9,103

                  —  
— 

(2,029) 
3 
— 

Carrying amount at  
the end of the year 

248,679 

64,994 

133,646 

582 

13,630 

384 

461,915

Property 

Major rides 
Land and 
buildings  and attractions 
$’000 

$’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
$’000 

   Plant and
equipment 
under 
finance lease 
$’000 

Furniture, 
fittings and 
equipment  Motor vehicles 
$’000 

$’000 

Total 
$’000

Consolidated Group – 2012
Carrying amount at the  
beginning of the year 
Additions 
Acquired through  
business combinations 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Foreign exchange movements 
Revaluation decrements 

       237,687 
         20,768 

60,205 
7,356 

109,063 
16,377 

33 
686 

6,376 
4,713 

413 
90 

413,777 
49,990  

1,227 
(15,330) 
(7,344) 
469 
(20,664) 

— 
— 
(2,282) 
                  —  
— 

321 
(1,306) 
(15,254) 

— 
(33) 
(13) 
883                       —  
— 

— 

— 
1,548
— 
(59)            (16,728)
— 
(116)            (26,867)
(1,858) 
1 
1,353
—                         —             (20,664)

                  —  

Carrying amount at  
the end of the year 

216,813 

65,279 

110,084 

673 

9,232 

328 

402,409

76 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

19  Property, plant and equipment (continued) 

Property 

ALL Group – 2013
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Acquired through business combinations 
Transfer to property held for sale 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Foreign exchange movements 

Land and 
buildings 
$’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
$’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
under 
finance lease 
$’000 

Total 
$’000

   5,823 
                 14,133 
11,374 
(4,210) 
             — 
             (1,017) 
  1,953 

36,105 
19,995 
4,416 

     42,601     
673 
     34,128  
— 
     15,790 
— 
—                         —                (4,210)  
(209)                       —                   (209)
(91)            (10,335)
       5,685 
— 

(9,227) 
3,732 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

               28,056  

      54,812  

            582  

     83,450  

Property 

ALL Group – 2012
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Additions 
Acquired through business combinations 
Disposals 
Depreciation 
Foreign exchange movements 
Revaluation increments 

Land and 
buildings 
$’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
$’000 

Plant and 
equipment 
under 
finance lease 
$’000 

Total 
$’000

   13,744  
                   5,088  
— 
               (15,324) 
 (102) 
 464  
  1,953 

 34,988  
 9,268  
321 
(1,193) 
(8,147) 
 868  
— 

 48,765    
33 
 15,042 
686 
— 
321  
(33)            (16,550)
(13)              (8,262)
 1,332
—  
1,953
— 

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

5,823  

 36,105  

 673  

 42,601

20  Livestock

At 1 July  
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                828  
(475) 

               847  
(423) 

                828  

                847    

(475)                  (423)

353 

424 

353 

424

Year ended 30 June  
                424  
                 353  
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
                     —                       24                       —                       24   
Disposal                                                                                                                                                —                      (43)                        —                                   (43) 
(48)                    (52)
Depreciation 

                353  

                424  

(52) 

(48) 

Closing net book amount 

At 30 June  
Cost 
Accumulated depreciation 

Net book amount 

305 

353 

305 

353

                 828  
(523) 

                828  
(475) 

                828  

                828    

(523)                  (475)

305 

353 

305 

353

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

77

For personal use only  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
          
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

21  Intangible assets

Customer relationships at cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Brand at cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Other intangible assets at cost 
Accumulated amortisation 

Goodwill at cost 
Accumulated impairment charge 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                             28,652  
(19,058) 

           15,362  
(11,973) 

           28,652  

           15,362   

(19,058)            (11,973)

              9,594  

             3,389  

             9,594  

             3,389 

              6,539  
(3,760) 

             6,539  
(3,106) 

             6,539  

             6,539  
(3,760)              (3,106)

                                2,779  

             3,433  

             2,779  

             3,433  

              2,080  
(1,878) 

             2,080  
(1,760) 

                652  

                652  
(450)                  (431)

                                 202  

                320  

                202  

                221  

          195,770  
(11,557) 

144,253 
(11,557) 

         195,770  

144,253
(11,557)            (11,557)

                        184,213  

         132,696  

         184,213  

         132,696  

Total intangible assets 

          196,788            139,838            196,788            139,739 

Customer relationships
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Amortisation 

closing net book amount 

Brand
Opening net book amount 
Amortisation 

closing net book amount 

Other intangible assets
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Amortisation 

closing net book amount 

Goodwill
Opening net book amount 
Additions 
Foreign exchange movements 

closing net book amount 

Total intangible assets 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

             3,389  
                                   13,290  
(7,085) 

             3,875  
             2,040  
(2,526) 

             3,389  
           13,290  

             3,875 
             2,040  
(7,085)              (2,526)

             9,594  

             3,389  

             9,594  

             3,389 

                                3,433  
(654) 

             4,087  
(654) 

             3,433  

             4,087   
(654)                  (654)

                                2,779  

             3,433  

             2,779  

             3,433  

                 320 

219
                                      —                       21                       —                       19  
(19)                    (17)

(118) 

(119) 

221 

418 

                   202 

320 

202 

221 

132,696 
             46,550  
             4,967  

125,736 
             5,212  
1,748 

132,696 
           46,550  
             4,967  

125,736
             5,212  
1,748

184,213 

132,696 

         184,213  

132,696

196,788 

139,838 

196,788 

139,739

78 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

21  Intangible assets (continued)
Customer relationships
Customer relationships relate to the relationships with health club members which were acquired as part of the various 
acquisitions  of health clubs.

Brand
The brand relates to the Goodlife brand acquired in September 2007.

Other intangible assets
Other intangible assets represent registered trademarks associated with Dreamworld operations, intellectual property 
associated with Australian Tour Desk and liquor licences held by the bowling centres.

Goodwill
Goodwill represents goodwill acquired by the Group as part of various acquisitions.  The movement in goodwill at cost in the 
period is predominantly due to health club acquisitions (refer to Note 32) and the movement in the USD:AUD foreign exchange rate.

Goodwill is monitored by management at the operating segment level. Management reviews the business performance based 
on geography and type of business.  The Group has six reportable segments. 

A segment level summary of the goodwill allocation is presented below:

Consolidated Group and ALL Group

2013 

Theme parks 
Bowling centres 
Family entertainment centres 
Health clubs 

2012 

Theme parks 
Bowling centres 
Family entertainment centres 
Health clubs 

Australia 
$’000 

United States 
$’000 

New Zealand 
$’000 

Total 
$’000

— 

4,366 

4,366
— 
       16,822                        —                   3,329  
           20,151 
                —                 46,445                       —                46,445 
113,251 

113,251  

— 

— 

     134,439               46,445                 3,329            184,213  

Australia 
$’000 

United States 
$’000 

New Zealand 
$’000 

4,366 
16,823 
— 
66,701  

— 

— 

                  —                   3,079    
             —  
— 

41,728  
— 

Total 
$’000

4,366
19,901
41,728
66,701 

 87,889  

 41,728  

 3,079  

 132,696

Impairment tests for goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash generating units (CGUs) identified according to business segment and country of operation.

Key assumptions used for value in use calculations
The table below shows the key assumptions used in the value in use calculations used to test for impairment in the business 
segments to which a significant amount of goodwill was allocated:

Growth rate (1) 

Discount rate (2)

2012 
% per annum  % per annum  % per annum  % per annum

2013 

2013 

2012 

Theme parks(3) 
Bowling centres 
Family entertainment centres 
Health clubs 

N/A 
2.00 
3.00 
2.00 

N/A 
2.00 
3.00 
2.00 

N/A 
 9.44  
 7.92  
 9.44  

N/A
9.44
8.23
9.44

(1)  Average growth rate used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the budget period.
(2) 

In performing the value in use calculations for each CGU, the Group has applied pre tax discount rates to discount the forecast future attributable pre-tax cash 
flows. 

(3)  All non-current assets in the Theme parks division are already held at fair value at 30 June 2013 and were independently valued by Jones Lang LaSalle (refer to 

Note 19). As a result, no impairment testing is required at 30 June 2013.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

79

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

21  Intangible assets (continued)
The period over which management has projected the CGU cash flows is based upon the individual CGU’s lease term available.  
These assumptions have been used for the analysis of each CGU within the business segment.  The weighted average growth 
rates used are consistent with forecasts included in industry reports.  The discount rates used are pre tax and reflect specific 
risks relating to the relevant segments and the countries in which they operate.

The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined based on value in use calculations.  These calculations use cash flow projections 
based on the 2014 financial year budget approved by the Board and three year forecasts approved by management. Cash flows 
beyond the three year period are extrapolated using the growth rates stated above.  The growth rate does not exceed the long 
term average growth rate for the business in which the CGU operates.

Sensitivity to changes in assumptions

Management recognises that the calculation of recoverable amount can vary based on the assumptions used to project or 
discount cash flows and that changes to key assumptions can result in recoverable amounts falling below carrying amounts. In 
relation to the CGUs above, the recoverable amounts are well in excess of the carrying amount associated with each segment. 

The Directors consider that the growth rates are reasonable, and do not consider a change in any of the other key assumptions 
to be reasonably possible.  

22  Deferred tax assets

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:

Amounts recognised in profit or loss:
Doubtful debts 
Employee benefits 
Provisions and accruals 
Inventory diminution 
Deferred income 
Difference in overseas tax rates 
Lease incentives 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                100  
             5,710  
                496  
                  19  
                184  
— 
                    1,649  

43 
4,611 
117 
6 
106 
2 
                  —  

                100  
             5,710  
                496  
                  19  
                184  
— 
1,649 

43
4,611
117
6
106
2
—

Deferred tax assets 

                             8,158  

            4,885  

            8,158  

            4,885  

Set-off of deferred tax balances pursuant to set-off provisions  
Australia 
United States 

Net deferred tax assets 

(4,263) 
                    (2,362) 

                             1,533 

(2,550) 
(341) 

1,994 

(4,263)               (2,550)
(2,362)                  (341)

1,533 

1,994

Movements
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Credited/(charged) to the Income Statement (refer to Note 10) 
Acquisition of businesses 

4,885 
2,434 
                                     839  

5,297 
5,297
4,885 
(638)                  2,434                   (638)
                226  

                839  

                226  

Balance at the end of the year 

                             8,158  

            4,885  

            8,158  

             4,885  

Deferred tax assets to be recovered within 12 months 
Deferred tax assets to be recovered after more than 12 months 

             5,922  
             2,236  

             3,830  
1,055 

             5,922  
             2,236  

             3,830  
1,055

                             8,158  

             4,885  

             8,158  

             4,885  

80 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
                
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

23  Payables

Current
Custodian fee 
Interest payable 
GST payable 
Trade creditors 
Property expenses payable 
Employee share plan 
Deferred settlement for acquisition of businesses 
Straight-line rent liability 
Employee benefits 
Deferred income 
Other creditors and accruals 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                — 
                  48  
                  50  
                    7  
                  82  
                  26  
             1,867                        —                  1,528  
           16,316  
           12,776  
           16,316  
 — 
                895  
              1,083  
             4,426  
                252  
                              356  
 — 
 712  
  —  
                825  
           11,114  
             12,425  
           12,102  
           11,749  
                        12,102  
             7,625  
             7,146  
              7,625  
           11,514  
           15,082  
            12,071  

— 
— 
             1,143 
12,776
—

             3,033   

—
—

           11,749     

7,146
12,387 

Total payables 

            63,977  

59,800 

           54,343  

48,234

24  Interest bearing liabilities

Current
Finance leases 

Total current 

Non-current
Finance leases 
Bank loan – term debt 
Less: Amortised costs – bank loan 
Loan from the Trust (1) 

Total non‑current 

Total interest bearing liabilities 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                 238  

229 

                238  

                 238  

229 

                238  

229

229

61 
         229,253  
(1,686) 
— 

                287  
193,730 
(792) 
— 

                287 
                  61  
           55,159                        —   
— 
124,257

(473) 
          113,599  

227,628 

193,225 

168,346 

124,544

227,866 

193,454 

168,584 

124,773

(1)  Further information relating to these loans is included in Note 36.

The term debt is secured by mortgages over all freehold property, leasehold mortgages over key bowling centre, health club 
and marina leases, registered security interests over all present and after acquired property of key Group companies, and 
pledged interests over all US property. The terms of the debt also impose certain covenants on the Group as follows:

(i)    Gearing ratio, being the ratio of total debt to total debt plus equity, must not exceed 40%;

(ii)   Debt serviceability ratio, being the ratio of debt to EBITDA adjusted for unrealised and one off items (adjusted EBITDA),  
        must not exceed 3.25; and

(iii)  Fixed charge cover ratio, being the ratio of adjusted EBITDA to fixed charges, must be no less than 1.75. 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

81

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

24  Interest bearing liabilities (continued)
Total secured liabilities and assets pledged as security

The carrying amounts of assets pledged as security for current and non-current borrowings are:

Assets pledged as security
Current
Floating charge
Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Derivative financial instruments 
Inventories 
Property held for sale 
Other 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

12,953  
7,049  
575  
9,780  
4,210                        —                  4,210                        —     

             8,554
           12,481  
           11,693  
             5,679  
           11,520 
             9,290  
                270                        —                         —   
             8,817 
             9,780  
             8,817  

              9,402  

             9,942  

             5,956  

             7,581 

Total current assets pledged as security 

           43,969              36,401              41,717              36,472 

Non-current
Mortgage
Land and buildings 
Investment properties 

Floating charge
Property, plant and equipment 
Livestock 
Intangible assets 

Finance lease
Plant and equipment 

248,679  
                         95,232  

         216,813  
           28,056  
           94,915                       —                         —    

             5,823 

                    343,911            311,728              28,056  

             5,823 

212,654  
305  
                                    12,575  

         184,923  
                353  
             7,142  

           54,812  
                305  
           12,575  

           36,105 
                353 
             7,043     

                             225,534            192,418              67,692              43,501 

              582 

673 

582 

673 

Total non‑current assets pledged as security 

                   570,027            504,819              96,330              49,997 

Total assets pledged as security 

                    613,996            541,220            138,047              86,469 

Lease liabilities are effectively secured as the rights to the leased assets recognised in the financial statements revert to the 
lessor in the event of default.

82 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

24  Interest bearing liabilities (continued)
Credit facilities
As at 30 June 2013, the Group had unrestricted access to the following credit facilities:

A$ syndicated facility 
Amount used 

Amount unused 

US$ syndicated facility 
Amount used 

Amount unused 

Trust facility 
Amount used 

Amount unused 

Total facility 
Total amount used 

Total amount unused 

Consolidated Group

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                                 200,000  
                     (152,995) 

         200,750    
(154,675) 

              —    
               —    

                                   47,005              46,075    

                —    

                                131,478  
                       (76,258) 

           39,055  
(39,055) 

         109,565     
(55,159)    

55,220 

— 

54,406 

       —  
 —

       — 

       — 
       —

—

              —    
              —    

       —              359,495  
       —    

         182,657     
(113,599)         (124,257)      

              —    

       —             245,896              58,400     

                          331,478  
(229,253) 

         239,805  
(193,730) 

         469,060  

         182,657     
(168,758)         (124,257)   

          102,225              46,075            300,302              58,400  

The Group has access to a A$200.0 million (2012: A$200.8 million) syndicated facility and a US$120.0 million (2012: US$40.0 
million) syndicated facility.  A$100.0 million of the AUD facility will mature on 1 July 2016 and A$100.0 million will mature on 1 
July 2017.  US$90.0 million of the USD facility will mature on 1 July 2016 and US$30.0 million will mature on 1 July 2017.    

All of the facilities have a variable interest rate.  As detailed in Note 14, the interest rates on the loans are partially fixed using 
interest rate swaps.  The weighted average interest rates payable on the loans at 30 June 2013, including the impact of the 
interest rate swaps, is 6.23% per annum for AUD denominated debt (2012: 6.33% per annum) and 1.59% per annum for USD 
denominated debt (2012: 2.07% per annum).

ALL Group

Subject to the Trust loan facility conditions being met, the facilities may be drawn down with two business days notice.  

Australian Trust loan facilities totalling $249.9 million have a maturity date of 31 August 2018. In addition, the ALL Group has 
a US$100.0 million facility with the Trust maturing on 31 August 2018. The ALL Group also had a US$25.0 million facility which 
expired on 31 August 2011 and was repaid during the previous financial year.

The ALL Group has access to a US$100.0 million (2012: $nil) syndicated facility. US$70.0 million of the facility will mature on 1 
July 2016 and US$30.0 million will mature on 1 July 2017.

Information about the Group’s exposure to interest rates and foreign exchange risk is provided in Note 39.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

83

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

25  Provisions
a)  Distributions to stapled security holders

Opening balance 
Distributions declared 
Distributions paid 
Distributions reinvested 

Closing balance 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

— 
43,632 
(36,644) 
(6,988) 

— 

— 
36,982 
(22,467) 
(14,515) 

— 
             3,620  

—
             2,461  
(3,620)                (2,461)
— 

 — 

— 

— 

—

A provision for the distribution relating to the half year to 30 June 2013 was not recognised as the distribution had not been 
declared at the reporting date.

b)  Other provisions

Current
Employee benefits 
Sundry (1) 

Total current 

Non-current
Employee benefits 

Total non‑current 

Total provisions 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

              2,448  
                 542  

2,307 
428 

             2,448  
                542  

2,307
428

                            2,990  

             2,735  

             2,990  

             2,735  

                                2,011  

             1,631  

             2,011  

             1,631  

                                2,011  

             1,631  

             2,011  

             1,631  

                              5,001  

             4,366  

             5,001  

             4,366  

Movements in sundry provisions
Carrying amount at the beginning of the year 
Additional provisions recognised 
Amounts utilised 

428 
473 
(359) 

1,417 
257 
(1,246) 

1,417
428 
473 
257
(359)              (1,246)

Carrying amount at the end of the year 

                542 

                428  

542 

                428  

(1)  Sundry provisions include employee sick leave provisions, insurance excess/deductible amounts for public liability insurance, fringe benefits tax provisions 

and other royalty provisions.

The current provision for employee benefits includes accrued long service leave which covers all unconditional entitlements where 
employees have completed the required period of service and also those where employees are entitled to pro-rata payments in 
certain circumstances. This is presented as current, since the Group does not have an unconditional right to defer settlement for any 
of these obligations. However, based on past experience, the Group does not expect all employees to take the full amount of accrued 
leave or require payment within the next 12 months.  

84 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

26  Other liabilities

Security deposits 

27  Deferred tax liabilities

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

              2,101  

1,718 

             2,101  

                              2,101  

1,718 

             2,101  

1,694

1,694

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

The balance comprises temporary differences attributable to:
Amounts recognised in profit or loss:
Intangible assets 
Prepayments 
Accrued revenue 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 

              3,649  
                337  
                                        16  
            11,622  

1,894 
474 
                    7  
4,980 

            3,649  
               337  
                 16  
          11,622  

1,894
474
                   7 
4,980

Deferred tax liabilities 

                          15,624  

            7,355  

          15,624  

            7,355  

Set-off deferred tax balances pursuant to set-off provisions:
Australia 
United States 

              (4,263) 
            (2,362) 

(2,550) 
(341) 

(4,263)              (2,550)
(2,362)                  (341)

Net deferred tax liabilities 

                                       8,999  

             4,464  

            8,999  

            4,464 

Movements
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Charged/(credited) to the Income Statement (refer to Note 10) 
Charged to asset revaluation reserve (refer to Note 30) 
Acquisition of businesses 

7,355 
4,212 

6,958 
6,958
7,355 
(879)                  4,212                   (879)
               646  
               630  

                   —    
            4,057  

                                4,057  

                     —                     646  
                630  

Balance at the end of the year 

                            15,624  

             7,355  

          15,624  

            7,355  

              1,113  
Deferred tax liabilities to be settled within 12 months 
Deferred tax liabilities to be settled after more than 12 months                               14,511  

482 
             6,873  

            1,113  
          14,511  

482
            6,873  

                           15,624  

             7,355  

          15,624  

            7,355  

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

85

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

28  Contributed equity

No. of stapled 
securities/shares   Details 

Date of income 
entitlement 

Note 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

318,147,978 
5,668,287 
420,125 

7,377,472 
2,595,539 

  Securities/shares on issue 
  DRP issue 
  Security-based payments - 
  securities/shares issued 
  DRP issue 
  Prahran placement 

30 Jun 2011 
1 Jul 2011 

1 Jul 2011 
1 Jan 2012 
15 Mar 2012 

334,209,401 
5,647,860   
1,491,186  

39,062,500  

17,363,566   

29,474  

  Securities/shares on issue 
  DRP issue 
  Security-based payments 
  securites/shares issued 
  Fenix/Fitness First 
  placement 
  Security Purchase Plan 
  Issue cost paid 
  Security-based payments - 
  securites/shares issued 

30 Jun 2012 
1 Jul 2012 

1 Jul 2012 

20 Sep 2012 
23 Oct 2012 

404,010 
7,084 

468 
7,431 
2,907  

421,900 

(i) 

(ii) 
(i) 
(iii) 

(i) 

(ii) 

421,900 
 6,988  

 1,931  

(iv) 
 50,000  
(iv)               22,225  
 (1,628)  

10,567
532

35
594 
 232

11,960

    11,960  
 196 

 57 

 1,408 
 626
 (45) 

 — 

3 Apr 2013 

(ii) 

 —  

397,803,987  Securities/shares on issue 

30 Jun 2013 

501,416 

421,900 

14,202 

11,960

(i) 

 Distribution Reinvestment Plan (DRP) issues
The Group has established a DRP under which stapled security holders may elect to have all or part of their distribution entitlements satisfied by the issue of 
new stapled securities rather than being paid in cash. The discount available on stapled securities issued under the DRP is 2.0% on the market price.  

(ii)  Security-based payments

The Group has Deferred Short Term Incentive and Long Term Incentive remuneration plans under which performance rights are issued to certain 
management and other personnel within the Group as part of their remuneration arrangements. These performance rights are subject to vesting conditions 
as set out in Note 29. Upon vesting, the Group issues stapled securities to these personnel.

(iii)  Prahran placement
  On 14 March 2012, the Group issued 2,595,539 stapled securities as part of the consideration to acquire the Prahran health club. Refer to Note 32 for further 

details.

(iv)  Fenix/Fitness First placement and Security Purchase Plan
  On 20 September 2012 and 23 October 2012, the Group issued stapled securities under a placement and a Security Purchase Plan respectively to partly fund 

the acquisition of Fenix and Fitness First health clubs, as set out in Note 32.

86 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

29  Security‑based payments
a)  Deferred Short Term Incentive Plan (DSTI)
Who can participate?
All employees are eligible for participation at the discretion of 
the Board. 

Types of securities issued?
Performance rights that can be converted into fully paid 
securities once vested. The performance rights differ 
from options in that they do not carry an exercise price. 
Performance rights do not represent physical securities and 
do not carry any voting or distribution entitlements.  

Treatment of non-Australian residents
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to employees 
who are not Australian residents, the DSTI contemplates that 
cash awards will be granted to those executives and will be 
subject to the same tenure hurdles.

What restrictions are there on the securities?
Performance rights are non-transferable.

When can the securities vest?
The plan contemplates that the performance rights will vest 
equally one and two years following the grant date.

What are the vesting conditions?  
Plan performance rights will normally vest only if the 
participant remains employed by the Group (and is not under 
notice terminating the contract of employment from either 
party) as at the relevant vesting date. 

Did any of the securities vest?
During the financial year, a total of  910,553 performance 
rights vested.

Australian Employees
Since the DSTI was approved in July 2010, long term 
incentives have been provided to certain executives under 
the DSTI.  Under the terms of the DSTI, participants may 
be granted performance rights of which one half will vest 
one year after grant date and one half will vest two years 
after grant date.  The first set of performance rights were 
granted under the DSTI on 17 December 2010, with the first 
possible vesting date being the day after the full year results 
announcement for the year ended 30 June 2011.  A total of 
795,504 performance rights vested on 24 August 2012 and 
30 October 2012 and a corresponding number of stapled 
securities were issued to employees under the terms of the 
DSTI (2012: 420,125).   

The characteristics of the DSTI indicate that, at the Ardent 
Leisure Group level, it is an equity settled share-based 
payment under AASB2 Share-based Payment as the holders 
are entitled to the securities as long as they meet the DSTI’s 
service criteria.  However, as ALL is considered to be a 
subsidiary of the Trust, in the financial statements of the ALL 
Group the DSTI is accounted for as a cash settled share-based 
payment.   

Fair value – Australian employees
The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
DSTI is recognised in the Group financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase 
in equity.  The fair value of each grant of performance rights 
is determined at grant date using a binomial tree valuation 
model and then is recognised over the vesting period during 
which employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
underlying securities.  

The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
DSTI is recognised in the ALL Group financial statements as 
an employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase 
in liabilities.  The fair value of each grant of performance 
rights is determined at each reporting date using a binomial 
tree valuation model with the movement in fair value of the 
liability being recognised in the Income Statement.   

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each financial period takes into 
account the most recent estimate.

US employees
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to US residents, 
those US executives eligible for the DSTI are subject to a 
shadow performance rights scheme whereby a cash payment 
is made instead of performance rights being granted.  At 
the end of each vesting period, the number of performance 
rights which would have vested is multiplied by the Group 
stapled security volume weighted average price (VWAP) 
for the five trading days immediately following the vesting 
date and an equivalent cash payment is made.  Due to the 
nature of the scheme, this is considered to be a cash settled 
share-based payment under AASB 2. A total of 115,049 cash 
settled performance rights vested on 24 August 2012 to US 
employees under the terms of the DSTI (2012: 40,802).

Fair value – US employees
The fair value of each grant of performance rights is 
determined at each reporting date using a binomial tree 
valuation model. This is recorded as a liability with the 
movement in the fair value of the financial liability being 
recorded through the Income Statement.

At each reporting date, the Group revises its estimate of the 
number of performance rights that are expected to vest and 
the corresponding number of securities to be acquired. The 
employee benefit expense recognised each period takes into 
account the most recent estimate.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

87

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

29  Security‑based payments (continued)
a)  Deferred Short Term Incentive Plan (DSTI) (continued)
Valuation inputs
For the performance rights outstanding at 30 June 2013, the table below shows the fair value of the performance rights on 
each grant date as well as the factors used to value the performance rights at the date of grant. This valuation is used to value 
the performance rights granted to Australian employees at 30 June 2013:

Grant 

Grant date 
Vesting dates - year 1 

Vesting date - year 2 
Average risk free rate 
Expected price volatility 
Expected distribution yield 
Stapled security price at grant date 
Valuation per performance right on issue 

2011 

2012

  12 September 2011 
24 August 2012 
30 October 2012 
31 August 2013 
3.57% per annum 
40% per annum  
11.0% per annum  
$1.055  
$0.90  

             24 August 2012  
31 August 2013

31 August 2014
2.80% per annum
35% per annum
9.1% per annum
$1.29
$1.15

The table below shows the fair value of the performance rights in each grant as at 30 June 2013 as well as the factors used 
to value the performance rights as at 30 June 2013. This valuation is used to value the performance rights granted to US 
employees at 30 June 2013:

Grant 

2011 

2012

Grant date 
Vesting date - year 1 
Vesting date - year 2 
Average risk free rate 
Expected price volatility 
Expected distribution yield 
Share price at year end 
Valuation per performance right at year end 

  12 September 2011 
24 August 2012 
31 August 2013 
2.58% per annum 
31% per annum  
6.9% per annum  
$1.715  
$1.5050  

             24 August 2012  
31 August 2013  
31 August 2014
2.58% per annum
31% per annum
6.9% per annum
$1.715
$1.6485

Grants of performance rights are made annually with the grant date being the date of the issue of the offer letters to 
employees.  Although the grant date may vary from year to year, the testing period (subject to any hurdles) remains constant 
with the vesting date being 24 hours immediately following the announcement of the Group’s full year financial results.

Tenure hurdle
The vesting of the performance rights is subject to a tenure hurdle and participants must remain employed by the Group (and 
not be under notice terminating the contract of employment from either party) as at the relevant vesting date. 

The employee benefit expense recognised each period takes into account the most recent estimate.

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
Rights 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
Rights 

ALL Group 
2013 
Rights 

ALL Group 
2012 
Rights

Performance rights issued to participating executives:
Performance rights 

       1,327,804  

      1,430,238           1,327,804           1,430,238  

Grant date 

Expiry date 

Exercise 
price 

Valuation 
per right 

Balance at 
beginning 
of the year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Fail 
to vest 

Cancelled 

Balance  
at the end  
 of the year

16 Dec 2010 
12 Sep 2011 
24 Aug 2012 

  24 Aug 2012 
31 Aug 2013 
31 Aug 2014 

     nil        95.0 cents         380,379    
90.0 cents       1,049,859    
         —    

nil 
nil  114.7 cents 

         —         (530,174)    
       —    

   894,025  

      —  

(380,379)                   —           

—          (44,154) 
—          (41,752) 

    —                     —
  475,531 
852,273

   1,430,238 

894,025 

(910,553) 

— 

(85,906)  1,327,804

The rights have an average maturity of six months.

88 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

29  Security‑based payments (continued)
b)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)
Who can participate?
All employees are eligible for participation at the discretion 
of the Board.

Types of securities issued?
Performance rights that can be converted into fully paid 
securities once vested. The performance rights differ 
from options in that they do not carry an exercise price. 
Performance rights do not represent physical securities and 
do not carry any voting or distribution entitlements. 

Treatment of non-Australian residents
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to employees 
who are not Australian residents, the LTIP contemplates that 
cash awards will be granted to those executives and will be 
subject to the same performance hurdles.

What restrictions are there on the securities?
Performance rights are non-transferable.

When can the securities vest?
The plan contemplates that the performance rights will 
vest equally in two, three and four years following the 
grant date assuming the total shareholder return (TSR) 
performance hurdle has been met.

What are the vesting conditions?  
In order for any or all of the performance rights to vest 
under the TSR performance hurdle, the Group’s TSR for the 
performance period must exceed the 50th percentile of the 
TSRs of the benchmark group for the same period.  A sliding 
scale of vesting applies above the 50th percentile threshold. 

What does total shareholder return (TSR) include?
TSR is the total return an investor would receive over a set 
period of time assuming that all distributions were reinvested 
in the Group’s securities. The TSR definition takes account of 
both capital growth and distributions.

What is the benchmark group?
The benchmark group comprises the ASX Small Industrials 
Index.

Did any of the securities vest?
During the financial year a total of 734,083 performance 
rights reached vesting following an independent third party 
assessment of the Group’s TSR performance compared to the 
benchmark.

Australian Employees
Since 1 July 2009, long term incentives have been provided to 
certain executives under the LTIP.  Under the terms of the LTIP 
and the initial grant, employees may be granted performance 
rights of which one third will vest two years after grant 
date, one third will vest three years after grant date and one 
third will vest four years after grant date.  The percentage 
of performance rights which may vest is subject to the 
performance of the Group relative to its peer group, which is 
the ASX Small Industrials Index.   The first set of performance 
rights were granted under the scheme on 4 December 2009, 
with the first possible vesting date being the day after the full 
year results announcement for the year ended 30 June 2011.  

During the year, the relative TSR performance of the Group 
was tested in accordance with the LTIP.  In the case of the 
second tranche of performance rights issued in 2009, the 
Group’s performance over the testing period achieved the 
52nd percentile and accordingly 55.3% of the performance 
rights vested to participants and the remainder of the tranche 
automatically lapsed.  The first tranche of performance 
rights issued in 2010 were also tested and, as the Group’s 
TSR performance reached the 82nd percentile, 100% of the 
tranche vested to participants.

A total of 695,682 performance rights vested on 24 August 
2012 and 30 October 2012 and a corresponding number of 
stapled securities were issued to Australian employees under 
the terms of the LTIP (2012: nil).   

The characteristics of the LTIP indicate that, at the Ardent 
Leisure Group level, it is an equity settled share-based 
payment under AASB 2 Share-based Payment as the holders 
are entitled to the securities as long as they meet the 
LTIP’s service and performance criteria.  However, as ALL is 
considered to be a subsidiary of the Trust, in the financial 
statements of the ALL Group the LTIP is accounted for as a 
cash settled share-based payment.  

Fair value – Australian employees
The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
LTIP is recognised in the Group financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in 
equity.  The fair value of the performance rights is determined 
at grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation valuation 
model and then is recognised over the vesting period during 
which employees become unconditionally entitled to the 
underlying securities.    

The fair value of the performance rights granted under the 
LTIP is recognised in the ALL Group financial statements as an 
employee benefit expense with a corresponding increase in 
liabilities.  The fair value of each grant of performance rights 
is determined at each reporting date using a Monte Carlo 
simulation valuation model with the movement in fair value 
of the liability being recognised in the Income Statement.   

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of 
securities that are expected to vest is revised.  The employee 
benefit expense recognised each financial period takes into 
account the most recent estimate.  

US employees
Due to restrictions on the issue of securities to US residents, 
those US executives eligible for the LTIP are subject to a 
shadow performance rights scheme whereby a cash payment 
is made instead of performance rights being granted.  At 
the end of each vesting period, the number of performance 
rights which would have vested is multiplied by the Group 
stapled security VWAP for the five trading days immediately 
following the vesting date and an equivalent cash payment 
is made.  Due to the nature of the scheme, this is considered 
to be a cash settled share-based payment under AASB 2. A 
total of 38,401 cash settled performance rights vested on 24 
August 2012 to US employees under the terms of the LTIP 
(2012: nil).

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

89

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

29  Security‑based payments (continued)
b)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (continued)
Fair value – US employees
The fair value of each grant of performance rights is determined at each reporting date using a Monte Carlo simulation 
valuation model.  This is recorded as a liability with the difference in the movement in the fair value of the financial liability 
being recorded through the Income Statement.

At each reporting date, the estimate of the number of performance rights that are expected to vest is revised. The employee 
benefit expense recognised each period takes into account the most recent estimate.

Valuation inputs
For performance rights outstanding at 30 June 2013, the table below shows the fair value of the performance rights on each 
grant date as well as the factors used to value the performance rights at the grant date.  This valuation is used to value the 
performance rights granted to Australian employees at 30 June 2013:

Grant 

2009                                                2010 

   2011 

2012

Grant date 
Vesting date - year 2 
Vesting date - year 3 
Vesting date - year 4 
Average risk free rate 
Expected price volatility 
Expected distribution yield 
Stapled security price at grant date 
Valuation per performance right on issue 

4 December 2009       16 December 2010  
19 August 2011             24 August 2012  
24 August 2012             31 August 2013 
31 August 2013             31 August 2014 
4.64% per annum        5.10% per annum 
55% per annum            45% per annum 
10.0% per annum         10.0% per annum 
$1.635                               $1.065 
$0.89                                 $0.52 

12 September 2011
31 August 2013
31 August 2014
31 August 2015
3.49% per annum
40% per annum
11.0% per annum
$1.055
$0.44

             24 August 2012 
31 August 2014 
31 August 2015
31 August 2016
2.73% per annum
35% per annum
9.1% per annum
$1.290
$0.61

The table below shows the fair value of the performance rights for each grant as at 30 June 2013 as well as the factors used 
to value the performance rights at 30 June 2013.  This valuation is used to value the performance rights granted to US 
employees at 30 June 2013:

Grant 

2009                                                2010 

   2011 

2012

Grant date 
Vesting date - year 2 
Vesting date - year 3 
Vesting date - year 4 
Average risk free rate 
Expected price volatility 
Expected distribution yield 
Share price at year end 
Valuation per performance right on issue 

4 December 2009       16 December 2010  
19 August 2011             24 August 2012  
24 August 2012             31 August 2013 
31 August 2013            31 August 2014 
2.58% per annum        2.58% per annum 
31% per annum            31% per annum 
6.9% per annum            6.9% per annum 
$1.715                               $1.715 
$0.91                                 $1.49 

12 September 2011
31 August 2013
31 August 2014
31 August 2015
2.58% per annum
31% per annum
6.9% per annum
$1.715
$1.37

             24 August 2012 
31 August 2014 
31 August 2015
31 August 2016
2.58% per annum
31% per annum
6.9% per annum
$1.715
$1.09

Grants of performance rights are made annually with the grant date being the date of the issue of the offer letters to 
employees.  Although the grant date may vary from year to year, the testing period (subject to any hurdles) remains constant 
with the vesting date being 24 hours immediately following the announcement of the Group’s full year financial results.

90 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

29  Security‑based payments (continued)
b)  Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (continued)

Performance hurdles
In order for any or all of the performance rights to vest under the LTIP, the Group’s TSR for the performance period must 
exceed the 50th percentile of the TSRs of the benchmark for the same period. A sliding scale of vesting applies above the 50th 
percentile threshold. 

TSR of the Group relative                                                                                                                                                                                                                            Proportion of performance 
to TSRs of comparators                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              rights vesting

Below 51st percentile                                                                                                                                                                                                             0%
51st percentile                                                                                                                                                                                                                        50%
Between 51st percentile and 75th percentile                                                                                Straight line vesting between 50% and 100%
75th percentile or higher                                                                                                                                                                                                  100%

TSR over a performance period is measured against the benchmark group securities calculated at the average closing price 
of securities on the ASX for the calendar month period up to and including each of the first and last dates of the performance 
period.  Distributions are assumed to be re-invested at the distribution date and any franking credits (or similar) are ignored.

The number of rights outstanding and the grant dates of the rights are shown in the tables below:

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
Rights 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
Rights 

ALL Group 
2013 
Rights 

ALL Group 
2012 
Rights

Performance rights issued to participating executives:
Performance rights 

       4,027,154  

3,870,399 

        4,027,154  

3,870,399

Grant date 

Expiry date 

Exercise 
price 

Valuation 
per right 

Balance at 
beginning 
of the year 

Granted 

Exercised 

Fail 
to vest 

Cancelled 

Balance  
at the end  
 of the year

4 Dec 2009 
16 Dec 2010 
12 Sep 2011 
24 Aug 2012 

24 Aug 2013 
31 Aug 2014 
31 Aug 2015 
31 Aug 2016 

nil 
nil 
nil 
nil 

89.0 cents     1,026,591  
52.3 cents     1,350,701  
43.7 cents     1,493,107  
60.9 cents 

                —        (283,856)     (229,436) 
— 
                —         (450,230)    
— 
                —                    —    
— 
              —    

              —        1,167,132  

 466,444 
    (46,855)  
 900,471 
    —  
    —  
 1,493,107 
    —     1,167,132         

   3,870,399      1,167,132 

(734,086) 

(229,436) 

(46,855)  4,027,154  

The rights have an average maturity of one year and three months.

The expense recorded in the Group financial statements in the year in relation to the performance rights was $1,378,478 (2012: 
$1,700,804).  The expense recorded in the ALL Group financial statements in the year in relation to the performance rights was 
$3,634,433 (2012: $2,363,905).

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

91

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

30  Reserves

Asset revaluation reserve
Opening balance 
Revaluation – Theme parks 
Revaluation – Bowling centres 
Revaluation – Health clubs 
Revaluation – Main Event 
Tax on Main Event revaluation 
Transfer to retained profits – realised items 

Closing balance 

Capital reserve
Opening balance 
Transfer from retained profits – pre-opening expenses 

Closing balance 

Cash flow hedge reserve
Opening balance 
Movement in effective cash flow hedges 

Closing balance 

Foreign currency translation reserve
Opening balance 
Translation of foreign operations 

Closing balance 

Stapled security-based payment reserve
Opening balance 
Option expense 

Closing balance 

Performance fee reserve
Opening balance 

Closing balance 

Goodlife put and call option reserve
Opening balance 

Closing balance 

Total reserves 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                437 
5,173 
1,349 
                  2,581 
— 
— 
(6,920) 

2,082
3,416 
15,274 
—
— 
(13,183) 
—
— 
1,305 
—
— 
2,277  
1,980 
1,980
— 
(646)                       —                   (646)
—
— 

(6,570) 

                2,620 

437 

3,416 

3,416

(5,912) 
(2,527) 

(4,848) 
(1,064) 

(8,439) 

(5,912) 

(3,098) 
1,529 

(1,307) 
(1,791) 

(1,569) 

(3,098) 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 

— 

—
—

—

—
—

—

(38,523) 
(636) 

(39,906) 
1,383 

(4,154)              (4,696)
542
2,472 

(39,159) 

(38,523) 

(1,682)             (4,154)

                     2,729 
(862) 

                  1,867 

1,132 

1,132 

1,710  
1,019  

2,729  

1,132 

1,132 

— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—
—

—

—

—

(2,269) 

(2,269) 

(2,310)              (2,310)

(2,269) 

(2,269) 

(2,310)             (2,310)

(45,817) 

(45,504) 

(576)             (3,048)

92 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

30  Reserves (continued)
The asset revaluation reserve is used to record increments and decrements on the revaluation of property, plant and 
equipment.

The capital reserve is used to record one off costs incurred in the identification of new acquisitions or development of new 
sites which are not able to be capitalised by the Group as well as the difference between the amount paid and the net assets 
acquired in the acquisition of non-controlling interests.

The cash flow hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on a hedging instrument in a cash flow hedge that are recognised 
directly in equity as described in Note 1(p)(ii).

Exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign controlled entities are taken to the foreign currency translation 
reserve. In addition, on consolidation, exchange differences on loans denominated in foreign currencies are taken directly to 
the foreign currency translation reserve where the loan is considered part of the net investment in that foreign operation.

The stapled security-based payment reserve is used to recognise the fair value of options issued to employees but not yet 
exercised under the Group’s DSTI and LTIP.  

The performance fee reserve was used to recognise the fair value of stapled securities not yet issued to the Manager in 
settlement for the performance fee earned in the relevant period.  The performance fee of $1.1 million was earned in the period 
to 30 June 2009.  On the internalisation of the Manager, the performance fee payment was waived by Macquarie Group Limited 
but under the accounting standards, the reserve is not reversed.

The Group had the option to acquire the non-controlling interests in Ardent Leisure Health Clubs 1 Pty Limited. In accordance 
with AASB 132 Financial Instruments: Presentation, on first recognition the Group recorded the potential obligation under the 
put option on the Balance Sheet as a financial liability calculated as the present value of the redemption amount on the first 
exercise date. Under the Group’s economic equity approach, the initial recognition of the redemption amount was recorded 
in the Goodlife put and call option reserve. Movements in the financial liability due to changes in the expected redemption 
amount and unwinding of the present value discount was taken to the Income Statement as finance costs in subsequent 
periods. During the prior period, the Group acquired the remaining interest in Ardent Leisure Health Clubs 1 Pty Limited but 
due to the accounting standards, the reserve remained. 

31  Retained profits/(accumulated losses)

Opening balance 
Net profit for the year 

Available for distribution 
Transfer from asset revaluation reserve 
Transfer from capital reserve 
Distribution paid and payable 

Closing balance 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

30,259 
            35,617  

65,876 
              6,920  
               2,527  
(43,632) 

46,980 
12,627 

(6,310)              (7,093)
3,244

             7,093  

59,607                      783                (3,849)
—
—
(3,620)              (2,461)

             6,570   
             1,064    
(36,982) 

— 
— 

31,691 

30,259 

(2,837)             (6,310)

The distribution of 5.4 cents per stapled security for the year ended 30 June 2013 totalling $21.5 million had not been declared 
at year end. This will be paid on or before 30 August 2013 as described in Note 44.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

93

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

32  Business combinations
Current period
Fenix
On 9 October 2012, the Group acquired Fenix Fitness Clubs (Fenix), a portfolio comprising 10 operating clubs in Queensland 
and Victoria and two additional Victorian clubs in the development stage, for $62.7 million. Transaction costs totalling 
$1,102,294 were incurred on this project, expensed in the Income Statement and recognised within operating cash flows in 
the Statement of Cash Flows.

The acquired business contributed revenues of $23.6 million and a profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of $9.5 
million to the Group for the period from 9 October 2012 to 30 June 2013. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2012, it 
would have contributed revenues of $30.1 million and a profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of $10.9 million for 
the year ended 30 June 2013.

Provisional details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Purchase consideration:
Cash paid 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair value of the net identifiable asset acquired 

Goodwill 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

            62,713  

           62,713 

            62,713  

           62,713  

            16,163  

           16,163 

            46,550  

           46,550 

The goodwill is attributable to the health clubs’ strong market position and profitable trading history and synergies expected to 
arise after the Group’s acquisition. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

                                                                                                                                                                Consolidated Group              Consolidated                   ALL Group  
                                                                                                                                                                                              Acquiree’s                            Group                     Acquiree’s 
                                                                                                                                                                               carrying amount                     Fair value      carrying amount 
                                                                                                                                                                                                        $’000                              $’000                               $’000  

ALL Group 
Fair value 
$’000

Customer relationship intangible assets                                                                          318                    12,160                         318                 12,160 
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                     12,202                       8,787                   12,202 
8,787
Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities)                                                                                  1,776                    (3,015)                     1,776               (3,015)
193
Current tax receivable                                                                                                             193                          193                         193 
Payables                                                                                                                                   (1,501)                  (1,501)   
(1,501)              (1,501)
Employee benefits provision                                                                                               (243)                      (243)                      (243)                  (243)
Other current assets                                                                                                             1,218                      1,218                       1,218 
1,218
Other current liabilities                                                                                                      (5,562)                   (1,436)                   (5,562)              (1,436)

Net identifiable assets acquired                                                                                      8,401                   16,163                      8,401              16,163 

Outflow of cash to acquire business:
Cash consideration 
62,713
Less: cash balances acquired                                                                                                                                                                           (796)                   (796)

62,713 

Outflow of cash 

61,917 

          61,917 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

94 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

32  Business combinations (continued)
Current period (continued)
Fitness First – South Australia and Essendon 
On 31 October 2012, the Group acquired the South Australian portfolio and the Essendon health club of Fitness First, for $4.9 million.

Transaction costs totalling $378,454 were incurred on this project, expensed in the Income Statement and recognised 
within operating cash flows in the Statement of Cash Flows.

The acquired business contributed revenues of $8.2 million and a profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of $1.5 million 
to the Group for the period from 31 October 2012 to 30 June 2013. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2012, it would have 
contributed revenues of $13.6 million and a profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of $1.1 million for the year ended 30 
June 2013.

Final details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and gain on acquisition are as follows:

Purchase consideration: 
Cash paid 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired 

Gain on acquisition 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

 4,913 

4,913 

               4,913  

             4,913   

5,297 

 384 

5,297 

384 

                                                                                                                                                                Consolidated Group              Consolidated                   ALL Group  
                                                                                                                                                                                              Acquiree’s                            Group                     Acquiree’s 
                                                                                                                                                                               carrying amount                     Fair value      carrying amount 
                                                                                                                                                                                                        $’000                              $’000                               $’000  

ALL Group 
Fair value 
$’000

1,130 
Customer relationship intangible assets                                                                            —                       1,130         
— 
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                        5,847                      4,783                      5,847 
4,783
Net deferred tax liabilities                                                                                                       —                        (219)                          —                   (219)
Payables                                                                                                                                      (291)                     (291)       
(291)                  (291)
Employee benefits provision                                                                                                 (97)                      (138)                          (97)                  (138)
32
Other current assets                                                                                                                   32                            32                            32 

Net identifiable assets acquired                                                                                      5,491                     5,297                       5,491 

5,297 

Outflow of cash to acquire business:
Cash consideration 
4,913
Less: cash balances acquired                                                                                                                                                                                (3)                        (3)

4,913 

Outflow of cash 

4,910 

          4,910 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

95

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

32  Business combinations (continued)
Current period (continued)
Fitness First – Jindalee and Mount Gravatt 
On 6 November 2012, the Group acquired the Jindalee and Mount Gravatt health clubs of Fitness First, for $1 and received a 
working capital adjustment of $46,372.  Transaction costs totalling $126,679 were incurred on this project, expensed in the 
Income Statement and recognised within operating cash flows in the Statement of Cash Flows.

The acquired business contributed revenues of $2.3 million and a loss before allocation of Group costs and tax of $0.1 
million to the Group for the period from 6 November 2012 to 30 June 2013. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2012, 
it would have contributed revenues of $4.4 million and a profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of $0.1 million for 
the year ended 30 June 2013.

Final details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and gain on acquisition are as follows:

Purchase consideration: 
Cash received 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired 

Gain on acquisition 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

(45)                      (46) 

 (45)                      (46)  

 2,184  

2,229 

2,184 

2,230 

                                                                                                                                                                Consolidated Group              Consolidated                   ALL Group  
                                                                                                                                                                                              Acquiree’s                            Group                     Acquiree’s 
                                                                                                                                                                               carrying amount                     Fair value      carrying amount 
                                                                                                                                                                                                        $’000                              $’000                               $’000  

ALL Group 
Fair value 
$’000

2,220
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                       2,394                       2,220                      2,394 
Net deferred tax assets                                                                                                              —                            16         
16 
— 
Payables                                                                                                                                        (36)                         (36)                         (36)                    (36)
Employee benefits provision                                                                                                 (14)                         (19)                         (14)                    (19)
3
Other current assets                                                                                                                     3                              3                              3 

Net identifiable assets acquired                                                                                     2,347                      2,184                       2,347 

2,184  

Outflow of cash to acquire business:
Cash consideration received 
Less: cash balances acquired 

Inflow of cash 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

(46)                      (46)
(1)                       (1)

(47)                      (47) 

96 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

32  Business combinations (continued)
Prior period
Waverley Park health club
On 9 December 2011, the Group acquired a health club at Waverley Park, Victoria, for $1.6 million. Of this, $0.3 million of the 
purchase price was deferred until June 2012 and a further $0.3 million was deferred until December 2012. Transaction costs 
totalling $11,974 were incurred on this project, expensed in the Income Statement and recognised within operating cash 
flows in the Statement of Cash Flows.

The acquired business contributed revenues of $1.0 million and a net profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of $0.1 
million to the Group for the period from 9 December 2011 to 30 June 2012. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2011, 
it would have contributed revenues of $1.8 million and a profit of $0.2 million for the year ended 30 June 2012.

Final details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Purchase consideration:
Cash paid 
Deferred consideration 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired 

Goodwill 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

 902 
628 

902 
628 

              1,530  

            1,530    

 243 

243 

              1,287  

            1,287   

The goodwill is attributable to the health club’s strong market position and profitable trading history and synergies expected to 
arise after the Group’s acquisition. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

                                                                                                                                                                Consolidated Group              Consolidated                   ALL Group  
                                                                                                                                                                                              Acquiree’s                            Group                     Acquiree’s 
                                                                                                                                                                               carrying amount                     Fair value      carrying amount 
                                                                                                                                                                                                        $’000                              $’000                               $’000  

ALL Group 
Fair value 
$’000

Customer relationship intangible assets                                                                             —                        470                            —                      470
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                              92                           80           
80
Net deferred tax liabilities                                                                                                        —                          (70)                           —                     (70)
(229)                  (229)
Payables                                                                                                                                      (229)                       (229)       
Employee benefits provision                                                                                                    (8)                           (8)       
(8)                      (8)

92 

Net identifiable assets acquired                                                                                        (145)                         243                        (145) 

243   

Outflow of cash to acquire business:
Cash consideration 
Less: deferred settlement 

Outflow of cash 

                                                                                      330 

1,562
                         —                   (330)

                      330 

1,232

Consolidated 
Group 
June 2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
June 2012 
$’000

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

97

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

32  Business combinations (continued)
Prior period (continued)
Caroline Springs health club
On 1 March 2012, the Group acquired a health club at Caroline Springs, Victoria, for $2.4 million. Of this, $0.4 million of the 
purchase price was deferred until May 2012 and a further $0.4 million was deferred until September 2012. Transaction costs 
totalling $10,142 were incurred on this project, expensed in the Income Statement and recognised within operating cash 
flows in the Statement of Cash Flows.

The acquired business contributed revenues of $0.7 million and a net profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of $0.1 
million to the Group for the period from 1 March 2012 to 30 June 2012. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 2011, it 
would have contributed revenues of $2.3 million and a profit of $0.4 million for the year ended 30 June 2012. 

Final details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Purchase consideration:
Cash paid 
Deferred consideration 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired 

Goodwill 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

             1,581  
               779  

            1,581  
               779  

             2,360  

            2,360     

                 851  

               851  

              1,509  

            1,509    

The goodwill is attributable to the health club’s strong market position and profitable trading history and synergies expected to 
arise after the Group’s acquisition. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

                                                                                                                                                                Consolidated Group              Consolidated                   ALL Group  
                                                                                                                                                                                              Acquiree’s                            Group                     Acquiree’s 
                                                                                                                                                                               carrying amount                     Fair value      carrying amount 
                                                                                                                                                                                                        $’000                              $’000                               $’000  

ALL Group 
Fair value 
$’000

43
43 
Other current assets                                                                                                                   43                            43         
Customer relationship intangible assets                                                                             —                         590         
— 
590
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                            635                         598                          635 
598
Net deferred tax liabilities                                                                                                        —                          (96)                          —                      (96)
Payables                                                                                                                                       (271)                      (271)                       (271)                  (271)
Employee benefits provision                                                                                                 (13)                         (13)                      (13)                      (13)

Net identifiable assets acquired                                                                                          394                          851                         394  

               851     

Outflow of cash to acquire business:
Cash consideration 
Less: deferred settlement 

Outflow of cash 

                                                                                      400 

2,381
                         —                   (400)

                      400 

1,981

Consolidated 
Group 
June 2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
June 2012 
$’000

98 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

32  Business combinations (continued)
Prior period (continued)
Prahran health club
On 14 March 2012, the Group acquired a health club at Prahran, Victoria, for $3.9 million. Of this, $2.9 million was issued as 
securities for the Ardent Leisure Group. Transaction costs totalling $9,353 were incurred on this project, expensed in the 
Income Statement and recognised within operating cash flows in the Statement of Cash Flows.

The acquired business contributed revenues of $0.7 million and a net profit before allocation of Group costs and tax of  
$0.1 million to the Group for the period from 14 March 2012 to 30 June 2012. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 July 
2011, it would have contributed revenues of $2.2 million and a profit of $0.7 million for the year ended 30 June 2012.

Final details of the fair value of the assets and liabilities acquired and goodwill are as follows:

Purchase consideration:
Cash paid 
Equity issued 

Total purchase consideration 

Fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired 

Goodwill 

Consolidated 
Group 
$’000 

ALL Group 
$’000

             900  
               2,907  

            900  
               2,907  

                          3,807  

            3,807      

                              1,391  

            1,391   

                           2,416  

            2,416     

The goodwill is attributable to the health club’s strong market position and profitable trading history and synergies expected to 
arise after the Group’s acquisition. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for tax purposes.

                                                                                                                                                               Consolidated Group              Consolidated                   ALL Group  
                                                                                                                                                                                              Acquiree’s                            Group                     Acquiree’s 
                                                                                                                                                                               carrying amount                     Fair value      carrying amount 
                                                                                                                                                                                                        $’000                              $’000                               $’000  

ALL Group 
Fair value 
$’000

14
Other current assets                                                                                                                  14                             14                            14 
Customer relationship intangible assets                                                                            —                           980                           —                       980
Property, plant and equipment                                                                                       2,379                           870                     2,379                       870
Net deferred tax liabilities                                                                                                        —                       (236)                           —                   (236)
Payables                                                                                                                                     (214)                        (214)                      (214)                  (214)
Employee benefits provision                                                                                                (23)                          (23)                       (23)                   (23)

Net identifiable assets acquired 

                                2,156  

             1,391  

             2,156  

            1,391      

Outflow of cash to acquire business:
Cash consideration 

Outflow of cash 

Consolidated 
Group 
June 2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
June 2012 
$’000

                       900                     900

                      900 

900

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

99

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

33  Cash and cash equivalents
For the purposes of the Statements of Cash Flows, cash includes cash at banks. Cash as at 30 June 2013 as shown in the 
Statements of Cash Flows is reconciled to the related items in the Balance Sheets as follows:

Cash at bank 
Cash on deposit 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

            12,890  
                  63  

11,566 
127 

           12,418  
                  63  

8,427
127

Total cash and cash equivalents 

                           12,953              11,693              12,481  

             8,554  

Cash on deposit at call in the Group bears an average floating interest rate of 2.69% per annum (2012: 3.43% per annum).  

Cash on deposit at call in the ALL Group bears an average floating interest rate of 2.75% per annum (2012: 3.50% per annum). 

100 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

34  Cash flow information
a)  Reconciliation of profit to net cash flows from operating activities

Profit 

            35,617  

12,627 

            7,093  

3,244

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

Non-cash items
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment 
Amortisation 
Depreciation of livestock 
Security-based payments  
Provision for doubtful debts 
Gain/(loss) on sale of PPE & livestock 
Foreign exchange loss 
Property valuation (gains)/losses 

Classified as financing activities
Borrowing costs 

Classified as investing activities
Unrealised gains on derivatives 
Gain on acquisition 

Changes in asset and liabilities:
Decrease/(increase) in assets
— Receivables 
— Inventories 
— Deferred tax assets 
— Other assets 
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities
— Payables and other liabilities 
— Provisions 
— Payable to the Trust 
— Current tax liabilities 
— Deferred tax liabilities 

           29,398  
              7,857  
                   48  
             1,378  
                  46  
 (313)  
                   —    
 (90) 

26,867 
3,299 
52 
1,701 
                  60  
66 
32 
15,507 

           10,335  
             7,758  
                  48  
             3,634  
                  46  
 (293)  
                   —    
—  

8,262
             3,197 
                  52   
2,364 
                  60  
45
6 
— 

            12,288  

12,914 

             7,531  

7,501

(339) 

(643) 
(2,613)                       —    

 —  
(2,613) 

—

                  —    

(1,441) 
(963) 
1,344 
992 

(2,984) 
(1,222) 
                413  

(2,138)              (2,528)
(963)              (1,222)
413
1,344 
(6,254)                  2,078               (4,211)      

(1,462) 
380 
— 
 350 
(108) 

3,619
4,122 
5,376 
(836)                     380                   (836)
(3,692)              (3,365)
350 
1,888
(108)                 (250)

— 
1,888 
(250) 

Net cash flows from operating activities 

                         82,369              68,613              34,912              18,239   

b)  Non-cash financing and investing activities
The following items are not reflected in the Statements of Cash Flows:

Distributions by the Group satisfied during the year by the issue  
of stapled securities under the DRP 

                                6,988  

           14,515  

                196  

             1,126   

35  Net tangible assets

Net tangible assets are calculated as follows:
Total assets 
Less: Intangible assets 
Less: Total liabilities 

Net tangible assets 

Total number of stapled securities on issue 
Net tangible asset backing per stapled security 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000

          799,742  

675,910
(196,788)         (139,838)
(312,452)         (269,255)

          290,502  

266,817

   397,803,987   334,209,401
$0.80

$0.73 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

101

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

36  Related party disclosures
a)  Directors
The following persons have held office as Directors of the Manager and ALL during the period and up to the date of this report:

•	Neil	Balnaves,	AO	(Chairman)
•	Roger	Davis	
•	Anne	Keating
•	Don	Morris,	AO
•	Greg	Shaw	

•	George	Venardos.		

b)  Parent entity
The immediate and ultimate parent entity of the Group is Ardent Leisure Trust.

The immediate parent entity of the ALL Group is Ardent Leisure Limited. The ultimate parent of the ALL Group is Ardent 
Leisure Trust.

c)  Key controlled entities
These financial statements incorporate the assets, liabilities and results of the following wholly-owned principal subsidiaries in 
accordance with the accounting policy disclosure as described in Note 1(b): 

Entity 

                                                                                                                                       Activity 

                               Pincipal Lessee: Marinas, Bowling centres 
Freehold owner: Theme parks
Principal Lessee: Bowling 
Principal Lessee: Health clubs 

Controlled entities of Ardent Leisure Trust: 
Ardent Leisure Trust 

Ardent Leisure (NZ) Trust 
Goodlife Subtrust 
Controlled entities of Ardent Leisure Limited:
Ardent Leisure Limited 
Bowling Centres Australia Pty Limited 
Ardent Leisure Operations (NZ) Limited 
Goodlife Operations Pty Limited 
Main Event Holdings, Inc 

Theme parks, Marinas 
Bowling Centres 
Bowling Centres 
Health Clubs 
Family Entertainment 

Country of 

Class of 
establishment  equity securities

Australia 

Ordinary

  New Zealand 
Australia 

Ordinary
Ordinary

Australia 
Australia 
  New Zealand 
Australia 
USA 

Ordinary
Ordinary 
Ordinary
Ordinary
Ordinary

102 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only	
	
	
	
	
	
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

36  Related party disclosures (continued)
d)  Transactions with related parties
Key management personnel

Transactions with key management personnel are shown in Note 37.

e)  Transactions with controlled entities
All transactions with controlled entities were made on normal commercial terms and conditions and at market rates, except that 
there are no fixed terms for the repayment of loans between the parties.  Outstanding balances are unsecured and are repayable 
in cash.  The terms and conditions of the tax funding agreement are set out in Note 10(e). The transactions incurred in the year 
with controlled entities were: 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$ 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$ 

ALL Group 
2013 
$ 

ALL Group 
2012 
$

Purchases of goods
Fees paid to related parties 
Reimbursable expense to related parties 
Tax consolidation legislation
Current tax payable assumed from wholly-owned tax consolidated entities 
Loans from Ardent Leisure Trust
Balance at the beginning of the year 
Loans advanced 
Loan repayments made 
Foreign exchange movements 
Interest charged 

Balance at the end of the year 

(99,890) 
(1,919) 

(102,769)                       — 

—   

(124) 

(1,919)                  (124)

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

(6,130,526)      (2,968,627)

—  (124,257,619) (137,360,880)
—  (110,206,569)    (50,403,197)
—  133,797,179 
72,912,199
(5,726,799)      (2,416,551)
— 
(7,204,972)      (6,989,190)
— 

— 

  (113,598,780)    (124,257,619) 

37  Key management personnel
a)  Key remuneration objectives
The objective of the Group’s executive framework is to attract and retain high quality executives by ensuring that executive 
remuneration is competitive with prevailing employment market conditions and also providing sufficient motivation by 
ensuring remuneration is aligned to the Group’s results.   

In May 2013, the Remuneration and Nomination Committee engaged independent remuneration consultants from Aon Hewitt 
benchmark the remuneration packages and structure of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer prior to 
remuneration and performance reviews to be undertaken after the financial year end.  This benchmark exercise did not include 
the provision of a recommendation; however, the exercise was conducted on arm’s length terms from management and 
reported directly to the Chair of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee.  As the Group operates in specialised sectors, 
difficulties arise in benchmarking executives’ remuneration.  In order to provide a more meaningful assessment, the scope of 
the Aon Hewitt benchmark exercise was expanded to (where possible) include unlisted groups and businesses that shared the 
same international footprint, diversity of operations and complexity of structure.  

The remuneration packages of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer for the financial year are set out in the 
table below:

Position 

  Base salary 

 STI 

 DSTI 

LTI 

Chief Executive Officer 
Chief Financial Officer 

  $750,000 
  $400,000 

          50%                 25%    
50%                25%   

37.5% 
37.5% 

  Total target  
 remuneration

  $1,593,750   
 $850,000           

It should be noted that the Short Term Incentive (STI), DSTI and LTIP figures set out above are considered “at risk” and will only 
be paid if performance targets have been achieved.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

103

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)
b)  Remuneration framework and strategy
The Group’s remuneration framework seeks to align executive reward with the achievement of strategic objectives and, in 
particular, the creation of sustainable earnings growth for investors.  In addition, the Board seeks to have reference to market 
best practice to ensure that executive remuneration remains competitive, fair and reasonable.

i)  Non-Executive Directors
Fees paid to Non-Executive Directors reflect the demands which are made on, and the responsibilities of, the Directors.         
Non-Executive Directors’ fees are reviewed annually by the Board and the Remuneration and Nomination Committee. 

Non-Executive Directors are paid solely by the way of directors’ fees and do not participate in any equity or short term cash- 
based incentives schemes. Non-Executive Directors bring a depth of experience and knowledge to their roles and are a key 
component in the effective operation of the Board. The maximum aggregate of directors’ fees payable to Directors of the Group 
is set out in clause 16.1 of the Constitution of Ardent Leisure Limited. The maximum total aggregate level of directors’ fees 
payable by the Group is $940,000 per annum and was set by investors at the 27 October 2011 general meeting. 

In 2009, the Board approved a simplified structure for calculating directors’ fees.  The simplified fee structure takes into account 
individual Directors’ duties and service and was applied from 1 September 2009.

Position 

Chairman 
Other Non-Executive Director 
Audit & Risk Committee – Chair 
Audit & Risk Committee – Member 
Remuneration & Nomination Committee Membership 
Safety, Sustainability & Environment Committee Membership 

ii)  Executive pay
The executive pay and reward framework has three components:

 — base pay and benefits;
 — performance incentives; and
 — other remuneration such as superannuation. 

The combination of these comprises the executive’s total remuneration.

Base Pay

Performance incentives

Annual fee

$175,000
$110,000
$20,000
$15,000
$7,500
$7,500

sti

Dsti

Lti

cash performance bonus

set against pre-determined

key performance indicators

equity incentive based upon

equity incentive aligned

actual cash bonus paid and

to targeted investor returns.

deferred for one and two years.

A total employment cost which

can be made up of a mix of cash

salary, employer superannuation

contributions and non-financial

benefits such as provision of a

motor vehicle.

secure

At risK

At risK

At risK

Base pay
Base pay includes salary, employer superannuation contributions and non-cash benefits such as provision of motor vehicle.  
Base pay is reviewed annually to ensure that executive pay is competitive with the market.  There are no guaranteed base pay 
increases in the contracts.  Base pay is also reviewed on promotion.

Performance incentives
Performance incentives may take the form of either Short Term Incentive (STI), Deferred Short Term Incentive (DSTI) or Long 
Term Incentive Plan (LTIP).

104 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)
ii)  Executive pay (continued)
STI
The STI or bonus program is designed to reward executives 
for achievement of a number of key performance indicators 
(KPIs). These KPIs are split into financial and personal 
categories with the financial measures representing 50% 
of an executive’s STI entitlement and personal measures 
representing the remaining 50%.

KPI

  Earnings and revenue-based
  financial measures
  Personal & Board discretionary
  Total

Maximum STI
Entitlement

50%
50%
100%

For executives who act in Group-wide roles, the financial KPIs 
are based on Group earnings related measures. In contrast, 
divisional earnings measures are used for those executives 
who occupy divisional roles.

Personal KPIs for executives are not financial in nature and 
are set around execution of improvements and initiatives in 
such functions as risk management, compliance, relationship 
management, customer satisfaction, employee engagement 
and other strategic initiatives. Examples of personal KPIs are 
set out in the table below:

Example of personal KPIs

Develop a dynamic capital adequacy plan to address 
the following criteria:

•		Competitive	cost	of	capital;

•		Innovative	funding	flexibility;

•		Distribution/dividend	policy;	and

•		Future	balance	sheet	and	cash	flow	capacity	to		
   meet the strategic needs of the Group.

Review and present the Group’s five year strategic 
vision and plan.

Drive improvements across the Group in employee 
workers compensation claims with a view to creating 
a long term reduction in lost time injury frequency rate.

The extent to which an executive achieves their personal 
and financial KPIs is assessed by the Remuneration and 
Nomination Committee based upon recommendations 
from the Managing Director. The resulting cash bonuses are 
traditionally payable in cash by 30 September each year. 
Using a profit target ensures variable award is only available 
when value has been created for investors and when profit is 
consistent with the Group’s business plan. 

Maximum achievable awards to key management personnel 
(KMP) under the STI range between 25% and 50% of an 
executive’s base salary (including superannuation) dependent 
upon the executive’s position.

DSTI
The DSTI program was established by the Directors on 1 July 
2010 to provide a retention incentive for key employees.  The 
DSTI plan is linked to the actual achievement of KPIs under 
the STI plan with a percentage of the actual STI paid to an 
executive being matched in performance rights to acquire 
fully paid Group stapled securities for nil exercise price.  The 
performance rights issued under the DSTI vest in two equal 
tranches in 12 months and 24 months.

It should be noted that KMP are required to forego a 
component of their LTIP entitlement in order to participate 
in the DSTI. In this way, a component of the LTIP was simply 
moved into the DSTI and overall remuneration packages 
remained broadly unchanged.

LTIP
The Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) was established by 
the Board of Directors in 2009 to replace the Executive 
Securities Plan (ESP) and to take into account changes to 
the Australian taxation regime in relation to employee 
share plans. Awards of performance rights under the LTIP 
range between 10% and 50% of an executive’s base salary 
(including superannuation) dependent upon the executive’s 
role. Further details of the LTIP are set out in Note 29(b) and 
section (iii) below.

iii) Alignment with investor interests
The Directors are committed to the alignment of executives’ 
remuneration with investors’ interests and seek to achieve 
this through the most appropriate mix of base pay and short 
term and long term incentives. 

In the 2013 financial year, key management personnel KPIs 
were set to drive divisional and Group earnings with targets 
set within the Group’s budgetary framework. In this way, the 
KPIs used to determine performance under the STI are used 
to align KMP remuneration with sustainable earnings growth 
and other operational long term goals. The DSTI plan is 
aligned to these KPIs and acts as a two year retention tool to 
ensure that earnings targets are not achieved at the expense 
of long term profitability and growth. 

The LTIP plan further aligns executives’ remuneration with 
long term investor returns through the total shareholder 
return performance hurdle. In this way, the LTIP provides a 
direct link between executive reward and investor return and 
offers no benefit to individual executives unless the Group’s 
performance exceeds the 50th percentile of the benchmark 
ASX Small Industrials index.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

105

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)

c)  Details of remuneration – key management personnel
iii) Alignment with investor interests (continued)
Key management personnel are defined in AASB 124 Related Party Disclosures as those having authority and responsibility 
for planning, directing and controlling the activities of the Group. In December 2012, the Directors reviewed the list of those 
executives previously assessed as being KMP to take into account the growing diversity of the Group’s earnings streams.  Based 
upon divisional earnings materiality to the Group, and in addition to the Group’s Non-Executive Directors, KMP for the year 
ended 30 June 2013 were considered to comprise the following:

Position 

Name

Chief Executive Officer 
Greg Shaw
Chief Financial Officier                                                                                                                                                                                             Richard Johnson 
  Lee Chadwick
CEO – Bowling 
Todd Coates
CEO – Theme parks 
 Charlie Keegan
CEO – Main Event  
Greg Oliver
CEO – Health clubs 

Details of the remuneration of KMP of the Group for 2013 and 2012 are set out in the table on the following pages.  The table 
set out the total cash benefits paid to the KMP in the relevant period and, under the heading “Security-based payments”, shows 
a component of the fair value of the performance rights.  The fair value of the performance rights at grant date is recognised 
over the vesting period as an employee benefit expense.  Further details of the fair value calculations are set out in Notes 29(a) 
and 29(b). 

106 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)

Short‑term 
benefits 

Post‑employment 
benefits 

Other long‑term  
benefits

Cash  

Super‑ 

bonus  annuation Retirement  Retention 
$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

  Security‑ 
based 
Other   Termination payment  payments 
$ 

  Total cash 

    $ 

$ 

$ 

  Security‑ 
based 
Total  payment 
$  % of total

Salary 
Year                   $ 

2013    181,098 
2012   181, 725 
2013    128,440 
2012    128,440 
2013    121,560 
2012    121,560 
2013    121,560 
2012       58,198 
2013    133,027 
2012    133,027 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

16,402 
15,775 
11,560 
11,560 
10,940 
10,940 
10,940 
5,238 
11,973 
11,973 

2013    733,530 
2012    734,225 

281,250 
345,000 

16,470 
15,775 

2013    383,530    160,000 
2012    384,225    185,080 

16,470  
15,775  

2013    268,107 
2012            N/A 

40,192 
N/A 

14,084 
N/A 

2013    333,530 
2012    241,037 

12,500 
37,115 

16,470 
11,831 

2013    318,440 
2012    288,628 

97,737 
92,602 

— 
— 

2013    387,966 
2012    344,225 

99,360 
98,100 

16,470 
15,775 

2013            N/A 
2012    189,055 

N/A 
33,812 

N/A 
13,322 

2013            N/A 
2012    345,075 

N/A 
145,242 

N/A 
15,775 

2013            N/A 
2012    275,318 

N/A 
51,012 

N/A 
15,775 

Independent Directors
Neil Balnaves, AO
Chairman 

Roger Davis 

Anne Keating 

Donald Morris, AO (1) 

George Venardos 

Executive Directors
Greg Shaw
Chief Executive Officer 

Other key management
personnel
Current Executives
Richard Johnson
Chief Financial Officer 

Lee Chadwick (2)
CEO – Bowling 

Todd Coates (3)
CEO - Theme parks 

Charlie Keegan
CEO – Main Event 

Greg Oliver
CEO – Health Clubs 

Past Executives
Marcus Anketell (4)
CEO – Marinas 

Roy Menachemson (5)
CEO – Development 

Jordan Rodgers (6)
Ex CEO – Bowling 

Noel Dempsey (7)
Ex CEO – Marinas 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
N/A 

— 
— 

— 
— 

5,564 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

197,500 
197,500 
140,000 
140,000 
132,500 
132,500 
132,500 
63,436 
145,000 
145,000 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

197,500 
197,500 
140,000 
140,000 
132,500 
132,500 
132,500 
63,436 
145,000 
145,000 

— 
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—  1,031,250 
—  1,095,000 

469,616  1,500,866 
506,179  1,601,179 

31.3%
31.6%

— 
— 

560,000    254,042 
585,080    272,578 

814,042  
857,658  

31.2%
31.8%

— 
N/A 

322,383 
N/A 

— 
N/A 

322,383 
N/A 

362,500 
289,983 

— 
— 

362,500 
289,983 

—
N/A

—
—

416,177 
381,230 

290,982 
158,779 

707,159 
540,009 

41.1%
29.4%

509,360 
458,100 

139,044 
114,339 

648,404 
572,439 

21.4%
20.0%

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
236,189 

N/A 
18,680 

N/A 
254,869 

N/A
7.3%

N/A 
— 

N/A 
506,092 

N/A 
107,135 

N/A 
613,227 

N/A
17.5%

N/A 
39,074 

N/A 
381,179 

N/A 
(45,909) 

N/A 
335,270 

N/A
(13.7%)

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
N/A 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
N/A 

— 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
— 

— 

— 

           2013             N/A 
2012       55,363 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
1,315 

N/A 
— 

N/A 
243,349 

N/A 
300,027 

N/A 
9,020 

N/A 
309,047 

N/A
2.9%

Total 2013 

3,110,788   691,039   141,779  

Total 2012 

3,480,101   987,963   160,829  

— 

5,564 

—  3,949,170  1,153,684   5,102,854 

22.6%

— 

—  282,423  4,911,361  1,140,801   6,052,116   18.8%

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

107

Don Morris AO was appointed a Non-Executive Director of the Group effective 1 January 2012 and is considered KMP from this date.  
Lee Chadwick was appointed CEO of the Bowling division on 10 September 2012 and is considered KMP from this date.
Todd Coates was appointed CEO of the Theme Parks division on 3 October 2011 and is considered KMP from this date.  Todd Coates resigned from the Group effective 31 July 2013.

(1) 
(2) 
(3) 
(4)  Marcus Anketell has not met the definition of KMP for the financial year ended 30 June 2013.
(5) 
(6) 
(7) 

Roy Menachemson has not met the definition of KMP for the financial year ended 30 June 2013.
Jordan Rodgers resigned from the Group effective 20 April 2012.
Noel Dempsey resigned from the Group effective 31 July 2011.

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)
c)  Details of remuneration – key management personnel 
      (continued)
No termination benefits were paid to KMP during the current 
financial year. There are no cash bonuses or options forfeited 
with respect to specified executives not previously disclosed.  
No payments were made to KMP by the Group before they 
became employees.

Security-based payments included in the tables above 
reflect the amounts in the Income Statements of the Group.  
For Australian KMP, this amount is based on the fair value of 
the equity instruments at the date of the grant rather than 
at vesting or reporting date for those instruments not yet 
vested.  For US KMP, this amount is based on the fair value 
of the equity instruments at the reporting date. During the 
year, 795,504 securities were issued to employees under the 
terms of the DSTI (2012: 420,125).   If the fair value recorded 
in the Income Statement was based on the movement in the 
fair value of the instruments between reporting dates, the 
amount included in KMP compensation would be increased 
by $1,900,016 to $3,053,700 (2012: increased by $503,000 to 
$1,644,000).

d)  Services agreements of key management personnel
Remuneration and other terms of employment for KMP are 
formalised in service agreements. Each of these agreements 
provides for the payment of performance related cash 
bonuses and participation in the Group’s long term incentive 
plans. Other major provisions of the agreements relating to 
remuneration are set out below: 

Greg Shaw
chief executive officer
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$750,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless the 
executive gives the Group six month’s notice in writing, 
or the Group gives the executive twelve month’s notice in 
writing.

Richard Johnson
chief financial officer
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$400,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives six month’s notice in writing.

Lee Chadwick
ceo – Bowling
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$350,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives three month’s notice in writing.

Todd Coates
ceo – theme Parks
Term
No fixed term.
Base salary
$350,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives three month’s notice in writing.

Charlie Keegan
ceo – Main event
Term
Contract to 14 February 2015 with automatic renewal on a 
year by year basis thereafter.
Base salary
USD$325,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless the 
executive gives three month’s notice in writing.  An early 
termination payment equal to one year’s salary is payable to 
the executive if the Group terminates the executive during 
the contract, other than for gross misconduct.

Greg Oliver
ceo – health clubs
Term
No fixed term, however
may not be terminated earlier than September 2015 unless 
certain early termination conditions are triggered.
Base salary
$410,000 for the year ended 30 June 2013.
Termination
Employment shall continue with the Group unless either 
party gives three month’s notice in writing. 

All base salary amounts are inclusive of any superannuation 
payment and will be reviewed annually.  With the exception of 
the terms noted above, there are no contracted termination 
benefits payable to any KMP.

108 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)
e)  Directors and KMP equity holdings
The number of stapled securities held directly, indirectly or beneficially by the Directors and KMP or their related entities is:

                                                                                    Stapled                                                                                               Stapled                                                                                            Stapled 
                                                                      securities held          Acquisitions                  Disposals      securities held          Acquisitions              Disposals       securities held                                                        
                                                                                           2011                           2012                             2012                            2012                           2013                        2013                            2013

298,105 
50,857 
62,743 
N/A 
84,581 

870,957 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

1,169,062 
50,857 
62,743 
— 
84,581 

1,270,000 
79,418 
11,718 
— 
27,011 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

2,439,062
130,275
74,461
—
111,592

159,277 

109,494 

— 

268,771 

499,598 

— 

768,369

N/A 
N/A 
— 
— 
— 

N/A 
N/A 
39,939 
— 
26,532 

N/A 
N/A 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
39,939 
— 
26,532 

— 
— 
257,948 
— 
110,158 

— 
— 
(70,000) 
— 
— 

Past Executives
Marcus Anketell (1) 
N/A 
Roy Menachemson(1),(2)                       38,398                24,676                         —                 63,074                      N/A                      N/A 

1,911 

1,726 

N/A 

185 

— 

—
—
227,887
—
136,690

N/A
     N/A

Independent Directors
Neil Balnaves, AO 
Roger Davis 
Anne Keating 
Don Morris, AO 
George Venardos 

Executive Directors
Greg Shaw 

Key management personnel
Current Executives
Lee Chadwick 
Todd Coates 
Richard Johnson 
Charlie Keegan 
Greg Oliver 

(1)  Executive no longer considered KMP for the year ended at 30 June 2013. 
(2)  Stapled securities held include securities held under the ESP.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

109

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)
f)  Loans to KMP
There were no loans to KMP during the financial year or prior corresponding period. 

g)  Other transactions with KMP
During the year, the Group entered into commercial arm’s length agreements with companies of interest to Roger Davis by 
virtue of his position as Non-Executive Director of those companies or their subsidiaries. The Directors fully disclose their 
interest in accordance with section 195(1) of the Corporations Act 2001.

All agreements have been entered into on normal commercial bases. The above fees and transactions were all based on normal 
commercial terms and conditions. Related party balances above are on interest free terms.

Apart from the details disclosed in these financial statements, no Director has entered into a material contract with the Group 
and there were no material contracts involving Directors’ interests existing at year end not previously disclosed.

h)  Deferred Short Term Incentive Plan
The DSTI is a incentive scheme awarded to executives of the Group from 1 July 2010.  Details of how the DSTI operated and the 
valuation inputs are disclosed in Note 29(a).

The number of performance rights on issue and granted to the Group’s KMP is set out below:

Granted 

Exercised 

Lapsed 

Closing 
balance 

Vested and 
exercisable 

Unvested

30 June 2013 

Current Executives
Lee Chadwick 
Todd Coates 
Richard Johnson 
Greg Oliver 
Greg Shaw 

Opening  
balance 

— 
— 
142,761 
133,924 
260,836 

— 
34,169 
69,732 
86,607 
122,576 

— 
— 
(91,350) 
(79,424) 
(165,002) 

— 
(34,169) 
— 
— 
— 

— 
— 
121,143 
141,107 
218,410 

Equity‑settled 

537,521 

313,084 

(335,776) 

(34,169) 

480,660 

Charlie Keegan 

Cash‑settled 

Past Executives
Marcus Anketell 
Roy Menachemson 

128,892 

83,307 

(77,624) 

128,892 

83,307 

(77,624) 

21,991 
65,021 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

— 

— 

N/A 
N/A 

134,575 

134,575 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—
—
121,143
141,107
218,410

480,660

134,575

134,575

Total performance rights 

753,425 

396,391 

(413,400) 

(34,169) 

615,235 

— 

615,235

Performance rights granted to executives vest over varying periods of one and two years, provided the vesting conditions are 
met. No performance rights will vest if the conditions are not satisfied, hence, the minimum value of the plan securities and 
performance rights yet to vest is $nil. 

Under the terms of the initial 2010 grant, performance rights under the DSTI were allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 23 
August 2010. A valuation difference of $0.13 per performance right between the allocation date and the grant date was caused 
by an increase in the Group’s security price between these dates and a shorter vesting period.

Under the terms of the 2011 grant, performance rights were allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 12 September 2011 and 
there was no valuation difference.

Under the terms of the 2012 grant, performance rights were allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 24 August 2012 and 
there was no valuation difference.

110 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)
i)  Long term incentive plan 
The LTIP is the long term incentive scheme awarded to executives of the Group from 1 July 2009. Details of how the LTIP operated and 
the valuation inputs are disclosed in Note 29(b).

The number of performance rights on issue and granted to the Group’s KMP is set out below:

Granted 

Exercised 

Lapsed 

Closing 
balance 

Vested and 
exercisable 

Unvested

30 June 2013 

Current Executives
Lee Chadwick 
Todd Coates 
Richard Johnson 
Greg Oliver 
Greg Shaw 

Opening  
balance 

— 
— 
879,065 
191,928 
1,648,245 

— 
71,815 
246,225 
84,127 
461,671 

— 
— 
(166,598) 
(29,619) 
(312,372) 

— 
(71,815) 
(46,804) 
— 
(87,757) 

— 
— 
911,888 
246,436 
1,709,787 

Equity‑settled 

2,719,238 

863,838 

(508,589) 

(206,376)  2,868,111 

172,966 

51,115 

(32,756) 

(11,560) 

179,765 

172,966 

51,115 

(32,756) 

(11,560) 

179,765 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

—
—
911,888
246,436
1,709,787

2,868,111

179,765

179,765

45,809 
314,938 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A 

N/A 
N/A

Charlie Keegan 

Cash‑settled 

Past Executives
Marcus Anketell 
Roy Menachemson 

Total performance rights  3,252,951 

914,953 

(541,345) 

(217,936)  3,047,876 

— 

3,047,876

Performance rights granted to executives vest over varying periods of two, three and four years, provided the vesting 
conditions are met. No performance rights will vest if the conditions are not satisfied, hence, the minimum value of the plan 
securities and performance rights yet to vest is $nil. 

Under the terms of the initial 2009 grant, performance rights under the LTIP were allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 11 
November 2009.  A valuation difference of $0.2033 per performance right between the allocation date and the grant date was 
caused by an increase in the Group’s security price between these dates.

Under the terms of the 2010 grant, performance rights were allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 23 August 2010 being 
the date 24 hours after the release of the 2010 financial year results.  A valuation difference of $0.06 per performance right 
between the allocation date and the grant date was caused by an increase in the Group’s security price between these dates.

Under the terms of the 2011 grant, performance rights were allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 12 September 2011 and 
there was no valuation difference. 

Under the terms of the 2012 grant, performance rights were allocated on the basis of a valuation dated 24 August 2012 and 
there was no valuation difference. 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

111

For personal use only 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

37  Key management personnel (continued)
i)  Long term incentive plan (continued)
The table below sets out maximum number of performance rights that vested during the financial year and that are yet to vest. 
The percentage of cash STI (as listed in Note 37(c)) that was awarded to the Group’s KMP and the percentage that was forfeited 
because the executive did not meet the performance criteria is also set out below. No part of any cash STI is payable in future years. 

                                                                             granted               Tranche             performance rights may vest  

 Lapsed 

Vested 

Year                                                    Financial years in which 

Cash STI  
awarded 

Cash STI  
forteited

Current executives 
Equity settled

         Year                Number 

Number 

Number 

%    

%

—

— 

32.0 

68.0

80.0 

20.0

92.0 

8.0

Lee Chadwick                  —               —                   —        

— 

— 

— 

Todd Coates                  LTIP           2012                   T1        
                                                                                        T2        
                                                                                        T3        
                                         DSTI            2012                   T1        
                                                                                       T2        

Richard Johnson         LTIP            2009                   T2        
                                                                                        T3        
                                                              2010                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                                              2011                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                                              2012                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                         DSTI            2010                   T2        
                                                               2011               T1       
                                                                                        T2        
                                                              2012                 T1       
                                                                                        T2        

Greg Oliver                    LTIP           2010                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                                              2011                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                                              2012                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                        DSTI            2010                   T2        
                                                               2011               T1       
                                                                                        T2        
                                                              2012                 T1       
                                                                                        T2        

2015 
2016 
2017 
2014 
2015 

2013 
2014 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

23,938 
23,938 
23,939 
17,084 
17,085 

  104,707  
104,707 
  108,695  
  108,696  
  108,696  
  114,521  
  114,521  
  114,522  
  82,075  
  82,075  
  82,075  
39,939 
51,411 
51,411 
34,866 
34,866 

  29,619  
  29,620  
  29,620  
  34,356  
  34,356  
  34,357  
  28,042  
  28,042  
  28,043  
24,924 
54,500 
54,500 
43,303 
43,304 

23,938 
23,938 
23,939 
17,084 
17,085 

    46,804  
— 
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
 — 
— 
— 
— 
— 

    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
 — 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

    57,903  
— 
    108,695  
    —
    —
    —  
    —
    —
    —  
    —
    —
39,939 
51,411 
— 
— 
— 

    29,619  
    —
    —
    —  
    —
    —
    —  
    —
    —
24,924 
54,500 
— 
— 
— 

112 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2012

37  Key management personnel (continued)
i)  Long term incentive plan (continued)

                                                                             granted               Tranche             performance rights may vest  

 Lapsed 

Vested 

Year                                                    Financial years in which 

Cash STI  
awarded 

Cash STI  
forteited

         Year                Number 

Number 

Number 

%    

%

25.0

75.0 

Curent executives (continued) 
Equity settled (continued)
Greg Shaw                    LTIP            2009                   T2        
                                                                                        T3        
                                                              2010                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                                               2011               T1       
                                                                                     T2       
                                                                                           T3        
                                                              2012                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                         DSTI            2010                   T2        
                                                               2011               T1       
                                                                                        T2        
                                                              2012                 T1       
                                                                                        T2        

Cash Settled
Charlie Keegan           LTIP             2009                   T2        
                                                                                        T3        
                                                              2010                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                                              2011                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                                              2012                   T1        
                                                                                           T2        
                                                                                           T3        
                                         DSTI            2010                   T2        
                                                               2011               T1       
                                                                                        T2        
                                                              2012                 T1       
                                                                                        T2        

2013 
2014 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

2013 
2014 
2013 
2014 
2015 
2014 
2015 
2016 
2015 
2016 
2017 
2013 
2013 
2014 
2014 
2015 

    196,325  
196,325 
  203,804  
  203,804  
  203,805 
214,727 
214,727 
  214,728  
  153,890  
  153,890  
  153,891  
69,169 
95,833 
95,834 
61,288 
61,288 

      25,863  
25,863 
  18,453  
  18,453  
  18,454  
  21,960  
  21,960  
  21,960 
  17,038  
  17,038  
  17,039  
26,357 
51,267 
51,268 
41,653 
41,654 

    87,757  
— 
    —  
    —  
    —  
— 
— 
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
 — 
— 
— 
— 
— 

    11,560  
— 
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
    —  
 — 
— 
— 
— 
— 

  108,568  
— 
    203,804  
    —
    —
— 
— 
    —
    —  
    —
    —
69,169 
95,833 
— 
— 
— 

    14,303  
— 
    18,453  
    —
    —
    —  
    —
    —
    —  
    —
    —
26,357 
51,267 
— 
— 
—

95.0 

5.0

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

113

38  Segment information
Business segments
The Group is organised on a global basis into the following divisions by product and service type:

Theme Parks
This segment comprises Dreamworld and WhiteWater World in Coomera, Queensland and the Sky Point observation deck and 
climb in Surfers Paradise, Queensland.

Marinas
This segment comprises seven d’Albora Marina properties, located in New South Wales and Victoria.  

Bowling centres
This segment comprises fifty centres located in Australia and New Zealand.

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

38  Segment information (continued)
Business segments (continued)
Family entertainment centres
This segment comprises of twelve Main Event sites in Texas, United States of America.

Health clubs
This comprises sixty six centres in Queensland, New South Wales, Victoria, South Australia and Western Australia.

Other
In the past, this segment has included commission revenue received for Australian Tour Desk, a fractional boat ownership 
business in Sydney, New South Wales and consultancy fees earned from the Adventure World theme park in Perth, Western 
Australia.

The main income statement items used by management to assess each of the divisions are divisional revenue and divisional 
EBITDA before property costs and after property costs.  In addition, depreciation and amortisation are analysed by division.   
Each of these income statement items is looked at after adjusting for pre-opening expenses, straight lining of fixed rent 
increases, IFRS depreciation and amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets.  As shown in Note 11, these items are excluded 
from management’s definition of core earnings.  

The Group’s principal activity is to invest in and operate leisure and entertainment businesses in Australia, New Zealand and the 
United States of America. 

Business segment 2013
Consolidated Group

Family 
                                                                                                                          Health     entertainment 
centres 
                                                                                                                             clubs     
$’000 
                                                                                                                            $’000        

Theme 
parks 
$’000 

Marinas 
$’000 

Bowling 
centres 
$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total 
$’000

Revenue from operating activities               140,689              72,695  

    97,086          23,141  

  115,230  

          62       448,903   

Divisional EBITDA before property costs (1)        60,032               26,381  
Divisional EBITDA (2)                                                    30,329               17,001  
Depreciation and amortisation (3)                          (5,064)              (4,601) 

     32,211  
    30,450  
(5,172) 

      13,034  
      10,687  
(762) 

   36,381  
   12,773  
(6,762) 

(7)       168,032   
(7)       101,233   
(22,644)

(283) 

Divisional EBIT (4)                                                        25,265              12,400          25,278  

       9,925  

      6,011  

(290)        78,589   

Pre-opening expenses, straight lining of fixed rent increases, IFRS depreciation  
and Goodlife intangible asset amortisation not included in divisional EBIT. 

Property valuation gains 

Gain on acquisition 

Net gain from derivative financial instruments 

Corporate costs including gains on sale of assets, interest income  
and foreign exchange gains and losses 

Borrowing costs 

Net tax expense 

Profit 

(18,496)

90

2,613

602

(12,159)

(12,288)

(3,334)

35,617 

Total assets                                                                 200,261            102,401  
Acquisitions of property, plant  
and equipment, investment  
properties and intangible assets                          87,487               24,679  

  249,000        101,446  

  134,184  

   12,450       799,742   

 6,964  

 2,372  

 15,458  

 1,509  

 138,469  

(1)  Excludes pre-opening expenses of $2,527,000.
(2)  Excludes straight lining of fixed rent increases of $1,311,000 and pre-opening expenses of $2,527,000.
(3)  Excludes IFRS depreciation of $6,920,000 and amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets totalling $7,739,000.
(4)  Comprises of pre-opening expenses of $2,527,000, straight lining of fixed rent increases of $1,311,000, IFRS depreciation of $6,920,000 and amortisation of 

Goodlife intangible assets of $7,739,000. 

114 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

38  Segment information (continued)
Business segment 2012
Consolidated Group

Family 
                                                                                                                          Health     entertainment 
                                                                                                                             clubs     
centres 
$’000 
                                                                                                                            $’000        

Theme 
parks 
$’000 

Marinas 
$’000 

Bowling 
centres 
$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total 
$’000

Revenue from operating activities               102,577              55,236  

    93,707  

     23,672  

  114,241  

        641       390,074    

Divisional EBITDA before property costs (1)        40,224              19,336  
Divisional EBITDA (2)                                                    19,959              12,312  
Depreciation and amortisation (3)                           (3,607)              (4,171) 

    30,485  
    28,904  
(5,469) 

      13,256  
      10,669  
(733) 

   36,718  
   14,825  
(6,363) 

        177         140,196    
      86,846    
        177  
(20,468)
(125) 

Divisional EBIT (4)                                                        16,352                 8,141  

    23,435  

       9,936  

    8,462  

52 

      66,378    

Pre-opening expenses, straight lining of fixed rent increases, IFRS depreciation  
and Goodlife intangible asset amortisation not included in divisional EBIT. 

Property valuation losses 

Net loss from derivative financial instruments 

Corporate costs including gains on sale of assets, interest income  
and foreign exchange gains and losses 

Borrowing costs 

Net tax expense 

Profit 

(13,013)

(15,507)

(392) 

(9,365)

(12,914)

(2,560)

12,627 

Total assets                                                                 123,527               69,099 
Acquisitions of property, plant  
and equipment, investment  
properties and intangible assets                          14,809                11,041 

241,199 

99,744 

119,018 

23,323       675,910    

15,575 

2,204 

14,425 

1,884 

 59,938   

(1)  Excludes pre-opening expenses of $1,064,000.
(2)  Excludes straight lining of fixed rent increases of $2,199,000 and pre-opening expenses of $1,064,000.
(3)  Excludes IFRS depreciation of $6,570,000 and amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets totalling $3,180,000.
(4)  Comprises of pre-opening expenses of $1,064,000, straight lining of fixed rent increases of $2,199,000, IFRS depreciation of $6,570,000 and amortisation of 

Goodlife intangible assets of $3,180,000. 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

115

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

38  Segment information (continued)
Business segment 2013
ALL Group

Family 
                                                                                                                          Health     entertainment 
                                                                                                                             clubs     
centres 
$’000 
                                                                                                                            $’000        

Theme 
parks 
$’000 

Marinas 
$’000 

Bowling 
centres 
$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total 
$’000

Revenue from operating activities              140,689               72,695 

97,086 

23,141 

115,230 

62 

448,903  

Divisional EBITDA before rent to Trust (1)            51,621     
17,001 
Divisional EBITDA after rent to Trust (1)               22,088                17,001 
Depreciation and amortisation (2)                         (5,021)     
(4,601) 

32,211 
2,716 
(151) 

13,034 
956 
— 

36,381 
5,676 
(347) 

(7) 
(7) 
(283) 

150,241  
48,430  
(10,403)

Divisional EBIT (3)                                                       17,067               12,400 

2,565 

956 

5,329 

(290) 

38,027  

Pre-opening expenses and Goodlife intangible asset amortisation  
not included in divisional EBIT (3) 

Corporate costs including head office costs,  
foreign exchange gains and loss and losses on disposal of assets 

Borrowing costs 

Net tax expense 

Profit 

(10,177)

(10,125)

(7,531)

(3,101)

7,093 

Total assets                                                                 161,592            102,599 
Acquisitions of property, plant  
and equipment, investment  
properties and intangible assets                          83,272               24,679  

15,535 

1,268 

29,816 

12,983 

323,793  

 18 

— 

277 

1,512 

109,758  

(1)  Excludes pre-opening expenses of $2,438,000.
(2)  Excludes amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets of $7,739,000.
(3)  Excludes pre-opening expenses of $2,438,000 and amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets of $7,739,000.

116 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

38  Segment information (continued)
Business segment 2012
ALL Group

Family 
                                                                                                                          Health     entertainment 
                                                                                                                             clubs     
centres 
$’000 
                                                                                                                            $’000        

Theme 
parks 
$’000 

Marinas 
$’000 

Bowling 
centres 
$’000 

Other 
$’000 

Total 
$’000

Revenue from operating activities               102,577             55,236           93,707           23,672  

  114,242  

           640  

 390,074    

Divisional EBITDA before rent to Trust (1)            40,224               12,312 
Divisional EBITDA after rent to Trust (1)                12,524     
12,312 
Depreciation and amortisation (2)                          (3,508)      
(4,171) 

30,485 
2,604 
(195) 

13,256 
973 
— 

36,717 
5,580 
(327) 

177 
177 
(125) 

 133,171    
   34,170    
(8,326)

Divisional EBIT (3)                                                          9,016               8,141 

2,409 

973 

5,253 

52 

   25,844    

Pre-opening expenses and Goodlife intangible asset amortisation  
not included in divisional EBIT 

Corporate expenses including head office costs, 
foreign exchange gains and loss and losses on disposal of assets 

Borrowing costs 

Net tax expense 

Profit 

(9,372)

(3,344)

(7,501)

(2,383)

3,244 

Total assets                                                                   88,270        
Acquisitions of property, plant  
and equipment, investment  
properties and intangible assets                            9,922               10,999  

69,143 

14,749 

1,590 

26,460 

20,947 

 221,159    

 —  

 — 

475 

1,238 

 22,634   

(1)  Excludes pre-opening expenses of $1,064,000.
(2)  Excludes amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets of $3,180,000.
(3)  Excludes pre-opening expenses of $1,064,000 and amortisation of Goodlife intangible assets of $3,180,000.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

117

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management
a)  Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital is to 
optimise stapled security holder value through the mix of 
available capital sources whilst complying with statutory 
and constitutional capital and distribution requirements, 
maintaining gearing, interest cover and debt serviceability 
ratios within approved limits and continuing to operate as 
a going concern. 

The Group assesses its capital management approach as a 
key part of the Group’s overall strategy and it is continuously 
reviewed by management and the Board.

The Group is able to alter its capital mix by issuing new 
stapled securities, activating the DRP, electing to have the 
DRP underwritten, adjusting the amount of distributions 
paid, activating a stapled security buy-back program or 
selling assets to reduce borrowings. 

The Group has a target gearing ratio of 30% to 35% of debt 
to debt plus equity.  At 30 June 2013, gearing was 32.0% 
(2012: 32.3%) compared to Group’s banking covenant of 40% 
and the Group has complied with the financial covenants of 
its borrowing facilities in the current and previous financial 
years.

Protection of the Group’s equity in foreign denominated 
assets was achieved through borrowing in the local 
functional currency to provide a natural hedge 
supplemented by the use of foreign exchange forward 
contracts to provide additional hedge protection. The Group 
has a target equity hedge of 50% to 100% of the asset value 
by foreign currency.  

The Trust also protects its equity in assets by taking out 
insurance with creditworthy insurers. 

b)  Financial risk management
The Group’s principal financial instruments comprise 
cash, receivables, payables, interest bearing liabilities and 
derivative financial instruments. 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial 
risks: market risk (including currency risk and interest rate 
risk), liquidity risk and credit risk. 

The Group manages its exposure to these financial risks in 
accordance with the Group’s Financial Risk Management 
(FRM) policy as approved by the Board. 

The FRM policy sets out the Group’s approach to managing 
financial risks, the policies and controls utilised to minimise 
the potential impact of these risks on its performance 
and the roles and responsibilities of those involved in the 
management of these financial risks.

The Group uses various measures to manage exposures 
to these types of risks. The main methods include foreign 
exchange and interest rate sensitivity analysis, ageing analysis 
and counterparty credit assessment and the use of future 
rolling cash flow forecasts.

The Group uses derivative financial instruments such as 
forward foreign exchange contracts, interest rate swaps and 
cross currency swaps to manage its financial risk as permitted 
under the FRM policy. Such instruments are used exclusively 
for hedging purposes i.e. not for trading or speculative 
purposes.

c)  Market risk
Foreign exchange risk
Foreign exchange risk is the risk that changes in foreign 
exchange rates will change the Australian dollar value of the 
Group’s net assets or its Australian dollar earnings.  

Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial 
transactions and recognised assets and liabilities are 
denominated in a currency that is not the Group’s functional 
currency.

The Group is exposed to foreign exchange risk through 
investing in overseas businesses and deriving operating 
income from those businesses. The Group manages this 
exposure on a consolidated basis. 

The majority of derivatives utilised to manage this 
consolidated exposure are held by the Trust. Therefore, 
the information provided below is only meaningful for the 
Group. 

Foreign investment
The Group aims to minimise the impact of fluctuations in 
foreign currency exchange rates on its net investments 
overseas by funding such investments by borrowing in the 
local overseas currency or by taking out forward foreign 
exchange contracts. The Group’s policy is to hedge 50% to 
100% of overseas investments in this way. 

118 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyNotes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management (continued)
c)  Market risk (continued)
Foreign exchange risk (continued)
Foreign investment (continued)
The table below sets out the Group’s overseas investments, by currency, and how, through the use of forward foreign exchange 
contracts, this exposure is reduced. All figures in the table below are shown in Australian dollars with foreign currency balances 
translated at the year-end spot rate: 

Consolidated Group 

Australian dollars 

New Zealand dollars 

US dollars

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables and other current assets 
Derivative financial instruments 
Properties held for sale 
Investment properties 
Property, plant and equipment 
Intangible assets 
Other non-current assets 

                        8,983  
                   21,926  
                           575  
            4,210 
                    95,232  
                408,534  
                  150,186  
                        1,814  

          8,447  
        20,714  
             270    
—  
        94,915    
      375,266  
        98,202  
          4,864  

             529  
             432  
— 
— 
— 
          2,075  
          3,279  
               24  

             562  
             337  
— 
— 
— 
          1,600  
          3,028  
               33  

          3,441  
          3,873  
— 
— 
— 
        51,306  
        43,323  
                —    

          2,685   
          3,387   

—
                   —
—

        25,543   
        38,607   
             341   

Total assets 

             691,460  

      602,678  

          6,339  

          5,560  

     101,943  

        70,563   

Liabilities
Payables and other current liabilities 
Derivative financial instruments 
Interest bearing liabilities 
Other non-current liabilities 

                   58,305  
                      1,891  
                152,081  
                        2,011  

        57,568  
          3,451   
      154,399  
          4,182  

             544  
— 
                  — 
                 — 

             518  
—  
—     
—     

        12,836  
 —  
        75,785  
          8,999  

          8,172   
 —  
        39,055   
          4,804   

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

             214,288  

      219,600  

             544  

             518  

       97,620  

        52,031    

           477,172  

      383,078  

          5,795  

          5,042  

          4,323  

       18,532   

Notional value of derivatives to  
hedge foreign exchange exposure 

Net exposure to foreign  
exchange movements 

— 

—   

—                          —                 5,752                  4,970

               477,172  

       383,078  

            5,795  

            5,042  

         10,075  

         23,502   

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

119

For personal use only 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management (continued)
c)  Market risk (continued)
Foreign exchange risk (continued)
Foreign investment (continued)

ALL Group 

Australian dollars 

New Zealand dollars 

US dollars

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000

Assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
           8,902  
Receivables and other current assets                       21,016  
                 4,210 
Properties held for sale 
Property, plant and equipment 
                 32,144  
                       150,186  
Intangible assets 
                     1,814  
Other non-current assets 

          5,953  
        24,415  
— 
        17,058  
        98,103  
          4,864  

             281  
             137  
— 
                 — 
          3,279  
               24  

            330  
             116  
— 
—    
          3,028  
               33  

          3,298  
          3,873  
 —  
        51,306  
        43,323  
                —    

          2,271  
          3,387    

—

        25,543   
        38,607  
             341  

Total assets 

             218,272  

     150,393  

          3,721  

          3,507  

     101,800  

       70,149   

Liabilities
Payables and other current liabilities                      49,157  
                   113,411  
Interest bearing liabilities 
                    2,011  
Other non-current liabilities 

        46,260  
        83,562  
          4,182  

               61  
                 — 
                  — 

             297  
—    
—   

        12,833  
        55,173  
          8,999  

          8,108   
        41,211   
          4,804  

Total liabilities 

Net assets 

Net exposure to foreign  
exchange movements 

               164,579  

      134,004  

               61  

             297  

        77,005  

        54,123    

               53,693  

        16,389  

          3,660  

          3,210  

        24,795  

        16,026   

               53,693  

         16,389  

            3,660  

            3,210  

         24,795  

         16,026   

The table below demonstrates the sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in foreign exchange rates, with all other variables 
held constant. A negative amount in the table reflects a potential net reduction in the profit, core earnings or equity, while a 
positive amount reflects a potential net increase.

Consolidated Group 

AUD:NZD – increase 10% 
AUD:NZD – decrease 10% 
AUD:USD – increase 10% 
AUD:USD – decrease 10% 

ALL Group 

AUD:NZD – increase 10% 
AUD:NZD – decrease 10% 
AUD:USD – increase 10% 
AUD:USD – decrease 10% 

Profit movement 

Core earnings movement 

Total equity movement

2013 
$’000 

(527) 
644 
(949) 
1,160 

2012 
$’000 

(458) 
560 
(2,136) 
2,611 

2013 
$’000 

— 
— 
— 
— 

2012 
$’000 

— 
— 
— 
— 

2013 
$’000 

(527) 
644 
(949) 
1,160 

2012 
$’000

(458)
560
(2,136)
2,611

         Profit movement 

Total equity movement

2013 
$’000 

(333) 
407 
(2,254) 
2,755 

2012 
$’000 

(292) 
357 
(1,457) 
1,781 

2013 
$’000 

(333) 
407 
(2,254) 
2,755 

2012 
$’000

(292)
357
(1,457)
1,781

120 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management (continued)
c)  Market risk (continued)
Foreign exchange risk (continued)
Foreign income
Through investing in overseas assets, the Group earns foreign denominated income. Net operating income derived is naturally 
offset by local currency denominated expenses including interest and tax. 

From time to time, the Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to convert this net foreign denominated currency 
exposure back to Australian dollars at pre-determined rates out into the future. At reporting date, the Group has no hedging 
in place over USD or NZD income.

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that changes in market interest rates will impact the earnings of the Group.

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk predominantly through borrowings. The Group manages this exposure on a 
consolidated basis. The Group applies benchmark hedging bands across its differing interest rate exposures and utilises interest 
rate swaps, to exchange floating interest rates to fixed interest rates, to manage its exposure between these bands. Compliance 
with the policy is reviewed regularly by management and is reported to the Board each meeting.

The Group has exposures to interest rate risk on its monetary assets and liabilities, mitigated by the use of interest rate swaps, 
as shown in the table below. The table also demonstrates the sensitivity to reasonably possible changes in interest rates, with 
all other variables held constant. A negative amount in the table reflects a potential net reduction in the profit, core earnings or 
equity, while a positive amount reflects a potential net increase.

Consolidated Group 

Fixed rates
Interest bearing liabilities 

Floating rates
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest bearing liabilities 

Interest rate swaps 

Net interest rate exposure 

Refer to Note 14 for further details on the interest rate swaps.

ALL Group 

Fixed rates
Interest bearing liabilities 

Floating rates
Cash and cash equivalents 
Interest bearing liabilities 

Australian interest 

US interest

2013 
$’000 

(299) 

(299) 

2012 
$’000 

(516) 

(516) 

2013 
$’000 

— 

— 

2012 
$’000

—

—

9,512 
(152,995) 

9,008 
(154,675) 

3,441 

2,685
(76,258)            (39,055)

(143,483) 

(145,667) 

(72,817)           (36,370)

120,000 

80,000 

                  —    

—

(23,483) 

(65,667) 

(72,817)           (36,370)

Australian interest 

US interest

2013 
$’000 

(299) 

(299) 

2012 
$’000 

(516) 

(516) 

2013 
$’000 

— 

— 

2012 
$’000

—

—

           9,183  
(113,112) 

6,283 
(83,046) 

          3,298  

          2,271  
(55,646)            (41,211)

(103,929) 

(76,763) 

(52,348)           (38,940)

Net interest rate exposure 

(103,929) 

(76,763) 

(52,348)           (38,940)

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013
Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

121

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management (continued)
c)  Market risk (continued)
Interest rate risk (continued)

Sensitivity

Consolidated Group 

1% increase in USD rates 
1% decrease in USD rates 
1% increase in AUD rates 
1% decrease in AUD rates 

ALL Group 

1% increase in USD rates 
1% decrease in USD rates 
1% increase in AUD rates 
1% decrease in AUD rates 

Profit movement 

Core earnings movement 

Total equity movement

2013 
$’000 

(475) 
475 
(223) 
223 

2012 
$’000 

(140) 
140 
(652) 
652 

2013 
$’000 

(475) 
475 
(235) 
235 

2012 
$’000 

(140) 
140 
(657) 
657 

2013 
$’000 

(475) 
475 
1,179 
(1,179) 

2012 
$’000

(140)
140
854
(854)

         Profit movement 

Total equity movement

2013 
$’000 

(522) 
522 
(1,039) 
1,039 

2012 
$’000 

(254) 
254 
(768) 
768 

2013 
$’000 

(522) 
522 
(1,039) 
1,039 

2012 
$’000

(254)
254
(768)
768

At reporting date, the Group has fixed 52.4% (2012: 41.5%) of its net floating interest exposure.

d)  Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk arises if the Group has insufficient liquid assets to meet its short term obligations. Liquidity risk is managed 
by maintaining sufficient cash balances and adequate committed credit facilities. Prudent liquidity management implies 
maintaining sufficient cash and marketable securities, the availability of funding through an adequate amount of committed 
credit facilities and the ability to close out market positions. The instruments entered into by the Group were selected to ensure 
sufficient funds would be available to meet the ongoing cash requirements of the Group. 

The following tables provide the contractual maturity of the Group’s and ALL Group’s fixed and floating rate financial liabilities 
and derivatives as at 30 June 2013. The amounts presented represent the future contractual undiscounted principal and 
interest cash flows and therefore do not equate to the value shown in the Balance Sheet. Repayments which are subject to 
notice are treated as if notice were given immediately. 

Consolidated Group 
2013 

Book value 
$’000 

Less than 
1 year 
$’000 

1 to 2 years 
$’000 

2 to 3 years 
$’000 

3 to 4 years 
$’000 

4 to 5 years  Over 5 years 
$’000 

$’000 

Total 
$’000

Payables 
Finance leases 
Term debt 
Interest rates swaps  
designated as hedges  
of the term debt 
Foreign exchange swaps 

Total undiscounted  
financial liabilities 

    63,977  
          299  
   227,567  

     63,977  
          238  
       8,329  

— 
           61   
      8,329  

— 
 62  
        8,329  

— 
— 
  178,841  

— 
— 
   52,995  

           1,891    
          575    

 995  
5,187 

 336  
— 

 8  
              — 

         — 
— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
—  

—   
—   

63,977
299
 256,823 

1,339
5,187

   294,309  

 78,762  

 8,726  

 8,337  

 178,841 

52,995 

—  

 327,625  

122 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management (continued)
d)  Liquidity risk (continued)

Consolidated Group 
2012 

Book value 
$’000 

Less than 
1 year 
$’000 

1 to 2 years 
$’000 

2 to 3 years 
$’000 

3 to 4 years 
$’000 

4 to 5 years  Over 5 years 
$’000 

$’000 

Total 
$’000

Payables 
Finance leases 
Term debt 
Interest rates swaps  
designated as hedges  
of the term debt 
Foreign exchange swaps 

Total undiscounted  
financial liabilities 

59,800 
 516  
 192,938  

59,800 
 436  
 8,875  

— 
 249  
 184,114  

— 
 62  
 14,256  

— 
— 
 — 

           3,204    
          517    

 911  
7,035 

 511  
— 

 183  
              — 

         — 
— 

   256,975  

 77,057  

 184,874  

 14,501  

 — 

— 
— 
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
— 
—  

—   
—   

59,800
747
 207,245 

1,605
7,035

—  

 276,432  

ALL Group 
2013 

Book value 
$’000 

Less than 
1 year 
$’000 

1 to 2 years 
$’000 

2 to 3 years 
$’000 

3 to 4 years 
$’000 

4 to 5 years  Over 5 years 
$’000 

$’000 

Total 
$’000

     54,343  
Payables 
          299  
Finance leases 
Term debt 
              54,686  
Loan from the Trust                113,599  

     54,343   
          238  
          865  
       6,095  

          —    
           61  
         865  
      6,095  

             — 
              — 
           865  
        6,095  

— 
— 
    55,159  
      6,095  

— 
— 
            — 
     6,095  

—    
—    
—    
    115,135  

54,343 
         299
    57,754 
  145,610  

Total undiscounted  
financial liabilities 

  222,927  

 61,541  

 7,021  

 6,960  

61,254 

6,095 

115,135  

 258,006  

ALL Group 
2012 

Book value 
$’000 

Less than 
1 year 
$’000 

1 to 2 years 
$’000 

2 to 3 years 
$’000 

3 to 4 years 
$’000 

4 to 5 years  Over 5 years 
$’000 

$’000 

Total 
$’000

Payables 
Finance leases 
Loan from the Trust 

 48,234  
 516  
             124,257  

 48,234  
 436  
 6,774  

          —    
 249  
 125,408  

             — 
 62  
— 

Total undiscounted  
financial liabilities 

  173,007  

 55,444  

 125,657  

 62  

— 
 — 
— 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

—    
—   
—  

48,234 
 747 
 132,182 

—  

 181,163  

e)  Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk that a contracting entity will not complete its obligations under a financial instrument and cause the Group 
to make a financial loss. The Group has exposure to credit risk on all of its financial assets included in the Group’s Balance Sheet.  

The Group manages this risk by performing credit reviews of prospective debtors, obtaining collateral where appropriate and 
performing detailed reviews on any debtor arrears.

The Group is exposed to credit risk on financial instruments and derivatives. For credit purposes, there is only a credit risk where 
the contracting entity is liable to pay the Group in the event of a close out. The Group has policies that limit the amount of 
credit exposure to any financial institution. Derivative counterparties and cash transactions are limited to investment grade 
counterparties in accordance with the Group’s FRM policy. The Group monitors the public credit rating of its counterparties.

The Group has policies to review the aggregate exposures of debtors and tenancies across its portfolio. The Group has no 
significant concentrations of credit risk on its trade receivables. The Group holds collateral in the form of security deposits or 
bank guarantees, over some receivables.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

123

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management (continued)
e)  Credit risk (continued)
The table below details the concentration of credit exposure of the Group’s assets to significant geographical locations:

Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables – Australasia 
Receivables – US 
Derivative financial instruments 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                             12,953               11,693  
                               5,990                 5,083  
                 596  
                 270     

                                   1,059  
                                        575  

     12,481  
      8,231  
      1,059  
       —    

       8,554   
     10,924     
          596       

               — 

                          20,577               17,642  

     21,771  

     20,074   

All cash, derivative financial instruments and interest bearing receivables are neither past due nor impaired. 

The table below shows the ageing analysis of those receivables which are past due or impaired:

Consolidated Group 2013
Receivables – Australasia 
Receivables – US 

Consolidated Group 2012
Receivables – Australasia 
Receivables – US 

ALL Group 2013
Receivables – Australasia 
Receivables – US 

ALL Group 2012
Receivables – Australasia 
Receivables – US 

Past due but not impaired 

Impaired 

Total

Less than 30 days 
$’000 

31 to 60 days 
$’000 

61 to 90 days 
$’000 

More than  
90 days 
$’000 

$’000 

$’000

                    1,403  
— 

          613  
— 

          169  
— 

            1,403  

          613  

          169  

126 
— 

126 

          706  
— 

       3,017   

—

          706  

       3,017  

                      487  
1 

          409  
— 

          175  
— 

          183  
— 

          862  
— 

       2,116   

1

                      488  

          409  

          175  

          183  

          862  

       2,117   

        1,403  
— 

          613  
— 

          169  
— 

 1,403  

          613  

          169  

126 
— 

126 

          706  
— 

       3,017  
—

          706  

       3,017 

           487  
1 

          409  
— 

          175  
— 

          183  
— 

          862  
— 

       2,116  
1

           488  

          409  

          175  

          183  

          862  

       2,117  

Based on a review of receivables by management, a provision of $609,000 (2012: $774,000) has been made against receivables 
with a gross balance of $706,000 (2012: $862,000).

The Group holds collateral against the impaired receivables in the form of bank guarantees and security deposits; however, 
these are not material. 

There are no significant financial assets that have had renegotiated terms that would otherwise have been past due or impaired.

124 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

39  Capital and financial risk management (continued)
f)  Fair value measurements
The fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities must be estimated for recognition and measurement or for disclosure 
purposes by level using the following fair value measurement hierarchy: 

1)  quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1);
2)  inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (as prices) 

or indirectly (derived from prices) (level 2); and

3)  inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs) (level 3).

The following tables present the Group’s assets and liabilities measured and recognised at fair value at 30 June 2013:

Consolidated Group 2013 

Assets
Derivative financial instruments 

Total assets 

Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 

Total liabilities 

Consolidated Group 2012 

Assets
Derivative financial instruments 

Total assets 

Liabilities
Derivative financial instruments 

Total liabilities 

Level 1 
$’000 

Level 2 
$’000 

Level 3 
$’000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Level 1 
$’000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

575 

575 

1,891  

1,891  

Level 2 
$’000 

270 

270 

3,451  

3,451  

— 

— 

— 

— 

Level 3 
$’000 

— 

— 

— 

— 

Total 
$’000

575

575

1,891 

1,891

Total 
$’000

270

270

3,451

3,451

All derivative financial instruments were valued based on valuations received from the counterparty at 30 June 2013. The 
ALL Group has no financial assets or liabilities held at fair value. For financial instruments not held at fair value, the carrying 
value of these financial instruments approximates to their fair value.

40  Contingent liabilities
Unless otherwise disclosed in the financial statements, there are no material contingent liabilities.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

125

For personal use only 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

41  Capital and lease commitments
a)  Capital commitments
Capital expenditure contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Property, plant and equipment
Payable:
Within one year 

b)  Lease commitments

Within one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 
Later than five years 

Representing:
Cancellable operating leases 
Non-cancellable operating leases 
Finance leases 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

              1,920  

             1,712                    1,920                  1,712  

              1,920  

             1,712                    1,920                  1,712  

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

            63,044  
          230,150  
          188,940  

46,011                 23,160  
186,412                 98,077  
141,588               108,617  

9,630
40,667
89,923

                    482,134            374,011              229,854           140,220   

                                 1,473  
                      480,350  
                 311  

                362                    1,473                     362  
         373,089               228,070            139,298  
560

560                       311  

                    482,134            374,011              229,854           140,220   

126 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

41  Capital and lease commitments (continued)
b)  Lease commitments (continued)
Operating leases

The majority of non-cancellable operating leases in the Group relate to property leases.

Non-cancellable operating leases in the ALL Group include base rentals payable to the Trust in accordance with the leases 
for Dreamworld, d’Albora marinas, bowling centre and health club properties. Further amounts are payable in respect of 
these properties; however the additional rental calculations are unable to be determined at reporting date as a result of the 
calculations being based upon future profits of the businesses.

Commitments for minimum lease payments in relation to non-cancellable operating leases are payable as follows:

Within one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 
Later than five years 

Finance leases

Commitments in relation to finance leases are payable as follows:

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

             62,300  
          229,110  
           188,940  

45,633                22,416  
185,868                 97,037  

9,253
40,122
         141,588              108,617               89,923  

                   480,350            373,089             228,070  

        139,298    

Within one year 
Later than one year but not later than five years 

                                    249  
                             62  

249                     249  

249 
               311                        62                      311  

Minimum lease payments 
Less: Future finance charges 

Total lease liabilities 

Representing lease liabilities: 
Current 
Non-current 

                                      311                     560                        311                     560   
(44)

(44)                     (12) 

                (12) 

                           299  

               516                      299                      516    

                 238  
                  61  

229                     238  

229
               287                        61                      287  

                          299  

               516                      299                      516  

The Group leases various plant and equipment with a carrying value of $582,000 (2012: $673,000) under finance leases 
which expire within one to five years.  The weighted average interest rate implicit in the leases is 5.41% per annum (2012: 
5.41% per annum).

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

127

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

42  Deed of cross guarantee
In 2006, ALL, Bowling Centres Australia Pty Limited, Bowl Australia Holdings Pty Limited, Tidebelt Pty Limited and Bowling 
Centres Australia Catering Services Pty Limited entered into a deed of cross guarantee under which each company guarantees 
the debts of the others. In 2010, Ardent Leisure Health Clubs 1 Pty Limited, Ardent Leisure Health Clubs 2 Pty Limited, Goodlife 
Health Clubs Holdings Pty Limited, Goodlife Operations Pty Limited, Ardent Boat Share Pty Limited and Ardent Boat Share 
Finance Limited executed an Assumption Deed and became parties to the deed of cross guarantee under which each company 
guarantees the debts of the others. On 9 October 2012, Fenix Holdings Pty Limited and its controlled entities executed as 
Assumption Deed and became parties to the deed of cross guarantee under which the entities guarantee the debts of the 
others.

On 1 July 2012, a Revocation Deed was executed whereby Ardent Boat Share Pty Limited, Ardent Boat Share Finance Limited, 
Bowl Australia Holdings Pty Limited, Bowling Centres Australia Catering Services Pty Limited and Tidebelt Pty Limited were 
released from the deed of cross guarantee.

By entering into the deeds, Bowling Centres Australia Pty Limited, Goodlife Operations Pty Limited, Ardent Leisure Health 
Clubs 1 Pty Limited and Fenix Holdings Pty Limited have been relieved from the requirement to prepare a financial report and 
Directors’ report under Class Order 98/1418 (as amended) issued by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission.

a)  Consolidated Income Statement
ALL, Bowling Centres Australia Pty Limited, Ardent Leisure Health Clubs 1 Pty Limited, Ardent Leisure Health Clubs 2 Pty 
Limited, Goodlife Health Clubs Holdings Pty Limited and Goodlife Operations Pty Limited represent a ‘Closed Group’ for the 
purposes of the Class Order (2012: Closed Group also included Ardent Boat Share Pty Limited and Ardent Boat Share Finance 
Limited).   

Tidebelt Pty Limited, BowlAustralia Holdings Pty Limited and Bowling Centres Australia Catering Services Pty Limited are also 
wholly-owned subsidiaries of ALL and are party to the deed of cross guarantee and therefore represent the ‘Extended Closed 
Group’.

Set out below is a consolidated Income Statement for the year ended 30 June 2013 of the Closed Group:

Revenue from operating activities 

2013 
$’000 

2012 
$’000

          367,834  

329,647

Purchases of finished goods                                                                                                                                                         (30,451)            (29,302)
Salary and employee benefits                                                                                                                                                    (143,279)         (129,993)
Borrowing costs                                                                                                                                                                                 (10,561)              (8,637)
Property expenses                                                                                                                                                                          (106,510)           (95,157)
Depreciation and amortisation                                                                                                                                                    (13,563)              (7,340)
Advertising and promotions                                                                                                                                                         (15,279)            (13,958)
Repairs and maintenance                                                                                                                                                              (16,859)            (13,296)
Pre-opening expenses                                                                                                                                                                       (1,369)                   (528)
Other expenses                                                                                                                                                                                 (29,709)            (30,432)

Profit before tax benefit 

Income tax benefit 

Profit 

 254  

1,004

              1,575  

             1,174  

              1,829  

             2,178 

b)  Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income Statement
Set out below is a consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the year ended 30 June 2013 of the Closed Group:

Profit 
Other comprehensive income for the period 

Total comprehensive income for the period 

2013 
$’000 

              1,829  
— 

              1,829  

2012 
$’000

2,178
—

2,178

128 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

42  Deed of cross guarantee (continued)
c)  Consolidated Balance Sheet
Set out below is a consolidated Balance Sheet as at 30 June 2012 of the Closed Group:

Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents 
Receivables 
Inventories 
Current tax receivables 
Other 

Total current assets 

Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment 
Livestock 
Intangible assets 
Deferred tax assets 
Investment in controlled entities 

total non-current assets 

Total assets 

Current liabilities
Payables 
Interest bearing liabilities 
Provisions 
Other 

Total current liabilities 

Non-current liabilities
Payables 
Interest bearing liabilities 
Provisions 
Deferred tax liabilities 

total non-current liabilities 

total liabilities 

Net assets 

2013 
$’000 

             8,901  
              7,582  
                              8,148  
                                1,001  
                            4,671  

2012 
$’000

5,699
9,549
7,448

             1,730   
             5,928   

            30,303  

30,354

            36,382  
                 305  
          131,303  
              5,772  
            49,730  

16,774
353
79,220
4,509
49,730

          223,492  

150,586

          253,795  

180,940

           42,306  
                                    238  
             2,990  
              1,516  

41,021

                229   

2,735
1,706

             47,050  

45,691

            190,513             124,972
                              61                        —    
1,915   
2,392

                               2,011  
                      4,119    

          196,704            129,279  

          243,754            174,970  

            10,041  

             5,970  

Equity
Contributed equity 
           11,960  
Reserves                                                                                                                                                                                                 (2,310)               (2,310)
Accumulated losses                                                                                                                                                                           (1,851)               (3,680)

            14,202  

Total equity 

 10,041  

 5,970 

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

129

For personal use only 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

42  Deed of cross guarantee (continued)
d)  Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity
Set out below is a consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity as at 30 June 2013 of the Closed Group:

Total equity at 30 June 2011 
Total comprehensive income 
Contributions of equity, net of issue costs 

Total equity at 30 June 2012 
Total comprehensive income 
Contributions of equity, net of issue costs 

Share 
Capital 
$’000 

Reserves 
$’000 

Accumulated 
losses  
$’000 

Total 
$’000

                              10,567  
(2,310) 
— 
— 
                     1,393                       — 

                              11,960  
                      — 

(2,310) 
—   
                     2,242                        — 

(5,858) 
2,178 

—    

             2,399   
             2,178 
1,393

(3,680) 
 1,829 

—    

             5,970   
             1,829  
 2,242 

Total equity at 30 June 2013 

              14,202 

(2,310) 

(1,851) 

10,041  

43  Parent entity financial information
a)  Summary financial information

Balance Sheet
Current assets 
Total assets 
Current liabilities 
Total liabilities 

Equity
Contributed equity 
Reserves 
Accumulated losses 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                             14,468  
                         652,062  
                                18,538  
                               192,725  

           11,888  
         613,227  
           25,081  
         217,695  

           10,726  
         181,709  
           16,383  
         189,995  

           14,891   
         146,057     
           20,097 
         144,492 

                              487,213  
                      (3,371) 
                       (24,505) 

        409,940  
(4,900) 
(9,833) 

           14,202  

           11,960 
 (2,310)              (2,310) 
 (20,178)              (8,085) 

                        459,337            395,207  

          (8,286) 

        1,565 

Profit/(loss)  

            28,960  

             1,087  

        (12,093) 

(2,338)

Total comprehensive income  

           30,489  

             (704) 

        (12,093) 

(2,338)

b)  Guarantees
In June 2013, Ardent Leisure Trust and Ardent Leisure Limited entered into an agreement to guarantee the obligations of 
Ardent Leisure US Holding Inc. (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Ardent Leisure Limited) under the terms of the Group’s extended 
syndicated facility arrangements as disclosed in Note 24.

Excluding the above and the deed of cross guarantee (per Note 42), there are no other material guarantees entered into by 
Ardent Leisure Limited and Ardent Leisure Trust in relation to the debts of their subsidiaries.

c)  Contingent Liabilities
Ardent Leisure Trust and Ardent Leisure Limited did not have any contingent liabilities at 30 June 2013 or 30 June 2012.

130 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements
For the year ended 30 June 2013

43  Parent entity financial information (continued)
d)  Contractual commitments for the acquisition of property, property and equipment

Capital expenditure contracted for at the reporting date but not recognised as liabilities is as follows:

Property, plant and equipment
Payable: 
Within one year 

Consolidated 
Group 
2013 
$’000 

Consolidated 
Group 
2012 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2013 
$’000 

ALL Group 
2012 
$’000

                        — 

                 — 

— 

—  

1,920  

 1,920  

1,173 

1,173

Commitments with respect to the above property, plant and equipment have been incurred by ALL on behalf of the Trust for 
the Australian and New Zealand geographic segments totalling $1,920,000 (2012: $1,173,000). Any commitments relating 
to the Australian and New Zealand geographic segments will therefore be subsequently reimbursed by the Trust the month 
following payment.

44  Events occurring after reporting date
Subsequent to year end, a distribution of 5.4 cents per stapled security has been declared by the Board of Directors. The total 
distribution amount of $21.5 million will be paid on or before 30 August 2013 in respect of the half year ended 30 June 2013.  

Since the end of the financial year, the Directors of the Manager and ALL are not aware of any other matter or circumstance 
not otherwise dealt with in financial report or the Directors’ report that has significantly affected or may significantly affect the 
operations of the Group, the results of those operations or the state of affairs of the Group in financial years subsequent to the 
year ended 30 June 2013.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

131

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
                    
 
Directors’ declaration to stapled
security holders.

In the opinion of the Directors of Ardent Leisure Management Limited and Ardent Leisure Limited:

a)  the financial statements and notes of Ardent Leisure Trust and its controlled entities, including Ardent Leisure Limited and 
its controlled entities (Ardent Leisure Group) and Ardent Leisure Limited and its controlled entities (ALL Group) set out on 
pages 50 to 131 are in accordance with the Corporations Act 2001, including:

i)  complying with Accounting Standards, the Corporations Regulations 2001 and other mandatory professional reporting 

requirements; and

ii)  giving a true and fair view of the Ardent Leisure Group’s and ALL Group’s financial position as at 30 June 2013 and of 

their performance, as represented by the results of their operations, their changes in equity and their cash flows, for the 
financial year ended on that date;

b)  there are reasonable grounds to believe that both the Ardent Leisure Group and ALL Group will be able to pay their debts as 

and when they become due and payable;

c)  Note 1(a) confirms that the financial statements also comply with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by 

International Accounting Standards Board; and

d)  at the date of this declaration, there are reasonable grounds to believe that the members of the Extended Closed Group 

identified in Note 42 will be able to meet any obligations or liabilities to which they are, or may become, subject by virtue of 
the deed of cross guarantee as described in Note 42.

The Directors have been given the declarations by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer required by section 
295A of the Corporations Act 2001. 

This declaration is made in accordance with a resolution of the Boards of Directors.

Neil Balnaves AO
Director

Sydney
21 August 2013

132 Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use onlyArdent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

133

For personal use onlyIndependent Auditor’s Report
to the staple security holders of
Ardent Leisure Group and
Ardent Leisure Limited Group

Report on the financial report

We have audited the accompanying financial report which comprises:

•		The	balance	sheet	as	at	30	June	2013,	and	the	income	statement,	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	statement		
   of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended, a summary of significant accounting policies,  
   other explanatory notes and the directos’ declaration for Ardent Leisure Group (the consolidated stapled entity). The  
   consolidated stapled entity, as described in Note 1 to the financial report, comprises the Ardent Leisure Trust (the trust)  
   and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or from time to time during the financial year.

•		The	balance	sheet	as	at	30	June	2013,	the	income	statement,	and	the	statement	of	comprehensive	income,	statement		
   of changes in equity and statement of cash flows for the year ended on that date, a summary of significant accounting  
   policies, other explanatory notes and the directors’ declaration for Ardent Leisure Limited Group (the ALL Group). The  
   ALL Group, comprises Ardent Leisure Limited (the company or ALL) and the entities it controlled at the year’s end or  
   from time to time during the financial year.

Directors’ responsibility for the financial report
The directors of Ardent Leisure Limited and the directors of Ardent Leisure Management Limited, the responsible entity of the Ardent 
Leisure Trust (collectively referred to as “the directors”) are responsible for the preparation of the financial report that gives a true and 
fair view in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards and the Corporations Act 2001and for such internal control as directors 
determine is necessary to enable the preparation of the finacial report that is free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error. In Note 1, the directors also state, in accordance with Accounting Standard AASB 101 Presentation of Financial Statements, that 
the financial statements comply with International Financial Reporting Standards.

Auditor’s responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial report based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with 
Australian Auditing Standards. Those Auditing Standards require that we comply with relevant ethical requirements relating to audit 
engagements and plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance whether the financial report is free from material 
misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial report. 
The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the 
financial report, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to 
the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial report in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the 
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. An audit also 
includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting estimates made by the 
directors, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial report.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinions.

Independence

In conducting our audit, we have complied with the independence requirements of the Corporations Act 2001.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, ABN 52 780 433 757
Riverside Centre, 123 Eagle Street, BRISBANE QLD 4000, GPO Box 150, BRISBANE QLD 4001
T: +61 7 3257 5000, F: +61 7 3257 5999, www.pwc.com.au

Liability limited by a scheme approved under the Professional Standards Legislation

134

For personal use only	
 
 
 
 
	
 
 
 
 
Independent Auditor’s Report
to the staple security holders of
Ardent Leisure Group and
Ardent Leisure Limited Group

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion:

a)  the financial report of Ardent Leisure Group and Ardent Leisure Limited Group is in accordance with the Corporations Act 

2001, including:

i)  giving a true and fair view of the consolidated stapled entity’s and consolidated entity’s financial position as at 30 June 

2013 and of their performance for the year ended on that date; and

ii)  complying with Australian Accounting Standards (including the Australian Accounting Interpretations) and the 

Corporations Regulations 2001; and

b)  the financial report also complies with International Financial Reporting Standards as disclosed in Note 1.

Report on the Remuneration Report
We have audited the remuneration report included in pages 10 to 27 of the directors’ report for the year ended 30 June 2013. 
The directors are responsible for the preparation and presentation of the remuneration report in accordance with section 
300A of the Corporations Act 2001. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the remuneration report, based on our audit 
conducted in accordance with Australian Accounting Standards.

Auditor’s opinion
In our opinion, the remuneration report of Ardent Leisure Group and Ardent Leisure Limited Group for the year ended 30 June 
2013, complies with section 300A of the Corporations Act 2001.

Matters relating to the electronic presentation of the audited financial report
This auditor’s report relates to the financial report and remuneration report of Ardent Leisure Group and Ardent Leisure Limited 
Group (the consolidated stapled entity) for the year ended 30 June 2013 included on Ardent Leisure Group and Ardent Leisure 
Limited Group’s web site. The directors are responsible for the integrity of Ardent Leisure Group and Ardent Leisure Limited 
Group’s web site. We have not been engaged to report on the integrity of this web site. The auditor’s report refers only to the 
financial report and remuneration report named above. It does not provide an opinion on any other information which may 
have been hyperlinked to/from the financial report or the remuneration report. If users of this report are concerned with the 
inherent risks arising from electronic data communications they are advised to refer to the hard copy of the audited financial 
report and remuneration report to confirm the information included in the audited financial report and remuneration report 
presented on this web site.

PricewaterhouseCoopers

Timothy J Allman 
Partner 

Liability limited by a scheme approved under the Professional Standards Legislation

Brisbane 
21 August 2013 

135

For personal use onlyInvestor Analysis

Top 20 Investors as at 30 August 2013 

No. of Securities 

%

  1  National Nominees Limited 
  2  JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited 
  3  HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited 
  4  Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited 
  5  BNP Paribas Noms Pty Ltd 
  6  Aust Executor Trustees SA Ltd   
  7  Citicorp Nominees Pty Limited  
  8  AMP Life Limited  
  9  JP Morgan Nominees Australia Limited   
10   Ragusa Pty Limited 
 11  Ragusa Pty Limited 
 12  CS Fourth Nominees Pty Ltd  
 13  RBC Investor Services Australia Nominees Pty Ltd 
 14  Balnaves Foundation Pty Ltd   
 15  HSBC Custody Nominees (Australia) Limited  
 16  Neweconomy Com Au Nominees Pty Limited   
 17  Ragusa Pty Ltd  
 18  BNP Paribas Noms (NZ) Ltd  
 19  UBS Wealth Management Australia Nominees Pty Ltd   
 20  Tendword Pty Ltd  

 Total 

Balance of Register 

Grand Total 

Range Report as at 30 August 2013
Range 

100,001 and over 
10,001 to 100,000 
5,001 to 10,000 
1,001 to 5,000 
1 to 1,000 

Total 

63,375,073 
62,729,600 
53,983,205 
12,888,860 
11,058,090 
10,237,055 
7,562,898 
6,422,380 
5,270,648 
4,636,660 
3,939,754 
3,655,551 
3,062,219 
1,960,019 
1,759,850 
1,499,697 
 1,412,675 
1,395,453 
1,262,918 
1,170,000 

15.65
15.49
13.33
3.18
2.73
2.53
1.87
1.59
1.30 
1.14
0.97
0.90
0.76
0.48
0.43
0.37
0.35
0.35
0.31
0.29

259,282,605 

64.02

145,711,815 

35.98

404,994,420 

100.00

No. of Securities 

%  No. of Holders 

296,596,854 
85,919,025 
14,141,016 
7,664,948 
672,577 

73.23 
21.22 
3.49 
1.89 
0.17 

181 
3,326 
1,870 
2,627 
1,731 

%

1.86
34.17
19.21
26.98
17.78

404,994,420 

100.00 

9,735 

100.00

The total number of investors with an unmarketable parcel of 273 securities as at 30 August 2013 was 774.

Voting Rights
On a poll, each investor has, in relation to resolutions of the Trust, one vote for each dollar of the value of their total units held in 
the Trust and in relation to resolutions of the Company, one vote for each share held in the Company.

On‑Market Buy‑back
There is no current on-market buy-back program in place.

Substantial Holder Notices Received as at 30 August 2013 
Investor 

BT Investment Management Limited 
National Australia Bank Limited  
Eley Griffiths Group  

No. of Securities 

30,749,267 
25,510,957 
25,225,363 

%

7.73
6.41
6.34

Stapling Disclosure 
The ASX reserves the right (but without limiting its absolute discretion) to remove the Company or the Trust or both from the 
official list if any of the shares and the units cease to be “stapled” together or any equity securities are issued by the Company or 
Trust which are not stapled to equivalent securities in the other entity.

136

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

For personal use only10 Year Distribution History

Period ended 

  Distribution 

Taxable amount 

Tax deferred amount 

CGT concession 

DRP 
issue  Period end 
unit price
price 

History 

  Cents/unit 

Cents/unit 

% 

Cents/unit 

% 

Cents/unit 

% 

$ 

$

Ardent Leisure Group (1) 

31-Dec-04 
30-Jun-05 

5.20 
6.60 

Year to 30 Jun 05 

11.80  10.40958 

88.22 

1.39042 

11.78 

— 

—

31-Dec-05 
30-Jun-06 

7.00 
7.50 

Year to 30 Jun 06 

14.50 

9.48186 

65.40 

5.01814 

34.60 

— 

—

31-Dec-06 
30-Jun-07 

8.00 
9.10 

Year to 30 Jun 07 

17.10  13.19952 

77.19 

3.50226 

20.48 

0.39822 

2.33

31-Dec-07 
30-Jun-08 

9.60 
10.00 

Year to 30 Jun 08 

19.60  16.72845 

85.35 

2.09711 

10.70 

0.77444 

3.95

31-Dec-08 
30-Jun-09 

6.50 
7.80 

Year to 30 Jun 09 

14.30 

8.19817 

57.33 

3.74274 

26.24 

2.34909 

16.43

31-Dec-09 
30-Jun-10 

6.50 
4.25 

Year to 30 Jun 10 

10.75 

8.07288 

75.00 

1.29887 

12.18 

1.37825 

12.82

31-Dec-10 
30-Jun-11 

6.50 
5.00 

Year to 30 Jun 11 

11.50 

7.31867 

63.64 

4.18133 

36.36 

— 

—

31-Dec-11 
30-Jun-12 

6.50 
5.20 

Year to 30 Jun 12 

11.70 

4.84820 

41.44 

6.85180 

58.56 

— 

—

31-Dec-12 
30-Jun-13 

6.60 
5.40 

1.6894 
1.8481 

2.3050 
2.4021 

2.9213 
3.1894 

3.4168 
1.5235 

1.74
1.97

2.48
2.50

2.98
3.30

3.49
1.49

0.9727 
1.4048 

0.90
1.415

1.6826 
0.9915 

1.705
0.990

0.9872 
1.2496 

1.015
1.275

1.0073 
1.2373 

N/A 
1.6841 

1.02
1.28

1.43
1.72

Year to 30 Jun 13                       

12.00

3.7555 

31.30 

8.2445 

68.70 

— 

—

(1)  Trust was restructured effective 1 July 2003 to form a stapled entity consisting of Macquarie Leisure Trust and Macquarie Leisure Operations Limited. Further 

details of the Group’s distribution history can be found at www.ardentleisure.com.au.

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013

137

For personal use only 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investor Relations

Information relating to Ardent Leisure can be found at www.ardentleisure.com.au.

The website is a useful source of information about the Group and its business and property 
portfolio. The site contains a variety of investor information, including presentations, webcasts, 
newsletters, half year updates, annual reports, distribution history and timetable, security price 
information and announcements to the ASX.

Investor benefits program
The investor benefits program aims to 
provide investors with an opportunity 
to experience and enjoy Ardent Leisure 
assets. Investors with a minimum of 
2,000 stapled securities, receive an 
investor benefits card that provides the 
following privileges:

Dreamworld/WhiteWater World
50% discount off all full price 1 Day 
entry admission tickets plus a 10% 
discount on merchandise, food and 
beverages for the investor 
and up to three companions

skyPoint
50% discount per visit off the full price 
admission for the investor plus up to 
three companions

skyPoint climb
50% discount on full price climbs for the 
investor plus up to three companions

d’Albora Marinas
Free subscription to d’Albora’s 
Docklines newsletter

AMf Bowling
Discounted rate of $9.00 per bowling 
game and shoe hire for the investor 
plus up to three companions

Kingpin Bowling
Discounted rate of $9.00 per bowling 
game and shoe hire for the investor 
plus up to three companions

M9 Laser skirmish
Discounted rate of $9.00 per laser game 
and shoe hire for the investor plus up to 
three companions

Goodlife health clubs
No joining fee for the investor plus up 
to 20% discount off the All Clubs Saver 
membership rate

The investor benefits program does not 
have a material impact on the income 
of the Group. Note that the investor 

benefits offers are subject to change 
and the program terms and conditions.

Distribution payments and annual 
taxation statement
Distributions are currently payable 
twice a year and received by 
investors approximately seven to eight 
weeks after each half year end. To 
view your 2012/2013 annual taxation 
statement online, please visit the 
Link Investor Service Centre at 
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Distribution Reinvestment Plan (DRP)
The DRP price for the half year ended 
30 June 2013 was $1.6841 per stapled 
security. Please note that the terms and 
conditions of the DRP may vary from 
time to time. Details of any changes 
(and whether the DRP continues 
to operate or is suspended) will be 
announced to the ASX.

Contact details
Security registry
To access information on your holding 
or to update/change your details, 
contact:

Link Market Services Limited
Locked Bag A14 
Sydney South NSW 1235

Telephone
1300 720 560 (within Australia) 
+61 2 8280 7604 (outside Australia)

Facsimile
+61 2 9287 0303

Website
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

Email
registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au

Manager
All other enquiries relating to your 
Ardent Leisure Group investment can 
be directed to:

Telephone
1800 ARDENT (within Australia) 
+61 2 9409 3670 (outside Australia)

Email
Investor.relations@ardentleisure.com

Investor complaints
If you have a complaint, please contact 
us so that we can assist:

Ardent Leisure Group
Level 16, 61 Lavender Street 
Milsons Point NSW 2061

Email
investor.relations@ardentleisure.com

Telephone
1800 ARDENT (within Australia)

Facsimile
+61 2 9409 3679

External dispute resolution
In the event that a complaint cannot 
be resolved within a reasonable period 
of time (usually 45 days) or you are 
not satisfied with our response, you 
can seek assistance from Financial 
Ombudsman Service Limited (FOS). 
FOS provides a free and independent 
dispute resolution service to our 
investors. FOS’s contact details are 
below:

Financial Ombudsman Service 
Limited
GPO Box 3 
Melbourne VIC 3001

Email
info@fos.org.au

Telephone
1300 780 808 (within Australia)

Facsimile
+61 3 9613 6399

138

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013For personal use onlyCorporate Directory

Manager
Ardent Leisure Management Limited 
ABN 36 079 630 676 
AFSL No. 247010

Company
Ardent Leisure Limited
ABN 22 104 529 106

Registered office
Level 16, 61 Lavender Street 
Milsons Point NSW 2061

Directors
Neil Balnaves AO (Chairman) 
Roger Davis 
Anne Keating 
Don Morris AO 
Greg Shaw 
George Venardos

Managing Director and 
Chief Executive Officer
Greg Shaw

Chief Financial Officer
Richard Johnson

Company Secretary
Alan Shedden

Telephone
1800 ARDENT (within Australia) 
+61 2 9409 3670 (outside Australia)

Facsimile
(02) 9409 3679 (within Australia) 
+61 2 9409 3679 (outside Australia)

Email
Investor.relations@ardentleisure.com

Website
www.ardentleisure.com.au

ASX code
AAD

Custodian
The Trust Company Limited
Level 15, 20 Bond Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Auditor of the Group
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Riverside Centre 
123 Eagle Street 
Brisbane QLD 4000

Security registry
Link Market Services Limited
Locked Bag A14 
Sydney South NSW 1235

Level 12 
680 George Street 
Sydney NSW 2000

Telephone
1300 720 560 (within Australia) 
+61 2 8280 7134 (outside Australia)

Email
registrars@linkmarketservices.com.au

Website
www.linkmarketservices.com.au

To arrange changes of address, or 
changes in registration of stapled 
securities, please contact the registry at 
the address or number listed above.

139

Ardent Leisure Group     Annual Report 2013For personal use only 
 
Disclaimer

This is the annual report for the Ardent Leisure Group (the Group), a stapled entity comprising 
units in the Ardent Leisure Trust ARSN 093 193 438 (Trust) and shares in Ardent Leisure Limited 
ABN 22 104 529 106 (Company).

This information has been prepared by Ardent Leisure Management Limited ABN 36 079 638 
676 (Manager), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and the responsible entity of the 
Trust for general information purposes only, without taking into account any potential investors’ 
personal objectives, financial situation or needs. Before investing, you should consider your 
own objectives, financial situation or needs or you should obtain financial, legal and/or taxation 
advice.

Past performance is not a reliable indicator of future performance. Due care and attention have 
been exercised in the preparation of forecast information, however, forecasts, by their very 
nature, are subject to uncertainty and contingencies, many of which are outside the control 
of the Group. Actual results may vary from any forecasts and any variation may be materially 
positive or negative.

Investments in the Group are not deposits with or liabilities of the Company, the Manager 
or any other Group entity and are subject to investment risk including possible delays in 
repayment and loss of income and principal invested. None of the Company, the Manager or 
any other Group entity guarantees the performance of the Group or the repayment of capital 
from the Group, or any particular rate of return.

© Ardent Leisure Group

For personal use onlywww.ardentleisure.com

For personal use only